EP3999246A1 - Fluid dispenser - Google Patents

Fluid dispenser

Info

Publication number
EP3999246A1
EP3999246A1 EP20743641.1A EP20743641A EP3999246A1 EP 3999246 A1 EP3999246 A1 EP 3999246A1 EP 20743641 A EP20743641 A EP 20743641A EP 3999246 A1 EP3999246 A1 EP 3999246A1
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
pocket
reservoir
wall
piston
fluid
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
EP20743641.1A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Inventor
Guillaume Boulais
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
GB Developpement
Original Assignee
GB Developpement
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from FR1908182A external-priority patent/FR3098734A1/en
Application filed by GB Developpement filed Critical GB Developpement
Publication of EP3999246A1 publication Critical patent/EP3999246A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B11/00Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use
    • B05B11/01Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use characterised by the means producing the flow
    • B05B11/04Deformable containers producing the flow, e.g. squeeze bottles
    • B05B11/048Deformable containers producing the flow, e.g. squeeze bottles characterised by the container, e.g. this latter being surrounded by an enclosure, or the means for deforming it
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B11/00Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use
    • B05B11/0005Components or details
    • B05B11/0027Means for neutralising the actuation of the sprayer ; Means for preventing access to the sprayer actuation means
    • B05B11/0029Valves not actuated by pressure
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A45HAND OR TRAVELLING ARTICLES
    • A45DHAIRDRESSING OR SHAVING EQUIPMENT; EQUIPMENT FOR COSMETICS OR COSMETIC TREATMENTS, e.g. FOR MANICURING OR PEDICURING
    • A45D34/00Containers or accessories specially adapted for handling liquid toiletry or cosmetic substances, e.g. perfumes
    • A45D34/04Appliances specially adapted for applying liquid, e.g. using roller or ball
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B1/00Nozzles, spray heads or other outlets, with or without auxiliary devices such as valves, heating means
    • B05B1/28Nozzles, spray heads or other outlets, with or without auxiliary devices such as valves, heating means with integral means for shielding the discharged liquid or other fluent material, e.g. to limit area of spray; with integral means for catching drips or collecting surplus liquid or other fluent material
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B11/00Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use
    • B05B11/0005Components or details
    • B05B11/0035Pen-like sprayers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B11/00Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use
    • B05B11/0005Components or details
    • B05B11/0037Containers
    • B05B11/0054Cartridges, i.e. containers specially designed for easy attachment to or easy removal from the rest of the sprayer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B11/00Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use
    • B05B11/0005Components or details
    • B05B11/0037Containers
    • B05B11/0056Containers with an additional opening for filling or refilling
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B11/00Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use
    • B05B11/0005Components or details
    • B05B11/0089Dispensing tubes
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B11/00Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use
    • B05B11/0005Components or details
    • B05B11/0089Dispensing tubes
    • B05B11/0091Dispensing tubes movable, e.g. articulated on the sprayer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B11/00Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use
    • B05B11/01Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use characterised by the means producing the flow
    • B05B11/02Membranes or pistons acting on the contents inside the container, e.g. follower pistons
    • B05B11/026Membranes separating the content remaining in the container from the atmospheric air to compensate underpressure inside the container
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B11/00Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use
    • B05B11/01Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use characterised by the means producing the flow
    • B05B11/02Membranes or pistons acting on the contents inside the container, e.g. follower pistons
    • B05B11/028Pistons separating the content remaining in the container from the atmospheric air to compensate underpressure inside the container
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B11/00Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use
    • B05B11/01Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use characterised by the means producing the flow
    • B05B11/04Deformable containers producing the flow, e.g. squeeze bottles
    • B05B11/047Deformable containers producing the flow, e.g. squeeze bottles characterised by the outlet or venting means
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B11/00Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use
    • B05B11/01Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use characterised by the means producing the flow
    • B05B11/10Pump arrangements for transferring the contents from the container to a pump chamber by a sucking effect and forcing the contents out through the dispensing nozzle
    • B05B11/1001Piston pumps
    • B05B11/1004Piston pumps comprising a movable cylinder and a stationary piston
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B11/00Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use
    • B05B11/01Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use characterised by the means producing the flow
    • B05B11/10Pump arrangements for transferring the contents from the container to a pump chamber by a sucking effect and forcing the contents out through the dispensing nozzle
    • B05B11/1028Pumps having a pumping chamber with a deformable wall
    • B05B11/1029Pumps having a pumping chamber with a deformable wall actuated by a lever
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B11/00Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use
    • B05B11/01Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use characterised by the means producing the flow
    • B05B11/10Pump arrangements for transferring the contents from the container to a pump chamber by a sucking effect and forcing the contents out through the dispensing nozzle
    • B05B11/1028Pumps having a pumping chamber with a deformable wall
    • B05B11/1032Pumps having a pumping chamber with a deformable wall actuated without substantial movement of the nozzle in the direction of the pressure stroke
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B11/00Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use
    • B05B11/01Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use characterised by the means producing the flow
    • B05B11/10Pump arrangements for transferring the contents from the container to a pump chamber by a sucking effect and forcing the contents out through the dispensing nozzle
    • B05B11/1042Components or details
    • B05B11/1043Sealing or attachment arrangements between pump and container
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B11/00Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use
    • B05B11/01Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use characterised by the means producing the flow
    • B05B11/10Pump arrangements for transferring the contents from the container to a pump chamber by a sucking effect and forcing the contents out through the dispensing nozzle
    • B05B11/1042Components or details
    • B05B11/1052Actuation means
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B11/00Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use
    • B05B11/01Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use characterised by the means producing the flow
    • B05B11/10Pump arrangements for transferring the contents from the container to a pump chamber by a sucking effect and forcing the contents out through the dispensing nozzle
    • B05B11/1042Components or details
    • B05B11/1059Means for locking a pump or its actuation means in a fixed position
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B11/00Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use
    • B05B11/01Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use characterised by the means producing the flow
    • B05B11/10Pump arrangements for transferring the contents from the container to a pump chamber by a sucking effect and forcing the contents out through the dispensing nozzle
    • B05B11/1042Components or details
    • B05B11/1061Pump priming means
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B11/00Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use
    • B05B11/01Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use characterised by the means producing the flow
    • B05B11/10Pump arrangements for transferring the contents from the container to a pump chamber by a sucking effect and forcing the contents out through the dispensing nozzle
    • B05B11/1042Components or details
    • B05B11/1064Pump inlet and outlet valve elements integrally formed of a deformable material
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B11/00Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use
    • B05B11/01Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use characterised by the means producing the flow
    • B05B11/10Pump arrangements for transferring the contents from the container to a pump chamber by a sucking effect and forcing the contents out through the dispensing nozzle
    • B05B11/1042Components or details
    • B05B11/1066Pump inlet valves
    • B05B11/107Gate valves; Sliding valves
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B11/00Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use
    • B05B11/01Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use characterised by the means producing the flow
    • B05B11/10Pump arrangements for transferring the contents from the container to a pump chamber by a sucking effect and forcing the contents out through the dispensing nozzle
    • B05B11/1042Components or details
    • B05B11/1073Springs
    • B05B11/1077Springs characterised by a particular shape or material
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B11/00Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use
    • B05B11/01Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use characterised by the means producing the flow
    • B05B11/10Pump arrangements for transferring the contents from the container to a pump chamber by a sucking effect and forcing the contents out through the dispensing nozzle
    • B05B11/1094Pump arrangements for transferring the contents from the container to a pump chamber by a sucking effect and forcing the contents out through the dispensing nozzle having inlet or outlet valves not being actuated by pressure or having no inlet or outlet valve
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B15/00Details of spraying plant or spraying apparatus not otherwise provided for; Accessories
    • B05B15/30Dip tubes
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B15/00Details of spraying plant or spraying apparatus not otherwise provided for; Accessories
    • B05B15/60Arrangements for mounting, supporting or holding spraying apparatus
    • B05B15/65Mounting arrangements for fluid connection of the spraying apparatus or its outlets to flow conduits
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A45HAND OR TRAVELLING ARTICLES
    • A45DHAIRDRESSING OR SHAVING EQUIPMENT; EQUIPMENT FOR COSMETICS OR COSMETIC TREATMENTS, e.g. FOR MANICURING OR PEDICURING
    • A45D2200/00Details not otherwise provided for in A45D
    • A45D2200/05Details of containers
    • A45D2200/054Means for supplying liquid to the outlet of the container
    • A45D2200/055Piston or plunger for supplying the liquid to the applicator
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A45HAND OR TRAVELLING ARTICLES
    • A45DHAIRDRESSING OR SHAVING EQUIPMENT; EQUIPMENT FOR COSMETICS OR COSMETIC TREATMENTS, e.g. FOR MANICURING OR PEDICURING
    • A45D34/00Containers or accessories specially adapted for handling liquid toiletry or cosmetic substances, e.g. perfumes
    • A45D34/04Appliances specially adapted for applying liquid, e.g. using roller or ball
    • A45D34/041Appliances specially adapted for applying liquid, e.g. using roller or ball using a roller, a disc or a ball
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B1/00Nozzles, spray heads or other outlets, with or without auxiliary devices such as valves, heating means
    • B05B1/34Nozzles, spray heads or other outlets, with or without auxiliary devices such as valves, heating means designed to influence the nature of flow of the liquid or other fluent material, e.g. to produce swirl
    • B05B1/3405Nozzles, spray heads or other outlets, with or without auxiliary devices such as valves, heating means designed to influence the nature of flow of the liquid or other fluent material, e.g. to produce swirl to produce swirl
    • B05B1/341Nozzles, spray heads or other outlets, with or without auxiliary devices such as valves, heating means designed to influence the nature of flow of the liquid or other fluent material, e.g. to produce swirl to produce swirl before discharging the liquid or other fluent material, e.g. in a swirl chamber upstream the spray outlet
    • B05B1/3421Nozzles, spray heads or other outlets, with or without auxiliary devices such as valves, heating means designed to influence the nature of flow of the liquid or other fluent material, e.g. to produce swirl to produce swirl before discharging the liquid or other fluent material, e.g. in a swirl chamber upstream the spray outlet with channels emerging substantially tangentially in the swirl chamber
    • B05B1/3431Nozzles, spray heads or other outlets, with or without auxiliary devices such as valves, heating means designed to influence the nature of flow of the liquid or other fluent material, e.g. to produce swirl to produce swirl before discharging the liquid or other fluent material, e.g. in a swirl chamber upstream the spray outlet with channels emerging substantially tangentially in the swirl chamber the channels being formed at the interface of cooperating elements, e.g. by means of grooves
    • B05B1/3436Nozzles, spray heads or other outlets, with or without auxiliary devices such as valves, heating means designed to influence the nature of flow of the liquid or other fluent material, e.g. to produce swirl to produce swirl before discharging the liquid or other fluent material, e.g. in a swirl chamber upstream the spray outlet with channels emerging substantially tangentially in the swirl chamber the channels being formed at the interface of cooperating elements, e.g. by means of grooves the interface being a plane perpendicular to the outlet axis
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B11/00Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use
    • B05B11/0005Components or details
    • B05B11/0027Means for neutralising the actuation of the sprayer ; Means for preventing access to the sprayer actuation means
    • B05B11/0032Manually actuated means located downstream the discharge nozzle for closing or covering it, e.g. shutters
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B11/00Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use
    • B05B11/0005Components or details
    • B05B11/0062Outlet valves actuated by the pressure of the fluid to be sprayed
    • B05B11/007Outlet valves actuated by the pressure of the fluid to be sprayed being opened by deformation of a sealing element made of resiliently deformable material, e.g. flaps, skirts, duck-bill valves
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B11/00Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use
    • B05B11/0005Components or details
    • B05B11/0097Means for filling or refilling the sprayer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B11/00Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use
    • B05B11/01Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use characterised by the means producing the flow
    • B05B11/10Pump arrangements for transferring the contents from the container to a pump chamber by a sucking effect and forcing the contents out through the dispensing nozzle
    • B05B11/1028Pumps having a pumping chamber with a deformable wall
    • B05B11/1035Pumps having a pumping chamber with a deformable wall the pumping chamber being a bellow
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B11/00Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use
    • B05B11/01Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use characterised by the means producing the flow
    • B05B11/10Pump arrangements for transferring the contents from the container to a pump chamber by a sucking effect and forcing the contents out through the dispensing nozzle
    • B05B11/1042Components or details
    • B05B11/1066Pump inlet valves
    • B05B11/1067Pump inlet valves actuated by pressure
    • B05B11/1069Pump inlet valves actuated by pressure the valve being made of a resiliently deformable material or being urged in a closed position by a spring
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05BSPRAYING APPARATUS; ATOMISING APPARATUS; NOZZLES
    • B05B11/00Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use
    • B05B11/01Single-unit hand-held apparatus in which flow of contents is produced by the muscular force of the operator at the moment of use characterised by the means producing the flow
    • B05B11/10Pump arrangements for transferring the contents from the container to a pump chamber by a sucking effect and forcing the contents out through the dispensing nozzle
    • B05B11/1042Components or details
    • B05B11/1073Springs
    • B05B11/1074Springs located outside pump chambers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a device for dispensing a fluid.
  • Such a device allows a user to dispense a fluid.
  • the field of the invention is more particularly that of the distribution of products such as liquids, gels or creams, for example for the pharmaceutical or cosmetic or agro-food industry.
  • Fluid distributors are known, such as disclosed for example by document WO2015155318.
  • the aim of the present invention is to solve at least one of these problems.
  • the invention makes it possible to achieve at least one of the aforementioned aims by a device for dispensing a fluid comprising:
  • a pocket having an internal volume arranged to contain the fluid, the internal volume being delimited at least in part by a deformable wall,
  • a dispensing head fixed to the deformable wall of the pouch so that the dispensing head is carried by the deformable wall according to different possible positions relative to the tank, at least of which:
  • the device according to the invention can further comprise,
  • a distribution channel preferably located in the distribution head, and arranged to conduct the fluid, in a distribution direction, from the interior volume of the bag and to an outlet, said outlet being positioned at one end of the distribution head,
  • the dispensing head preferably extends longitudinally over a length of at least 10 mm in a longitudinal direction connecting the dispensing orifice to one end of the dispensing head and / or a direction connecting the dispensing orifice to the exit and / or the area defined below.
  • the dispensing head of the device according to the invention can extend longitudinally over a length of at least 20 mm, preferably at least 30 mm, ideally at least 40 mm.
  • the dispensing head of the device according to the invention may be a straight part extending longitudinally in the longitudinal direction.
  • the dispensing head can be longer (along the longitudinal direction) than it is wide (perpendicular to the longitudinal direction).
  • the dispensing head outside of its stable position and according to various possible inclined positions, can be arranged to reach a position of maximum inclination when the angle of inclination is inclined by at least 15 °, or even 20 degrees (°), preferably at least 30 degrees or even at least 45 degrees, with respect to said stable position, said position of maximum inclination being able to be arranged to reduce the internal volume of the pocket.
  • the dispensing head may comprise a contact surface arranged to, from outside the device, receive an external force preferably orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the dispensing head positioned in the stable position.
  • the contact surface of the device according to the invention can be at least 10 mm 2 , preferably at least 30 mm 2 , preferably at least 60 mm 2 , more preferably at least 100 mm 2 .
  • the dispensing head can be arranged to tilt on the side opposite to the contact surface.
  • the contact surface forms (preferably over a width of less than 15 mm and over an area of at least 30 mm 2 , preferably over at least 60 mm 2 , preferably over at least 100 mm 2 ) an angle comprised between _-45 ° and 45 ° (preferably between _-30 ° and 30 °, more preferably between _-20 ° and 20 °) with a direction in which s 'extends the distribution channel at the outlet of the pocket ie at the junction between the pocket and the distribution channel.
  • the dispensing head may be a straight part extending longitudinally in the longitudinal direction.
  • the dispensing head and the reservoir can extend longitudinally in the longitudinal direction when the head is in its stable position.
  • the dispensing head and the reservoir can extend in the same direction of the device according to the invention.
  • the dispensing head may comprise a dispensing valve located in the dispensing channel, and which, in an open state allows passage of fluid from the dispensing channel to the outlet, and, in a closed state, does not allow it. not.
  • a dispensing valve located in the dispensing channel, and which, in an open state allows passage of fluid from the dispensing channel to the outlet, and, in a closed state, does not allow it. not.
  • the device according to the invention (and in particular the dispensing valve) can be arranged to remain in its closed state as long as the angle of inclination is less than 5 °, preferably 2 °. , relative to the stable position.
  • the distribution head can include two separable parts, including:
  • the anti-drip device being located at the junction of these two parts and comprising a valve in the distribution channel, which:
  • the dispensing valve may comprise a part arranged to maintain the valve of the anti-drip device in its open state, that is to say in a position which allows the passage of the fluid towards the outlet, when the two parts of the head are assembled.
  • Said part of the dispensing valve may be one end of the dispensing valve and is preferably triangular or tapered in shape.
  • the deformable wall can comprise an asymmetry around an axis, so that the pocket is arranged to promote an inclination of the dispensing head in a favored direction of inclination and / or so as to reduce the force of distribution in one direction, said favored direction preferably being away from the contact surface and / or the outlet.
  • the device according to the invention can further comprise means for screwing the bag to the reservoir.
  • the bag and the reservoir of the device according to the invention may be integral with one another so as to form a single and unique part, said part being obtainable by blowing.
  • the pocket may include a tip arranged to fit into the reservoir.
  • the end of the tip may form the feed orifice.
  • the tip can be pushed into the reservoir so as to secure the bag to the reservoir.
  • the reservoir may comprise a sealing skirt positioned at the level of the supply orifice, said skirt comprising a cover, preferably mono-material, arranged to block the flow of fluid contained in the reservoir to the bag.
  • a sealing skirt positioned at the level of the supply orifice, said skirt comprising a cover, preferably mono-material, arranged to block the flow of fluid contained in the reservoir to the bag.
  • the end piece can be designed to pierce the cover. It can be at least 8 mm long (preferably in the longitudinal direction).
  • the device according to the invention may comprise a supply valve positioned at the level of the supply orifice, and which, in an open state, allows the passage of the fluid contained in the reservoir towards the bag, and which, in a closed state, does not allow it.
  • the reservoir can be arranged to reduce its internal volume after each state of opening of the supply valve.
  • the tank can be fitted with a part comprising:
  • the supply valve housed at a supply seat, said valve being located at the junction between the interior volume of the bag and an interior volume of the reservoir, and / or
  • a support and / or stopper preferably provided with a cover housed in a dispensing seat, said support and / or stopper being located at the junction between the internal volume of the bag and the dispensing channel, and / or
  • connecting element connecting the supply valve and the support and / or cap and / or dispensing valve, said connecting element preferably being arranged to deform or break during a deformation of the bag
  • this aspect of the invention can be claimed as such independently of the dispensing head and / or its inclination.
  • This part allows mounting of the supply valve by passing through the pocket.
  • the connecting element can be flexible or breakable after mounting the device according to the invention.
  • the dispensing head can be equipped with a perforator designed to perforate the cap of the stopper housed in the dispensing seat.
  • the deformable wall of the pocket of the device according to the invention may comprise a bellows, the device possibly comprising locking means arranged to limit and / or prevent stretching of one of the sides of the bellows during any inclined position of the dispensing head.
  • the locking means can be and / or comprise a rigid housing.
  • the dispensing head can be fitted with a pusher designed for:
  • the support surface can be flat and / or rigid.
  • the locking means can press on the pusher, said pusher itself being able to press on the retaining surface.
  • the pusher and the retaining surface can be kept assembled by clamping the locking means on a housing containing the reservoir.
  • the holding surface can be rigid.
  • the device according to the invention can comprise means for screwing the bag onto the dispensing head.
  • the deformable wall of the pocket can comprise areas of weakness and / or joints arranged to allow at least one inclined position (with a preferential angle allowing a dosage, defining a volume of fluid leaving the pocket), and preferably stable, of the dispensing head in the absence of any external force applied to the contact surface.
  • the reservoir may comprise a deformable envelope delimiting at least in part the internal volume of the reservoir, said deformable envelope being able to comprise successive radially corrugations.
  • the invention makes it possible to achieve at least one of the aforementioned aims by a device for distributing a fluid, comprising:
  • a pocket comprising an interior pocket, said interior pocket having an interior volume arranged to contain the fluid
  • a movable wall being arranged to, under the exertion of a bearing pressure preferably on a bearing surface, to reduce the internal volume of the inner pocket by deforming and / or by moving,
  • the piston or the housing may be formed at least in part by at least part of the movable wall, and / or:
  • o the piston or the housing may be in direct contact with a wall forming the bearing surface
  • o the piston or the housing may be formed at least in part by at least part of the bearing surface.
  • the invention makes it possible to achieve at least one of the aforementioned aims preferably by the device for dispensing a fluid, comprising:
  • a pocket comprising an inner pocket and an outer pocket, said inner pocket being located at least partly in the outer pocket, said inner and outer pockets each having an inner volume arranged to contain the fluid, said inner volume of the outer pocket being delimited at least in part by a movable wall, said movable wall being arranged to, under the exertion of a bearing pressure, reduce the internal volume of the internal pocket and the internal volume of the external pocket by deforming and / or by moving,
  • the interior volume of the interior pocket is preferably delimited at least in part by:
  • a housing of the piston arranged to receive the piston and guide it during an axial movement of said piston in the housing.
  • the device according to the invention is arranged to guide the fluid according to a circuit comprising:
  • the device according to the invention can comprise braking means arranged to block an axial movement of the piston in the housing reducing the internal volume of the internal pocket and of the external pocket when the movable wall is subjected to a bearing pressure of less than a threshold force.
  • the braking means may be integral with the piston and may preferably comprise at least one tongue inclined towards the outside of the piston, and / or
  • the braking means may be integral with the housing of the piston and may preferably comprise at least one tongue inclined towards the interior of the housing.
  • the device according to the invention can be arranged to guide the fluid along the second path, at each pressing pressure on the movable wall greater than the threshold force and / or at each decrease in the internal volume of the interior pocket and of the pocket. outside for which the connection hole is closed.
  • the device according to the invention can be arranged to guide the fluid along the first path, after the end of each pressing pressure greater than the threshold force, and / or at each increase in the interior volume of the interior pocket and of the pocket. outside for which the connection hole is open.
  • connection hole The connection hole:
  • - can be formed at a junction between one end of the piston and one end of the piston housing, and / or
  • - may include a hole located in the piston housing.
  • connection orifice may preferably be arranged for:
  • the device according to the invention may comprise a distribution channel arranged to conduct the fluid coming from the inner bag towards the outlet.
  • the device according to the invention can comprise a dispensing valve located in the dispensing channel and arranged to lead the fluid from the inner bag to the outlet.
  • the device according to the invention can also comprise: - the distribution valve,
  • a mixer designed to receive different separate streams of fluid and mix them in the form of a spray at the outlet.
  • One end of the distribution valve may be integral with a rod arranged to be inserted into the mixer so as to form different channels arranged to lead the different separate flows of fluid to the mixer.
  • the movable wall can be a deformable wall.
  • the movable wall can include the junction wall.
  • the movable wall can be separated from the junction wall.
  • the movable wall can be rigid.
  • the device according to the invention may comprise a reservoir communicating with the outer bag via a supply orifice, said reservoir comprising an interior volume arranged to contain the fluid, said interior volume being delimited at least in part by a deformable envelope.
  • the deformable shell of the reservoir may comprise successive radial corrugations around an axis.
  • the device according to the invention can further comprise an outer pocket, said inner pocket being located at least partly in the outer pocket, the inner pocket having an inner volume arranged to contain the fluid, the outer pocket having an inner volume which 'is not arranged to contain the fluid, said internal volume of the outer pocket being delimited at least in part by the movable wall, said movable wall being arranged to, under the exertion of the support pressure, reduce the internal volume of the outer pocket by deforming and / or by moving, the device being arranged to guide the fluid according to a circuit comprising a path passing directly from a reservoir and / or from the inside of the piston to the inside of the inside pocket, without going through the inside of the outside pocket.
  • the device according to the invention can further comprise braking means arranged to block an axial movement of the piston in the housing reducing the internal volume of the internal pocket when the movable wall is subjected to a bearing pressure below a threshold force.
  • the braking means preferably comprising: a lug or tab located on the outside of the piston and / or the inside of the housing, this lug or tab being arranged to rub or be blocked by a surface respectively from the inside of the housing and / or from the outside of the piston, and / or
  • lug or tongue located on the outside of the housing and / or the inside of a wall arranged around the housing, this lug or tongue being arranged to rub or be blocked by a respective interior surface of the wall arranged around the housing and / or exterior of the accommodation.
  • the interior pocket is preferably located under an exterior surface of the device within 10mm of this exterior surface.
  • the exercise of a support pressure preferably allows a lateral exit of the product through the exit and a displacement of the movable wall towards the reservoir or next to the reservoir.
  • the inner pocket In planes perpendicular to the direction of axial movement of the piston relative to the housing, the inner pocket preferably has a section smaller than the section of the outer pocket and / or the area of the bearing surface arranged to receive the pressure. support from outside the device and / or to a section of the reservoir.
  • the pocket can be located:
  • the device according to the invention can comprise return means, preferably non-metallic, arranged to bring the piston out of its housing.
  • the area of an internal section of the housing may be at least halved with respect to the area of a bearing surface arranged to receive the bearing pressure from outside the device.
  • the invention makes it possible to achieve at least one of the aforementioned aims by a device for dispensing a fluid comprising: - output,
  • a pocket having an internal volume for containing a fluid, the internal volume being delimited at least in part by a movable wall,
  • the pocket stopper is preferably arranged to be mounted by insertion into the cavity of the device so as to be mounted by extending:
  • the device preferably comprises an inlet orifice arranged to insert the pocket stopper into the device from outside the device and opening into the cavity.
  • the pocket stopper may include an interior volume into which is inserted a dispensing valve which in an open state allows fluid to flow from the interior volume of the bag to the outlet and in a closed state does not.
  • the interior volume of the pocket cap preferably connects the reservoir to the outlet.
  • the interior volume of the pocket cap preferably has a volume of at least 1 cm 3 , or 3 cm 3 or even 5 cm 3 .
  • the pocket cap may preferably include a supply valve which in an open state allows passage of fluid from the reservoir to the interior volume of the pocket and in a closed state does not allow, and / or a delivery valve which in an open state allows passage of fluid from the interior volume of the bag to the outlet and a closed state does not.
  • the distribution and supply valves can be integral and in one piece.
  • the pocket cap may include a housing arranged to accommodate the supply valve and the dispensing valve.
  • the pocket cap may include an internal volume, called the head reservoir, arranged to open on one side to the reservoir opening and on the other. side on a supply port connecting the head reservoir to the interior volume of the bag.
  • the internal volume of the head reservoir can be at least 1cm 3 , or even at least 3 cm 3 or even at least 5 cm 3 and / or can include air or fluid to be distributed.
  • the device may include a supply valve which in an open state allows fluid to flow from the reservoir to the interior volume of the bag and in a closed state does not allow the supply valve to be located in the bag cap. so as to, in its open state, open the feed port and, in its closed state, close the feed port.
  • a supply valve which in an open state allows fluid to flow from the reservoir to the interior volume of the bag and in a closed state does not allow the supply valve to be located in the bag cap. so as to, in its open state, open the feed port and, in its closed state, close the feed port.
  • the pocket stopper can be mounted in the cavity so that a wall of the pocket stopper, inserted in the reservoir opening and delimiting at least in part the head reservoir, forms, preferably at the end of screwing, a junction sealed between the interior volume of the bag and the reservoir and / or between the interior volume of the bag and the head reservoir.
  • the head cap may further comprise a second part, preferably in which is positioned a distribution channel, separate from the head reservoir and arranged to conduct the fluid from the interior volume of the bag towards the outlet.
  • the second part may include a dispensing valve which in an open state allows passage of fluid from the interior volume of the bag to the outlet and in a closed state does not.
  • the device can be arranged to guide the fluid according to a circuit comprising:
  • the device can be arranged to guide the fluid along the first and second path, after each end of pressing pressure on the mobile wall of the pocket and / or on each increase in the internal volume of the pocket.
  • the device can be arranged to guide the fluid along the third path, each time you press down on the mobile wall of the pocket and / or each decrease in the internal volume of the pocket, said supply orifice being able to be closed by the valve.
  • the reservoir may comprise at least one flexible wall arranged to be inserted into the head reservoir as the reservoir is emptied of its fluid.
  • the pocket stopper may include fixing means arranged to fix the pocket stopper to walls delimiting the cavity by screwing.
  • the fixing means may comprise an anti-unlocking system for the pocket stopper to the cavity designed to prevent loosening of the pocket stopper.
  • the reservoir, the cavity and the pocket may be integral so as to form a single and unique part.
  • the reservoir, the cavity and the pocket, with the exception of the mobile wall of the pocket, may be integral so as to form a single piece.
  • the mobile wall of the pocket can be assembled by welding to the single part formed by the cavity and the reservoir.
  • the reservoir and the cavity can be produced by polymer injection or by 3D printing.
  • the reservoir can extend in a longitudinal direction centered on a first axis of elongation
  • the pocket being able to extend in a longitudinal direction centered on a second axis of elongation and / or the pocket stopper being able to extend in a longitudinal direction centered on a third axis of elongation
  • the first axis being able to be offset relative to the second axis and / or to the third axis.
  • the first axis of elongation and / or the second axis of elongation and / or the third axis of elongation may preferably be parallel.
  • the pocket stopper may extend in a direction of elongation, and may be arranged to be insertably mounted into the cavity in a direction of insertion parallel to its direction of elongation, the inlet port and the socket.
  • reservoir port being aligned in the direction of elongation.
  • the cavity may include deformable walls arranged to laterally increase the capacity of the reservoir.
  • the plug may include a vent.
  • the stopper can be arranged to slide in the bottom wall and / or can include a flexible or breakable part.
  • the invention makes it possible to achieve at least one of the aforementioned aims by a device for dispensing a fluid comprising:
  • a pocket having an internal volume for containing a fluid, the internal volume of the pocket being delimited at least in part by a movable wall,
  • a reservoir arranged to contain the fluid and comprising two openings, an upper opening facing towards the pocket and a lower opening, said reservoir preferably being arranged to reduce its internal volume when the fluid exits from the reservoir,
  • a supply valve which, in an open state, allows the passage of the fluid contained in the reservoir towards the bag, and which, in a closed state, does not allow it, said lower opening being arranged to allow passage of the fluid , preferably a passage of a cannula (or filling rod) transporting the fluid, so as to fill the reservoir at least partially with fluid at least up to the supply valve and preferably so as to fill with fluid also at least partly the volume inside the pocket.
  • the reservoir may be delimited at least in part by a movable piston arranged to move so as to reduce the internal volume of the reservoir when the fluid exits from the reservoir, this piston being provided with the lower opening, the lower opening being closed by a removable plug.
  • the removable stopper is preferably screwed onto the plunger.
  • the piston may be provided with at least one hole arranged to allow passage of the fluid between the reservoir and a sealing zone between the piston and a wall along which the piston is arranged to move.
  • the piston may be included between the reservoir and a bottom wall), said bottom wall being provided with means (for example typically comprising a slot into which a part of the piston is inserted and / or means for clipping the piston) for block the piston from rotating when screwing the stopper onto the piston when the piston is in contact with the back wall.
  • means for example typically comprising a slot into which a part of the piston is inserted and / or means for clipping the piston
  • the piston may have, in a sectional view perpendicular to a direction of movement of the piston along a wall, a polygon shape comprising several sides connected by angles, the device further comprising a force distribution part arranged to press the piston against the wall at several (preferably all) sides of the polygon but outside the angles of the polygon.
  • the reservoir arranged to contain the fluid can be delimited by:
  • - a rigid wall, preferably removable, arranged to block the lower opening.
  • the flexible wall can be attached to the bag using a watertight junction:
  • the ring may be integral with the rigid wall.
  • the area of a section of the top opening is preferably at least two times (preferably at least four times) smaller than the area of a section of the lower opening (this section being chosen to minimize the area of the lower opening).
  • the flexible wall and the supply valve can be formed in the same part with continuity of material.
  • the flexible wall can be arranged to deform so as to reduce the internal volume of the reservoir when fluid exits from the reservoir.
  • the device preferably the rigid wall, can be arranged to keep the position of the lower opening in the device fixed with respect to the position of the upper opening in the device.
  • the first aspect and / or the second aspect and / or the third aspect and / or the fourth aspect of the invention can be combined with one another.
  • FIGURE 1 is a side sectional view of a first embodiment of a device according to the invention, a dispensing head of which is in a stable position,
  • FIGURE 2 is a side sectional view of the first embodiment of the device according to the invention, the dispensing head of which is in an inclined position,
  • FIGURE 3 is a perspective view of the first embodiment of the device according to the invention, the dispensing head of which is removed,
  • FIGURE 4 is a zoom of a side view of the first embodiment of the device according to the invention.
  • FIGURE 5 is a schematic representation of a non-limiting exemplary embodiment of a stopper provided with a cover according to the invention
  • FIGURE 6 is a schematic representation of a non-limiting exemplary embodiment of a supply valve according to the invention
  • FIGURE 7 is a side sectional view of a second embodiment of a device according to the invention, the dispensing head of which is in the stable position
  • FIGURE 8 is a side sectional view of the second embodiment of the device according to the invention, the dispensing head of which is in the inclined position,
  • FIGURE 9 is an exploded perspective view of the second embodiment of the device according to the invention, the dispensing head of which is in the stable position
  • FIGURE 10 is a side sectional view of a reservoir and a pocket of the second embodiment of the device according to the invention after a partial emptying of the reservoir
  • FIGURE 11 is a side sectional view of the bag and the reservoir of the second embodiment of the device according to the invention after complete emptying of the reservoir
  • FIGURE 12 is a cross section of the lower part of the tank of figure 10
  • FIGURE 13 is an exploded perspective view of a third embodiment of the device according to the invention, the dispensing head of which is in the stable position,
  • FIGURE 14 is a side sectional view of the third embodiment of a device according to the invention, the dispensing head of which is in the stable position,
  • FIGURE 15 is a side sectional view of the third embodiment of a device according to the invention, the dispensing head of which is in the inclined position,
  • FIGURE 16 is a zoom of profile sectional view of the third embodiment of the device according to the invention during stretching of the reservoir 6 for its filling,
  • FIGURE 17 is a side sectional view of part of a fourth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
  • FIGURE 18 is a perspective view of part of the fourth embodiment of the device according to the invention
  • FIGURE 19 is a side sectional view of a fifth embodiment of a device according to the invention
  • FIGURE 20 is an exploded perspective view of the fifth embodiment of the device according to the invention without its reservoir
  • FIGURE 21 is a side sectional view of a distribution channel of the fifth embodiment of the device according to the invention.
  • FIGURE 22 is a cross section of the distribution channel of the fifth embodiment of the device according to the invention.
  • FIGURE 23 is an exploded perspective view of a sixth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
  • FIGURE 24 is a side sectional view of the sixth embodiment of the device according to the invention.
  • FIGURE 25 is a side sectional view illustrating a step of a manufacturing process of the sixth embodiment of the device according to the invention.
  • FIGURE 26 is a side sectional view of a seventh embodiment of a device according to the invention.
  • FIGURE 27 is an exploded perspective view of the seventh embodiment of the device according to the invention.
  • FIGURE 28 is an exploded perspective view of an eighth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
  • FIGURE 29 is a side sectional view of the eighth embodiment of the device according to the invention.
  • FIGURE 30 is a side sectional view of a ninth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
  • FIGURE 31 is an exploded perspective view of a tenth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
  • FIGURE 32 is a side sectional view of the tenth embodiment of the device according to the invention.
  • FIGURE 33 is a side sectional view of an eleventh embodiment of a device according to the invention.
  • FIGURE 34 is a side sectional view of a twelfth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
  • FIGURE 35 is a side sectional view of a thirteenth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
  • FIGURE 36 is a side sectional view of part of the thirteenth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
  • FIGURE 37 is a side sectional view of part of the thirteenth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
  • FIGURE 38 is a side sectional view of part of the thirteenth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
  • FIGURE 39 is a side sectional view of part of the thirteenth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
  • FIGURE 40 is an exploded perspective view of the thirteenth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
  • FIGURE 41 is a side sectional view of a fourteenth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
  • FIGURE 42 is a side sectional view of the fourteenth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
  • FIGURE 43 is a perspective view of the flexible wall 108 of the fourteenth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
  • FIGURE 44 is a side sectional view of the fourteenth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
  • FIGURE 45 is a side sectional view of the flexible wall 108 of the fourteenth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
  • FIGURE 46 is an exploded perspective view of the fourteenth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
  • FIGURES 1 to 6 a first embodiment of a device according to the invention for dispensing a fluid.
  • the device 100 for dispensing the fluid comprises:
  • a pocket 2 having an internal volume arranged to contain the fluid, the internal volume being delimited at least in part by a deformable wall 4,
  • a reservoir 6 having an inner envelope arranged to contain the fluid
  • a distribution channel 20 located in the distribution head 10 and arranged to conduct the fluid coming from the interior volume of the bag 2 and towards an outlet 24, said outlet 24 being positioned at one end of the distribution head 10, - a distribution orifice 22 connecting the internal volume of the bag 2 to the distribution channel 20.
  • all the positions of the head are defined in a frame of reference for which the supply orifice and / or the reservoir is fixed.
  • the term “flexible” will be understood to mean any part which can be deformed under the effect of at least 1 kg, having for example a flexural modulus of less than 600 MPa and / or having a sufficiently reduced thickness.
  • the term “rigid” will be understood to mean any part which cannot be deformed under the effect of at most 1 kg, having for example a flexural modulus greater than 600 MPa and / or having a sufficiently large thickness.
  • the dispensing head 10 comprises a contact surface 26, arranged to, from outside the device, receive an external force 18 orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the dispensing head 10 positioned in the stable position 12.
  • the dispensing head 10 of the device 100 extends longitudinally over a length of at least 10 mm (preferably at least 20 mm and even at least 30 mm or even at least 40 mm) following:
  • a long lever arm makes it possible to reduce the forces allowing the dispensing, for example less than 1 kg and even less than 0.5 kg if the device is an applicator for facial care (by comparison a common pump requires an effort of support of the order of 2Kg).
  • the dispensing head 10 and the reservoir 6 extend longitudinally in the longitudinal direction when the head is in its stable position.
  • the distributor head is longer (along the longitudinal direction) than it is wide (perpendicular to the longitudinal direction).
  • the contact surface 26, accessible from the outside of the device 100 by a hand or even a fingernail of a user, or a face of a user, has a minimum surface area of 10 mm 2 , and preferably at least 20 mm 2 (preferably at least 30 mm 2 , preferably at least 60 mm 2 , more preferably at least 100 mm 2 ) in the case where the contact surface 26 is intended to be in contact with the face.
  • the axis A extends in an X direction.
  • the contact surface 26 forms (over a width of less than 15 mm defined in a plane perpendicular to the direction X and over a surface of at least 30 mm 2 , preferably over at less 60 mm 2 , preferably over at least 100 mm 2 ) an angle between _-45 ° and 45 ° (more precisely between _-30 ° and 30 °, more precisely between _-20 ° and 20 °) with the direction X in which the distribution channel 20 extends at the outlet of the pocket 2.
  • the outlet 24 is located at a distance from the axis A of less than 10 mm.
  • the surface 26 is located at a distance from the axis A of less than 10 mm.
  • Exit 24 is located on surface 26.
  • the distribution head 10 is arranged to incline on the side opposite to the contact surface 26.
  • the distribution head may have at its end an application and / or massage element on the face opposite to the surface 26 which can be made of metal.
  • the device is arranged so that a force on this surface does not or only slightly inclines the head so as to limit or prohibit the exit of product.
  • the pocket 2 is formed mainly in three parts.
  • a first part comprising the deformable wall 4, a second part comprising a rigid wall 54 and a third part 84 (of the pocket 2) designed to be fixed to the reservoir 6.
  • the rigid wall 54 of the pocket 2 is located below the deformable wall 4.
  • the deformable wall 4 more exactly its lower part, is fixed or integral with the rigid wall 54 of the pocket 2 at the level of the connection point 58.
  • the deformable wall 4 of the pocket 2 is formed by a part 4i and a part 42.
  • Part 4i and 42 face each other.
  • the part 4i of the deformable wall 4 is arranged to bend under the effect of the compression of the force 18, the part 42 of the deformable wall 4 elongates very slightly under the effect of the traction but moves less than part 4i so as to promote the inclination of the head 10 of the device 100 on the side of part 4i when the external force 18 is exerted at the level of the contact surface 26 of the dispensing head 10. So as to promote the inclination of part 4i, the curvilinear length in a section plane of part 4i of dispensing head 10 in the stable position 12, is higher (ie longer) than that of part 42 (which forms a hinge).
  • the deformable wall 4 comprises an asymmetry around an axis A, so that the pocket 2 is arranged to promote an inclination of the dispensing head 10 in a favored direction of inclination, that is to say opposite at the contact surface 26 and / or of the outlet 24.
  • the parts 4i and 42 are asymmetrical so as to promote the inclination of the dispensing head 10 on the side of the part 4i.
  • deformable wall 4 of the pocket 2 comprises:
  • the deformable wall 4 is for example a thin wall and the rigid wall 54 is for example a wall thicker than the wall 4.
  • the deformable wall 4 can be associated with the wall 54 by a “co-molding”, that is to say either by overmolding or bi-injection of materials having different flexibility, preferably with PP for the rigid wall 54 of pocket 2 and of the TPO for the deformable wall 4 of pocket 2.
  • the parts 4i and 42 of the deformable wall 4 and the rigid wall 54 can also be injected all at once when the rigid wall 54 and the deformable wall 4 of the pocket are for example made of polypropylene.
  • the deformable wall 4 is preferably made of PP with a polymer or plastomer additive (such as for example Vistamaxx TM 6202), in order to reduce its hardness so that the hardness of the wall 4 is less than 80 Shore D. Therefore, too great a fineness and weaknesses of the wall 4 are avoided.
  • a polymer or plastomer additive such as for example Vistamaxx TM 6202
  • the rigid wall 54 is arranged to fit on the third part 84 of the pocket 2.
  • a stop 66 materializes the junction between the third part 84 of the pocket 2 and the rigid wall 54 of the pocket 2. This stop 66 is orthogonal to the axis A when the device 100 is in a stable position 12.
  • the deformable wall 4 of the pocket 2 holds the dispensing head 10.
  • the bag 2 is fixed to the distribution head 10.
  • the bag 2 is in particular embedded in the distribution channel 20 of the distribution head 10 via a ring 88.
  • the dispensing head 10 comprises the ring 88, located at the junction between the internal volume of the bag 2 and the dispensing channel 20, in which the dispensing orifice 22. Specifically, at the level of said junction between the volume. inside the pocket 2 and the distribution channel 20, the deformable wall 4 of the pocket 2 is compressed against the distribution channel 20 by the ring 88. The ring 88 is clamped, fitted into the distribution head 10. The ring 88 is designed to be force-fitted into the distribution channel 20.
  • the distribution head 10 over its entire length, is traversed by the distribution channel 20.
  • the distribution channel 20 begins at the level of the distribution orifice 22 and extends to the outlet 24 housed in the distribution head 10.
  • the dispensing head 10 comprises a dispensing valve 28 located in the dispensing channel 20, and which, in an open state allows passage of fluid from the dispensing channel 20 to the outlet 24, and, in a closed state , does not allow it.
  • the dispensing valve 28 is typically made from thermoplastic polyolefin or TPO (polyolefin alloys: polyethylene and polypropylene) (flexible, recyclable), PolyPropylene (PP) or modified polyethylene (PE).
  • TPO has the advantage of being flexible, more easily recyclable if we take the same sub-family (for example PP with TPO base PP).
  • the dispensing valve 28 is arranged to remain in its closed state as long as the angle of inclination 16 is less than 2 ° or 5 ° with respect to the stable position 12.
  • the device 100 is arranged so as not to tilt. more than 2 degrees as long as a threshold force is not reached, said threshold force corresponding, for example, to an external force (perpendicular to the surface 26) of 0.5 kilogram (Kg).
  • the external force 18 is greater than or equal to the threshold force of 0.5 kg, then an overpressure in the pocket 2 and in the distribution 20 opens the distribution valve 28, thus causing the distribution of fluid at the outlet 24.
  • the dispensing head 10 does not tilt more than 2 degrees from its stable position 12. In the case where the dispensing head 10 is in the tilting position 14, if the external force 18 is less than the threshold force but present to maintain the elastic return force of the pocket 2 (precisely of the deformable wall 4 ), then the dispensing head 10 remains inclined in its inclined position 14.
  • the distribution head 10 comprises two separable parts 10i, IO2, including:
  • the anti-drip device 30 is located at the junction of these two parts 10i, IO2 and comprises a valve 30i in the distribution channel 20, which:
  • the upper and lower parts 10i, IO2 are nested one inside the other.
  • the distribution valve 28 comprises a part 28i, in particular one of its ends 28i, arranged to maintain the valve 30i of the anti-drip device 30 in its open state, that is to say in a position which allows the passage of the fluid. towards the outlet 24, when the two parts 10i, IO2 of the head 10 are assembled.
  • the end 28i is tapered in shape so that it can open the valve 30i of the anti-drip device 30 in the direction of an internal wall of the distribution channel 20. In this configuration, the anti-drip device 30 allows the fluid contained in the bag 2 to be directed and routed to the outlet 24.
  • the distribution valve 28 comprises a part 282 held by clamping between the internal walls of the distribution channel 20.
  • the distribution valve 28 is housed in a distribution housing 80.
  • the housing 80 is part of the channel 20.
  • Part 282 is stationary between the open and closed states of dispensing valve 28.
  • a conduit 283 allows the passage of fluid between part 282 and the internal walls of housing 80 in the direction of outlet 24 when valve 28 (and more precisely its movable part 284) is open.
  • the dispensing valve 28 comprises a movable part 284 which, in the closed state of this dispensing valve 28, is pressed against a dispensing seat 105 so as to plug this dispensing seat 105, and in the open state of this dispensing seat. dispensing valve 28, moves away from the dispensing seat 105 so as to open this dispensing seat 105.
  • This part 284 is a membrane.
  • the dispensing valve 28 comprises the part 284 which is inserted into the upper part 10i of the dispensing head 10.
  • the part 284 is the part of the dispensing valve 28 closest to the outlet 24. This part 284 is the membrane. mobile 284 of the distribution valve 28.
  • Part 284 is movable between the open and closed states of dispensing valve 28.
  • the dispensing seat 105 is a lateral part of the internal walls of the housing 80, that is to say that this seat 105 is limited to one face, preferably flat (or curved), of the internal walls of the housing 80, and does not does not go all the way around a section of the housing 80 which would be made in a plane perpendicular to the direction of elongation of the part of the housing 80 enclosing the valve 28.
  • the dispensing valve 28 is mounted in the dispensing housing 80 by inserting the dispensing valve 28 into the upper head 10i at the junction between the upper head 10i and lower IO2 before the upper 10i and lower IO2 head are assembled together.
  • the device 100 in particular the upper part 10i of the dispensing head 10, comprises the outlet 24.
  • the outlet 24 opens onto the outside of the device 100.
  • the outlet 24 is located at the end of the dispensing head 10, in particular in the upper part 10i of the dispensing head 10.
  • the outlet 24 is positioned on the left side of the dispensing head 10 relative to the axis A .
  • the contact surface 26 surrounds or borders the outlet 24.
  • the outlet 24 is arranged to distribute the fluid in a direction substantially perpendicular to the bearing surface 26.
  • the outlet 24 is arranged to distribute fluid in a direction substantially perpendicular and in a direction opposite to the external force 18 exerted on the contact surface 26 at the level of the distribution head 10.
  • the bag 2 is fixed to the reservoir 6.
  • the device 100 further comprises means 32 for screwing the bag 2 to the barrel 55 so as to fix the reservoir 6.
  • the means for screwing 32 include a screw thread 32.
  • the pocket 2 comprises a tip 34 arranged to sink (i.e. fit into) the reservoir 6.
  • the tip 34 is rigid and preferably in PP or PE and is preferably at least 8 mm long.
  • the supply port 8 is positioned at the end of the nozzle 34.
  • the end piece 34 is pressed into the reservoir 6 so as to fix the bag 2 to the reservoir 6.
  • the reservoir 6 comprises a cover 36 arranged to block the circulation of fluid contained in the reservoir 6 towards the bag 2 as long as the end piece 34 of the bag 2 is not pressed into the reservoir 6.
  • the reservoir 6 is airtight because the cover 36 has not yet been pierced.
  • the end piece 34 is arranged to pierce the cover 36.
  • a finger 75 placed in the bottom of the barrel 55 presses the bottom of the reservoir 6 in order to facilitate the priming of the device.
  • the reservoir 6 can comprise a rigid cylindrical container in which a piston slides, the finger 75 is then arranged to push the said piston by passing through an orifice arranged in the bottom of the rigid cylindrical reservoir.
  • the device 100 comprises a supply valve 38 positioned at the level of the supply port 8, more precisely inside the nozzle 34 in a supply seat 62, and which, in an open state, allows the passage of the fluid contained in the reservoir 6 towards the bag 2, and which, in a closed state, does not allow it.
  • the reservoir 6 is arranged to reduce its internal volume after each state of opening of the supply valve 38.
  • the part of the reservoir 6 further comprises the valve of. supply 38 housed at the level of the supply seat 62, said valve 38 being located at the junction between the internal volume of the pocket 2 and an internal volume of the reservoir 6.
  • the supply valve 38 of device 100 is shown in FIGURE 6.
  • the supply valve 38 has two parts. An upper part, formed by a cylinder and a lower part. The lower part of the supply valve 38 comprises a pusher or a membrane 38i.
  • the supply valve 38 is typically made of TPO.
  • the supply valve 38 is located inside the pocket 2 and is designed for:
  • the supply valve 38 At rest, that is to say without the device 100 being subjected to any stress or external force 18, the supply valve 38 is in its closed state.
  • the supply valve 38 comprises a second anti-drip device situated with the valve 38 and the supply seat 62, inside the nozzle 34.
  • This second anti-drip device is designed to limit the quantity of product. remaining in the supply orifice 8.
  • the second anti-drip device can be merged with the supply valve 38.
  • the supply valve 38 is designed to be closed if a force is applied to the bag 2.
  • valve 38 is also in its closed state.
  • the distribution valve 28 (more exactly the membrane 284) moves away from the distribution seat 105 and the distribution valve 28 is in its state open; fluid comes out through outlet 24 and bag 2 empties at least partially,
  • the supply valve 38 is pressed against the internal wall of the end piece 34 of the pocket 2 (in particular the valve 38i of the valve 38) and blocks the passage of fluid from the supply orifice 8.
  • the valve power supply 38 is in its closed state; fluid cannot (or hardly ever) escape from bag 2 to reservoir 6.
  • the distribution valve 28 (more precisely the membrane 284) is pressed against the distribution seat 105 and the valve 28 is in its closed state; fluid cannot pass from bag 2 to outlet 24,
  • the supply valve 38 is "sucked” and the flap 38i of the valve 38 moves away from the internal walls of the end piece 34 of the pocket 2 giving onto the supply port 8.
  • the valve 38 is in its position. open state; fluid can pass from the reservoir 6 (passing through the supply port 8) to the bag 2 so as to refill the bag 2.
  • the reservoir 6 is equipped with a part 64 comprising a sealing skirt 60 provided with the cap 36, said sealing skirt 60 being located at the junction of the end piece 34 of the pocket 2 and the upper casing of the reservoir. 6.
  • the part 64 of the reservoir 6 is integral with the inner shell of the reservoir 6.
  • the part 64 of the reservoir 6 is in particular located in the upper part of the reservoir 6, that is to say in a housing of the reservoir 6 located at the bottom. junction between the reservoir 6 and the end piece 34 of the bag 2.
  • the feed orifice 8 is located at the end of the nozzle 34, that is to say at the junction between the reservoir 6 and the bag 2.
  • FIGURE 5 illustrates the sealing skirt 60 including the cap 36.
  • the sealing skirt 60 is typically made of PP and the cap 36 of PP.
  • the cap 36 is made of the same material as the sealing skirt 60. There is continuity of material between the sealing skirt 60 and the cap 36. Thus, the sealing skirt 60 and the cap 36 form one piece.
  • the reservoir 6 is preferably made of polyolefin and is produced by blowing.
  • FIGURES 1 and 2 typically show two configurations of device 100 arranged to dispense a fluid.
  • the fluid comprises a liquid and / or a gas, and is preferably a liquid, a cream, a paste, a gel or a mixture thereof.
  • the plane of the junction between the upper head 10i and lower IO2 and the plane in which the dispensing orifice 22 is located are parallel.
  • the distribution head 10 extends mainly longitudinally along the axis A.
  • the A axis will be defined by default as the A axis in the stable position 12.
  • This axis A passes through the barycenter of the distribution orifice 22 and the central axis of the distribution channel 20.
  • the central axis of the distribution channel 20 passes through the barycenter of the junction between the upper head 10i and lower IO2.
  • the device 100 is said to be in a stable position 12 when the plane containing it stops. 66 of the pocket 2 and the plane containing the dispensing orifice 22 are parallel. In this case, the axis A intersects perpendicularly the stop 66 of the pocket 2, in particular at its barycenter.
  • the external force 18 is exerted at the level of the contact surface 26.
  • the dispensing head 10 is therefore in an inclined position 14.
  • the plane containing the stop 66 of the pocket 2 and the plane containing the orifice of distribution 22 are no longer parallel.
  • the axis A passes through the barycenter of the stop 66 but does not intersect it perpendicularly.
  • the dispensing head 10 tilts according to the angle of inclination 16.
  • the angle of inclination 16 is defined, in FIGURE 2, by the angle between (for example at the level of the intersection on the ridge 66 ) from:
  • This angle 16 is the same between:
  • the dispensing head 10 is typically tilted in a tilt position 14 of 25 degrees (25 °). However, the dispensing head 10 can tilt in other tilting positions 14. In the case considered, the dispensing head 10 tilts on the right side with respect to the axis A of the dispensing head 10. .
  • the dispensing head 10 outside of its stable position 12 and according to various possible inclined positions 14, is arranged to reach a position of maximum inclination when the angle of inclination 16 is inclined by at least 20 °, preferably 30 degrees, or even at least 45 degrees, relative to said stable position 12, said position of maximum inclination being designed to reduce the internal volume of the pocket 2, typically by at least 20%.
  • the dispensing head 10 cannot tilt beyond the maximum tilt position, even if the external force 18 is greater than the threshold force. If the device 100 is in its maximum tilt position and an external force 18 greater than the threshold force is applied at the contact surface 26, then such external force 18 could damage the device 100.
  • FIGURES 7 to 12 illustrate another embodiment of a device 700 for dispensing a fluid.
  • the device 700 comprises all the elements of the device 100. Thus, only the differences with the device 100 will be described. In this part, we consider that the axis A is defined by the axis on which the dispensing head 10 is centered.
  • the dispensing valve 28 of the device 700 comprises all the elements of the dispensing valve 28 of the device 100 except the part 28i, tapered end 28i, of the dispensing valve 28 of the device 100.
  • the deformable wall 4 of the pocket 2 comprises a bellows 44.
  • the bellows 44 is a bellows 44 comprising a ply.
  • the device 700 can include at least one fold.
  • the bellows 44 is cylindrical in shape and is centered, when the device 700 is in a stable position 12, on an axis collinear with the axis A.
  • the bellows 44 therefore comprises on its outer wall corrugations propagating in a manner parallel to the axis A, that is to say parallel to the direction of elongation of the dispensing head 10.
  • the device 700 is in a stable position 12.
  • the two parts 4i and 42 of the deformable wall 4 are identical.
  • the device 700 can therefore tilt according to different tilting positions 14 on both sides of the axis of elongation of the dispensing head 10 or even in all the directions of tilting of the dispensing head 10 around the axis A.
  • the bellows 44 is also arranged to be compressed when an external force 18, comprising at least one component parallel to the axis of the cylinder of the bellows 44 and oriented in the direction of the reservoir 6, is applied at the level of the dispensing head 10. .
  • the device 700 comprises locking means 50 arranged to limit and / or prevent stretching of one of the sides of the bellows 44 during any inclined position of the dispensing head 10.
  • the bellows 44 of the pocket 2 is included in a rigid housing 50 serving as a locking means 50.
  • the portion 42 of the deformable wall of the bellows 44 collapses and folds over it. even while the part 4i stretches slightly and will come into abutment against the rigid housing 50. The extension of the part 4i of the deformable wall 4 is therefore blocked by the rigid housing 50.
  • the locking means 50 are also arranged to limit and / or prevent stretching of the bellows 44 when the bellows 44 is subjected to any stretching force.
  • the distance separating the two ends of the part 4i of the deformable wall 4, in the inclined position 14, is equal or only very slightly greater than the distance separating the two ends of the part 4i of the deformable wall 4 from the position stable 12.
  • the distance separating the two ends of the part 42 of the deformable wall 4, in the inclined position 14, is less than the distance separating the two ends of the part 42 of the deformable wall 4 from the stable position 12.
  • the distance separating the two ends of the part 4i of the deformable wall 4, in the inclined position, is greater than or equal to the distance separating the two ends of the part 42 of the deformable wall 4 from the inclined position 14.
  • the distance separating the two ends of the parts 4i and 42 of the deformable wall 4 are less than the distance separating the two ends of the parts 4i and 42 of the deformable wall 4 when no force is exerted on the distribution head 10.
  • the dispensing head 10 is tilted to the left side of the axis of elongation of the dispensing head 10.
  • the pocket 2 of the device 700 comprises two nozzles 34i and 342 positioned at the two ends, upper and lower, of the pocket 2.
  • the upper end of the pocket 2 comprises a retaining surface 68.
  • the tips 34i and 342 are cylindrical in shape.
  • the pocket 2 or the module 46 comprises means 32 for screwing the pocket 2 to the dispensing head 10.
  • the module 46 can fit or screw into the pocket 2.
  • the means 32 for screwing include a screw thread 32.
  • the tip 34i is positioned on the upper end of the pocket 2, that is to say on the holding surface 68, and is arranged to be screwed inside the distribution channel 20 in the distribution head. 10.
  • the thread 32 is positioned on the outer wall of the end piece 34i.
  • the nozzle 34i to the distribution head 10 is screwed inside the distribution head 10.
  • the tip 342 is positioned on the lower end of the pocket 2, that is to say on a surface of the pocket 2 opposite to the holding surface 68.
  • the tip 342 is arranged to fit into and / or be integral with the tank 6.
  • the holding surface 68 is a planar surface.
  • the device 700 is arranged so that the upper end of the pocket 2, in particular the retaining surface 68, deforms as little as possible to maximize the reduction in volume of the pocket 2. This may take place:
  • a retaining surface 68 sufficiently rigid so that its deformation, caused by the inclination of the pocket 2, at the level of the attachment of the end piece 34i, only include deformation heights less than or equal to 2 or 3 mm with respect to to the flat surface of the support surface 68 (either when no force is applied at the contact surface 26), and / or
  • consolidation can typically be produced at the level of a plate 52 (or pusher 52) integral with the dispensing head 10 and preferably being fixed by interlocking the pocket 2 on the end piece 34i at the level of the plate 52 (or pusher 52 ) of the distribution head 10, and / or
  • the end piece 34i which comprises an outside diameter almost as large as the diameter of the bellows 44, for example being at least two thirds of the diameter of the bellows 44.
  • the dispensing head 10 is a single piece which is broken down into:
  • a middle part (preferably cylindrical), centered on the axis A, and in which the distribution channel 20 is arranged in its center,
  • an applicator carried by the median part, and comprising at least one curved shape (ie a curve) comprising the contact surface 26 and / or the outlet 24.
  • the curved shape is a sphere and extends over the entire surface of the applicator;
  • - a part, in the form of a plate 52, carrying the middle part and positioned at the end of the dispensing head 10, that is to say the end of the dispensing head 10 facing the holding surface 68 of pocket 2.
  • the part in the form of a plate 52 and opening onto the holding surface 68 comprises the pusher 52.
  • the distribution channel 20 passes through all the parts of the distribution head 10 and is centered on the central axis of the distribution head 10, or on the axis A.
  • the applicator that is to say the spherically shaped part of the dispensing head 10, is located at the upper end of the dispensing head 10 and thus comprises the outlet 24 through which the fluid of the device 700 s 'escapes.
  • the outlet 24 of the device 700 is arranged to distribute fluid in the direction of elongation of the distribution head 10.
  • the device 700 comprises an extended contact surface 26 which makes it possible to exert an external force 18 at a multitude of positions located on the applicator of the dispensing head 10.
  • the device 700 can therefore be adapted to different shapes of application of external force 18.
  • the longitudinal direction of the dispensing head is defined by the axis A, i.e. the axis on which the median part of the dispensing head 10 is centered.
  • the distribution head 10 and the reservoir 6 are aligned axially in the longitudinal direction when the head 10 is in its stable position 12, that is to say that there is a co-axiality of the distribution head 10 with the tank 6.
  • the dispensing head 10 and the pocket 2 are also aligned axially in the longitudinal direction when the head 10 is in its stable position 12, that is to say that there is a co-axiality of the dispensing head 10. with pocket 2.
  • the dispensing head 10 is arranged to tilt on the opposite side on which the external force 18 is exerted at the level of the contact surface 26.
  • the arrangement of the device 700 i.e. the use of the bellows 44 and of a spherical contact surface 26 causes the dispensing head 10 and the bag 2 to follow the same tilting movement when the external force 18 is applied to the device 700 at the contact surface 26.
  • an external force 18 is exerted on the right side of the contact surface 26.
  • the dispensing head 10 and the pocket 2 are inclined to the left side of the elongation axis of the dispensing head 10, c 'that is to say on the left side of axis A.
  • the distribution head 10 is equipped with the pusher 52 designed for: - press against the retaining surface 68 of the pocket 2, preferably a retaining surface 68 of the bellows 44, and
  • the housing 70 can be made of metal and / or of polymer.
  • the locking means 50 that is to say the rigid housing 50, are arranged to limit and / or prevent stretching of one of the sides of the pocket 2, and thus limit the inclination of the dispensing head 10. .
  • the locking means 50 is cylindrical in shape.
  • the means 50 comprises an orifice for inserting the head 10.
  • the distribution head 10 is arranged in the orifice of the blocking means 50.
  • the orifice of the blocking means 50 surrounds the middle part of the distribution head 10.
  • the orifice of the blocking means 50 therefore comprises an internal diameter larger than the middle part of the dispensing head 10 so as to allow the tilt of the dispensing head 10 while limiting it.
  • the internal and / or external diameter of the locking means 50 can be chosen so as to define the maximum angle of inclination.
  • the locking means 50 comprise, on an outer wall, means for screwing 102 the locking means 50 to the rigid housing 70 comprising the reservoir 6.
  • the rigid housing 70 is designed to contain the entire volume of the reservoir 6.
  • Tank 6 is fitted with a part comprising:
  • the supply valve 38 housed at a supply seat, said valve 38 being located at the junction between the internal volume of the pocket 2 and an internal volume of the reservoir 6, and
  • stopper 40 provided with a cover 42, said stopper 40 being located at the junction between the internal volume of the pocket 2 and the distribution channel 20, and arranged to fit into the end piece 34i (in the internal part 34i) and a connecting element 46 connecting the supply valve 38 and the stopper 40, said connecting element 46 being arranged to deform during a deformation of the bag 2.
  • the part of the reservoir 6 comprising the cap 40 further comprises the supply valve 38 housed at the level of the supply seat 62, said valve 38 being located at the junction between the interior volume of the pocket 2 and an interior volume of the reservoir.
  • the stopper 40 further comprises insertion means arranged to push the supply valve 38 into the end piece 342, more precisely in the inner part of the end piece 342 of the pocket 2.
  • insertion means are connected to the supply valve so as to insert it into the pocket forming an element provided, preferably at the end opposite to the supply valve, with means for taking it and fixing it more. precisely by fitting into the pocket on the side of the upper 34i and / or lower 342 end piece
  • the supply valve is housed at the lower nozzle.
  • the cap lid is housed in the upper end.
  • the connecting element connects the supply valve to the insertion means.
  • the end piece 34i of the pocket 2 comprises an internal diameter, hollow (and of cylindrical shape), arranged so as to receive the stopper 40 of the connecting piece 701, and
  • the tip 342 of the pocket 2 comprises an internal diameter, hollow (and cylindrical in shape), arranged to accommodate the valve
  • the connecting element 46 is flexible and is located in the interior volume of the pocket 2.
  • the device 700 further comprises a perforator 48, located in the dispensing head 10, and arranged to perforate the cap 42 of the stopper 40 housed in the dispensing seat when the device 700 is being assembled.
  • perforator 48 thus comprises an end provided with an acute angle, oriented towards the cover 42 of the stopper 40 and designed to pierce the cover 48 of the stopper 40.
  • the connecting element 46 of the connecting piece 701 is flexible or breakable after mounting the bag 2 on the reservoir 6.
  • the connecting element 46 is flexible. In this way, with each inclination of the dispensing head 10, the connecting element 46 follows the movement of the bag 2 and does not break.
  • the pocket 2 is no longer aligned with the central axis of the reservoir 6 and the axis A. It is noted that the pocket 2 can tilt relative to a stable position 12 but also compress along the axis A even in the stable position 12, including for the device 100.
  • the device is arranged to dispense product by tilting the dispensing head 10 relative to a stable position 12, but it is also arranged to dispense product by compressing the dispensing head. distribution 10 along axis A.
  • the reservoir 6 of the device 700 is formed from a single piece.
  • the reservoir 6 and the pocket 2 of the device 700 are formed from a single piece.
  • the reservoir 6 of the device 700 comprises a bellows 6i of the reservoir 6.
  • the reservoir 6 of the device 700 comprises an outer wall comprising two parts:
  • the bellows 61 of the reservoir 6 (preferably cylindrical) is centered on the axis A when the head is in the stable position 12 (FIGURE 7).
  • the bellows 61 of the reservoir 6 therefore comprises on its outer wall parallel corrugations 61 succeeding each other parallel to the axis A, that is to say parallel to the direction of elongation of the dispensing head 10 when the dispensing head 10 is in a stable position.
  • the reservoir 6, more precisely the bellows 61 of the reservoir 6, is arranged to compress in a direction parallel to the axis A and in a direction starting from the reservoir 6 towards the pocket 2.
  • the reservoir 6, more precisely the part 62 of the reservoir 6, is arranged to compress towards the inside of the reservoir 6, preferably in a direction orthogonal to the axis A and in a direction 90 starting from the outer wall of the reservoir 6. towards the axis of the tank 6, i.e. the axis A.
  • the reservoir 6 comprises on its outer wall grooves 92 or stiffnesses 92, in particular on the part 62 of the reservoir 6, arranged to approach towards the inside of the reservoir 6.
  • the grooves 92 are arranged to compress the reservoir 6 in the direction orthogonal to the axis A and in the direction 90, with each decrease in the volume of fluid contained in the reservoir 6.
  • the grooves 92 of the reservoir are located below the bellows 61 of the reservoir 6 more precisely in the part 62 of the reservoir 6.
  • the reservoir 6, more precisely the part 62 of the reservoir 6, is designed to be compressed by entering inside the reservoir 6 (more exactly inside the bellows 61), preferably in a direction parallel to the axis A as shown in figure 11.
  • FIGURES 11 and 10 the device 700 is in a stable position 12. These figures do not illustrate the locking means 50, the housing 70 of the reservoir 6 and the dispensing head 10.
  • the pocket 2 and the reservoir 6 of the device 700 are integral with one another so as to form a single piece. Said part is preferably obtained by blowing or 3D printing.
  • FIGURES 10 and 11 illustrate the device 700 comprising the bag 2 and the reservoir 6 blown after a complete use or not of the device 700.
  • the upper part 61 (ie the bellows 61 of the reservoir 6), comprising corrugations parallel to the central axis of the device 1000, is compressed.
  • the spacing between the corrugations of the reservoir 6 has decreased compared to FIGURES 7, 8 and 9.
  • the length of the bellows 61 of the reservoir 6 in FIGURE 10 is less than the length of the bellows 61 of the reservoir 6 of the FIGURES 7, 8 and 9. The bellows 61 of the reservoir 6 is therefore compressed.
  • the lower part 62 comprises a smooth wall but structured by stiffeners 92, also called grooves 92, arranged so that this part 62 of the reservoir 6 deforms radially in order to avoid folds, for example pinching at the wall of the tank 6.
  • stiffeners 92 also called grooves 92
  • FIGURE 10 illustrates, after several distributions of fluid, a reduced form of the reservoir 6.
  • the use of the device 700 is not complete, that is to say that there is still fluid contained in the bag 2. and the reservoir 6 of the device 700.
  • the spacing between the corrugations of the reservoir 6 is the same as the spacing of the corrugations of the reservoir 6 of FIGURE 10. However, the part 62 of the reservoir 6 has compressed in the direction of the axis A.
  • the part 61 of the reservoir 6 comprises an outer diameter greater than the outer diameter of the part 62 of the reservoir 6, then the part 62 is arranged to fit inside the reservoir 6. .
  • the internal volume of the reservoir 6 decreases, preferably compresses, so that the lower part 62 of the reservoir 6 approaches the upper part 61 of the reservoir 6 and / or is compressed. radially on part 62.
  • the lower part 62 of the reservoir 6 is compressed and is folded inside the upper part 61 of the reservoir 6, in order to optimize emptying of the fluid contained in the reservoir 6.
  • FIGURES 13-16 illustrate another embodiment of a device 1300 for dispensing fluid. Only the differences with the device 700 will be described.
  • the dispensing valve 28 of the device 1300 is identical to the dispensing valve of the device 700.
  • Device 1300 includes:
  • a cover 94 being in the case of FIGURES 13 to 16, a rigid cover 94 positioned above the pocket 2, - a dispensing button 72 forming part of the dispensing head 10,
  • the stopper 74 is arranged to fit onto the rigid case 70 when the device 1300 is no longer used for dispensing fluid.
  • the entire interior volume of the tank 6 is included in the rigid case 70.
  • the rigid case 70 includes an inner wall 70i.
  • the rigid case 70 can be made of metal and / or of glass, and / or of wood.
  • the device 1300 (more exactly the head 10) includes a maximum tilt position.
  • the device 1300 comprises the cover 94 arranged to limit and / or prevent the inclination of the dispensing head 10 beyond the position of maximum inclination.
  • the cover 94 blocks the inclination of the dispensing head 10 when the dispensing head has reached its position of maximum tilt.
  • the cover 94 comprises means for screwing 104 the cover 94 to the rigid case 70, thus making it possible to keep the dispensing head 10, the bag 2 and the reservoir fixed to the rigid case 70.
  • the cover 94 comprises, as for the device 700, an orifice and positioned on the central axis of the cover 94, said axis being collinear with the axis A.
  • the orifice of the cover 94 is arranged to pass the dispensing head 10. through the inside of the hole in the cover 94.
  • the diameter of the hole in the cover 94 is therefore larger than the diameter of the dispensing head 10.
  • the maximum tilt position of the dispensing head 10 is given by the diameter of the cover hole.
  • the diameter of the orifice of the cover 94 is arranged so as not to block the inclination of the dispensing head 10.
  • the dispensing button 72, 10i of the head 10 comprises an outer wall and an inner one.
  • the distribution head 10 on its outer wall, comprises means 106 for screwing the part IO2 of the distribution head 10 comprising the channel 20 to the distribution button 72, typically to the internal wall of the distribution button 72.
  • the dispensing button 72 further comprises an orifice 73 positioned on the upper wall of the dispensing button 72 and passing through the outer and inner wall of the dispensing button 72.
  • the orifice 73 is arranged so as to be centered on the outlet 24 of the dispensing head 10 when the device 1300 is mounted, that is to say when the dispensing button 72, the cover 94 the dispensing head 10, the bag 2, the reservoir 6 and the rigid housing 70 are assembled together.
  • the IO2 part is attached to the dispensing button 72, fluid can escape through the outlet 24 passing through the orifice 73 of the dispensing button 72 of the head 10.
  • the outer wall of the dispensing button 72 of the head comprises the contact surface 26.
  • the distribution button 72 being fixed to the part IO2, it follows the positions, that is to say the stable position 12 and / or the inclined positions 14, of the assembly of the distribution head 10.
  • the reservoir 6 comprises a cap 96 arranged to at least partially delimit the reservoir 6.
  • the cap 96 comprises two parts:
  • trunk 76 housed in the reservoir 6 and carrying the platform 98 of the cap 96.
  • the platform 98 and the trunk 76 are integral.
  • the trunk 76 is cylindrical and is centered on the central axis of the distribution channel 20, said central axis being collinear with the axis A. Thus, the trunk 76 and the distribution channel 20 are coaxial in position 12. The trunk 76 is also centered on the central axis of the deformable casing 56 of the reservoir 6.
  • the platform 98 of the cap 96 comprises a flat rigid wall and having at its ends two wedge edges 98i oriented towards the interior of the reservoir 6.
  • the reservoir 6 comprises the deformable envelope 56 delimiting at least in part the internal volume of the reservoir 6, said deformable envelope 56 comprising successive corrugations 562 radially around the axis A.
  • the deformable casing 56 of the reservoir 6 thus comprises three parts:
  • the lower part 563 is a rigid wall, that is to say more rigid than the lower part 562 comprising the corrugations 562.
  • the filling orifice 82 comprises a central axis centered on the central axis of the reservoir 6 (ie on the axis A).
  • the filling orifice 82 and the reservoir 6 are coaxial and the filling orifice 82 and the trunk 76 of the cap 96 of the reservoir 6 are coaxial.
  • the filling port 82 is circular in shape and has a diameter equivalent to the outer diameter of the trunk 76.
  • the filling orifice 82 is arranged to fit together and / or embed the trunk 76 of the cap 96 of the reservoir 6 during the assembly of the device 1300, more precisely during the assembly of the reservoir 6.
  • the trunk 76 is arranged to trap a air bubble (not shown) during assembly of the trunk 76 in the filling orifice 82 after filling the reservoir 6 with the fluid, said air bubble being trapped in the trunk 76. This prevents this bubble from rising again. air in tank 6 then bag 2.
  • Part 563 of reservoir 6, comprising the filling orifice 82, comprises hermetic closure means 82i.
  • the hermetic closure means 82i comprises a sealing skirt 82i.
  • the filling orifice 82 is arranged to be closed by the cap 96 of the reservoir 6, in particular by the trunk 76.
  • the part 563 of the deformable casing 56 of the reservoir 6 is arranged to be separated from the cover 94, in particular from the trunk 76. , for example, with suction cups during a filling phase of the device 1300.
  • the deformable wall 56 of the tank is fixed or welded to the cover 94 of the tank 6.
  • the wedge edges 98i of the platform 98 of the reservoir 6 are arranged to hold the deformable wall 56 of the reservoir 6.
  • the wedge edges 98i of the platform 98 of the reservoir 6 press the upper end of the wall 56 against the wall. interior 70i of the rigid case 70.
  • the deformable envelope 56 is arranged to fold back towards the platform 98 at each decrease in volume of the deformable envelope 56.
  • the deformable envelope 56 is arranged to fold up around the trunk 76 at each decrease in volume of the deformable envelope 56. Indeed, in FIGURES 13 and 14, the device 1300 is completely filled. Thus, the reservoir 6, containing all the fluid available from the device 1300, therefore comprises its maximum internal volume. In this case, the successive undulations 562 of the deformable casing 56 of the reservoir 6 are radial with respect to the central axis of the trunk 76, ie around the axis A.
  • the smooth edges 56i of the deformable casing 56, initially pressed against the inner wall 70i of the rigid case 70 are arranged to approach the cap 96 of the reservoir 6, in particular of the platform 98, at each decrease in the volume of the fluid contained in the tank 6.
  • the device 1300 for dispensing a fluid comprises the bag 2 having an interior volume arranged to contain the fluid, the interior volume being delimited at least in part by the deformable wall 4.
  • the pocket 2 is formed by a bottom wall 21 and by the flexible deformable wall 4.
  • the walls 21 and 4 face each other.
  • the wall 4 forms a skirt, of concave shape, and has an upper part and a lower part.
  • the deformable wall 4 (more exactly its lower part) is fixed or welded to the bottom wall 21.
  • the bottom wall 21 preferably has the shape of a plane or substantially a plane.
  • the bottom wall 21 is a rigid wall, that is to say more rigid than the wall 4.
  • the deformable wall 4 is for example a thin wall and the bottom wall 21 is for example a wall thicker than the wall 21.
  • the walls 21 and 4 are for example made of polypropylene (PP).
  • the deformable wall 4 is preferably made of PP with a polymer or plastomer additive (such as for example Vistamaxx TM 6202), in order to reduce its hardness so that the hardness of the wall 4 is less than 80 Shore D. Therefore, too great a fineness and weaknesses of the wall 4 are avoided.
  • a polymer or plastomer additive such as for example Vistamaxx TM 6202
  • the bottom wall 21 is parallel to the platform 98. More precisely, the bottom wall 21 is fixed to the platform 98 of the cap 94. In a variant of device 1300, the bottom wall 21 and the platform 98 are one and the same. unique piece.
  • the feed orifice 8 is located at the level of the bottom wall 21 and pierces the bottom wall 21 and the platform 98 so as to connect the reservoir 6 to the bag 2.
  • the deformable wall 4 of the pocket 2 comprises areas of weakness 78 and / or joints 78 arranged to allow inclined but stable positions 14 of the dispensing head 10 in the absence of external force 18.
  • the zone of weakness 78 of the deformable wall 4 is arranged to press against and / or approach the bottom wall 21 of the pocket 2, thus forming the inclined position 14 preferential (and stable) of the distribution head 10.
  • the device 1300 remains and maintains this inclined but stable position 14 of the dispensing head 10.
  • this secondary external force must be applied on the opposite side. to the side on which the external force 18 has been exerted in order to position the dispensing head 10 in its inclined position 14.
  • the deformation force is more difficult at the start of the inclination to then arrive more easily or automatically at a preferential position in an angle precise to within 5 degrees, thus allowing a dosage.
  • the external force 18 with respect to the central axis of the distribution channel 20, is applied on the right side of the distribution head 10.
  • the distribution head 10 and the pocket 2 maintain a position tilted 14 but stable on the left.
  • the secondary external force must be applied from the left side of the dispensing head 10, i.e. from the tilt position side 14.
  • the deformable wall 56 of the reservoir 6, in particular the part 563 is pulled outwards so as to release the filling orifice 82.
  • the reservoir 6 is filled with fluid and it is closed with the cap 96 by pushing the deformable wall 56 of the reservoir 6 towards the interior of the reservoir 6, in particular the part 563 (movement opposite to the previous one).
  • the reservoir 6 comprises the sealing skirt which makes it possible to seal the part 563, ie the bottom of the reservoir 6 mounted in the cap 96.
  • the deformable wall 56 of the reservoir 6 comprises the skirt and is of the same material.
  • the skirt is more rigid than the part 562 of the deformable wall 56.
  • the sealing skirt can be made with a more rigid material because the thicknesses of the deformable wall 56 can be reduced.
  • one works with deformable wall thicknesses varying between 0.4 mm to 0.5 mm.
  • a flexible material is used to design the reservoir, in particular the deformable wall 56.
  • the sealing skirt is designed with a material more rigid than the material used for the deformable wall 56.
  • the devices 100, 700, 1300 there may be two fluids contained in two separate reservoirs 6.
  • the devices 100, 700, 1300 can have a preferential inclination for each of the fluids, and / or a third inclination arranged to mix the fluids.
  • the third inclination can be, for example, a support force 18 parallel to the direction of elongation of the dispensing head 10, or collinear with the axis A.
  • FIGURES 17-18 illustrate another embodiment of a device 1700 for dispensing fluid. Only the differences with the devices 100, 700 and 1300 will be described.
  • the device 1700 for distributing the fluid comprises:
  • a pocket 2 comprising an inner pocket 2i and an outer pocket 22, said inner pocket 2i being located at least partially in the outer pocket 22, said inner and outer pockets 2i, 22 each having an inner volume arranged to contain the fluid, said inner volume of the outer pocket 22 being delimited at least in part by a movable wall 3, said movable wall 3 being arranged to, under the exertion of a bearing pressure 18, reduce the inner volume of the inner pocket 2i and the interior volume of the exterior pocket 22 by deforming and / or by moving,
  • the interior volume of the interior pocket 2i is delimited at least in part by:
  • a housing 9 of the piston 5 arranged to receive the piston 5 and guide it during an axial movement 11 of said piston 5 in the housing.
  • the device 1700 is arranged to guide the fluid according to a circuit comprising:
  • the device 1700 also comprises a supply orifice 8 connecting a reservoir 6 to the interior volume of the exterior pocket 22.
  • volume of pocket 2 means the sum of the internal volume of the internal pocket 2i and the internal volume of the external pocket h.
  • the pocket 2 is delimited by the movable wall 3, the junction wall 7 and the bottom wall 21.
  • the device 1700 further comprises braking means 15 arranged to block an axial movement 11 of the piston 5 in the housing 9 reducing the internal volume of the internal pocket 2i and of the external pocket 22 when the movable wall 3 is subjected to a pressure.
  • support 18 previously called the external force 18
  • the device 1700 comprises “free” displacement means in which the internal volume of the pocket 2 decreases without overpressure constraint of the liquid during the closing of the connection orifice 13 (acting as an inlet valve).
  • the device 1700 comprises means for increasing the pressure: as soon as the connection orifice 13 is closed, the piston compresses the product in the internal pocket 2i.
  • the support force during the rise in pressure is less than the threshold force.
  • the piston 5 and the housing 9 are therefore arranged to allow three phases of movement of the piston 5 in the housing 9 during an exercise of the force 18:
  • phase 3 a compression phase, comprising an increase in the pressure in the pocket 2i after closing the orifice 13
  • phases 2 and 3 are important and / or can be recovered by the return forces of deformation or displacement of the external pocket.
  • the axial movement 11 of the piston 5 is along the central axis of the piston 5.
  • the device 1700 comprises a bearing surface 26, also called a contact surface 26, arranged to, under the exertion of the bearing pressure 18 and through the dispensing head 10, reduce the internal volume of the interior 2i and exterior pocket 22 by deforming and moving the movable wall 3.
  • the bearing surface 26 is integral with the dispensing head 10, and preferably comprises at least part of the dispensing head 10.
  • Device 1700 includes output 24.
  • the outlet 24 opens onto the outside of the device 1700.
  • the outlet 24 is located on the distribution head 10.
  • the outlet 24 is arranged to distribute fluid in a direction substantially perpendicular to a direction of movement of the distribution head 10.
  • the dispensing head 10 is arranged to follow a translational movement.
  • the outlet 24 is arranged to distribute fluid in a direction substantially parallel to an axis of elongation of the distribution channel 20.
  • the device 1700 comprises a dispensing orifice 22 connecting the bag 2 to the dispensing channel 20.
  • the distribution valve 28 is inside the distribution channel 20 of the device 1700.
  • the distribution channel 20 of the device 1700 comprises an interior volume arranged only to include (or accommodate) the distribution valve 28. Thus only the distribution valve 28 is included in the distribution channel 20.
  • the device 1700 comprises the dispensing valve 28 located in the dispensing channel 20, and which, in an open state, allows fluid to pass from the inside of the inner bag 2i to the outlet 24, passing through the dispensing orifice. 22 and the distribution channel 20 (in particular via the housing 80), and, in a closed state, does not allow passage of fluid from the inside of the pocket interior 2i to the outlet 24 passing through the distribution orifice 22 and through the distribution channel 20 (specifically through the housing 80).
  • the distribution head 10 is integral with the bottom wall 21 by overmolding or bi-injection of the distribution head 10 on the bottom wall 21.
  • the distribution channel 20 comprises and / or formed by a wall of the distribution head 10 and an upper wall of the bottom wall 21.
  • the dispensing head 10 includes a spray 10.
  • the dispensing head 10 is located outside the pocket 2.
  • the dispensing head 10 is arranged to, by exerting pressure 18 on the bearing surface 26, move at least according to the translational movement.
  • the translational movement of the dispensing head 10 is in the same direction but in the opposite direction to the axial movement 11 of the piston 5.
  • a portion of the dispensing head 10 is arranged, under the exertion of the bearing pressure 18, to slide at least in part along the outer wall of the outer pocket 22 so as to move and / or deform the movable wall 3 of the outer pocket 22.
  • the bearing surface 26 is designed to, under the exertion of pressure, reduce the internal volume of the internal 2i and external 22 pocket by deforming the movable wall 3, more exactly by crushing it towards the wall of junction 7.
  • the deformable mobile wall 3 has a shape memory. When this wall 3 is not subjected to any external stress, it resumes or remains in its form illustrated in FIGURE 17, which maximizes the volume of the interior 2i and exterior 22 pocket.
  • the bearing surface 26, accessible from the outside of the device 1700 by a hand of a user, has a minimum surface area of 10 mm 2
  • the housing 9 of the piston 5 is delimited at least in part by the bottom wall 21.
  • the bottom wall 21 at least partially delimits the volume of the outer pocket 22.
  • the junction wall 7 at least partially defines the piston 5.
  • the bottom wall 21 at least partially defines the housing 9 of the piston 5. The distance between the wall 7 and the wall 21 defines the volume of the interior pocket 2i.
  • the braking means 15 are integral with the housing 9 of the piston 5 and preferably comprise at least one inclined tongue 17 towards the inside of the housing 9.
  • the device 1700 includes a tab 17.
  • the movable wall 3 is separated from the junction wall 7.
  • the junction wall 7 is arranged to delimit the internal volume of the pocket 2 and the internal volume of the shell of the reservoir 6.
  • junction wall 7 comprises a substantially planar shape.
  • the junction wall 7 is rigid, that is to say more rigid than the deformable wall 3 of the pocket 2.
  • the movable wall 3 is located between the bottom wall 21 and the junction wall 7.
  • junction wall 7 is of the same rigidity as the bottom wall 21.
  • junction wall 7 is fixed to the movable wall 3 of the pocket 2.
  • the movable wall 3 is fixed to the bottom wall 21 of the pocket 2.
  • the deformable wall 3 is flexible.
  • the movable wall 3 is typically made of TPO.
  • the piston 5 is partially delimited by the junction wall 7.
  • the piston 5 is fixed to the junction wall 7 by welding and / or molding
  • the piston 5 is integral with the flat part of the junction wall 7.
  • the junction wall 7 is made of PP.
  • the piston 5 is made of the same material as the junction wall 7. On the device 1700, the piston 5 and the junction wall 7 form a single piece.
  • piston 5 is therefore positioned between the flat part of the junction wall 7 and the housing 9 for the piston 5.
  • the housing 9 for the piston 5 is positioned between the piston 5 and the distribution channel 20.
  • the piston 5 is hollow and cylindrical and comprises an outer diameter delimited by the junction wall 7.
  • the outside diameter of the piston 5 includes an increase in its diameter at the end of the piston 5 giving onto the housing 9 of the piston 5.
  • This arrangement makes it possible to have a sealed linear annular contact during compression phases, that is to say when the dispensing head 10 is driven by the translational movement reducing the volume of the pocket 2. This makes it possible, among other things, to increase sealing performance of the device 1700.
  • a low rotational movement for example of the ball joint type
  • optionally complementary to this translational movement is optionally complementary to this translational movement.
  • the device 1700 further comprises a supply orifice 8 connecting the supply channel 78 and / or a reservoir 6 to the volume of the outer pocket 22.
  • the device 1700 comprises the reservoir 6.
  • the reservoir 6 communicates with the exterior pocket 22 through the supply port 8.
  • the reservoir 6 comprises an interior volume arranged to contain the fluid.
  • the device 1700 is arranged to guide the fluid along the second path, at each bearing pressure 18 on the movable wall 3 greater than the threshold force, and / or, at each decrease in the internal volume of the internal pocket 2i and of the outer pocket 22 for which the connection orifice 13 is closed, thus causing the movement of the piston 5 in the housing 9.
  • the movement of the piston 5 in the housing 9 causes compression of the product present in the volume of the pocket 2.
  • connection orifice 13 closes after a (sufficient) pressure on the movable wall 3, it thus forms the supply valve of the interior pocket 2i.
  • the device 1700 is arranged to guide the fluid along the first path:
  • connection hole 13 The connection hole 13:
  • - is formed at a junction 19 between one end of the piston 5 and one end of the housing 9 of the piston 5, and / or
  • connection orifice 13 is designed for: - close when the piston 5 moves, reducing the internal volume of the pocket 2,
  • this embodiment comprises a cavity 139.
  • This cavity 139 corresponds to the internal volume of the piston 5.
  • This cavity 139 is not closed but the fluid contained in the reservoir 6 can circulate from the reservoir 6 to the cavity 139, and / or from the cavity 139 to the outlet 24.
  • a majority (over 50%) or even all of the volume of cavity 139 is dead volume, i.e. fluid can flow from reservoir 6 to outlet 24 without disturbing or creating movement of the fluid in the cavity 139.
  • the internal volume of the cavity 139 is greater than the maximum volume of fluid exiting through the outlet 24 when the piston 5 enters its housing 11.
  • FIGURES 19 to 22 illustrate another embodiment of a device 1900 for dispensing a fluid. Only the differences with the 1700 device will be described.
  • the device 1900 comprises the dispensing head 10 extending longitudinally over a certain length in a longitudinal direction connecting the dispensing orifice 22 to the outlet 24.
  • the distribution head 10 is substantially (at +/- 20 mm) in the extension of the reservoir (at the end of the reservoir) and the direction of distribution substantially opposite to the elongation of the reservoir at +/- 20 degrees.
  • the device 1900 is designed to operate in all positions, in particular head up or down with respect to the terrestrial gravitational force.
  • the dispensing head 10 is a straight part extending longitudinally in the longitudinal direction.
  • the distribution head 10 comprises the distribution channel 20.
  • the distribution channel is a cylinder extending longitudinally over the entire length of the distribution head 10 and in the same longitudinal direction as the distribution head 10.
  • the dispensing head 10 is equipped with a collar 45.
  • the collar 45 is arranged to fix the reservoir 6 in the bottom wall 21.
  • the axis of the distribution channel 20 is centered on the central axis of the distribution head 10, that is to say that the channel 20 and the head 10 are coaxial.
  • the device 1900 comprises the reservoir 6 comprising a deformable envelope 56.
  • the deformable envelope 56 of the reservoir 6 is arranged to delimit the pocket 2.
  • the device 1900 comprises a dispensing orifice 22 connecting the bag 2, in particular the inner bag 2i to the dispensing channel 20.
  • the braking means 15 are integral with the housing 9 and preferably comprise at least one tongue 17 inclined towards the outside of the piston 5.
  • connection orifice 13 includes the hole 23 located in the housing 9 of the piston 5.
  • connection orifice 13 is arranged for
  • the device 1900 further comprises the distribution channel 20 arranged to conduct the fluid coming from the inner bag 2i towards the outlet 24.
  • the device 1900 comprises the distribution valve 28 located in the distribution channel 20 and arranged to conduct the fluid from the inner bag 2i to the outlet 24.
  • the device 1900 also includes:
  • a mixer 25 designed to receive different separate streams of fluid (coming from the bag 2) and mix them in the form of a spray at the outlet 24.
  • the flows can come from the same fluid and / or from different fluids.
  • One end or part (more exactly the part 283) of the dispensing valve 28 is integral with a rod 27 arranged to sink into the mixer 25 so as to form different channels 59 arranged to conduct the different separate flows of fluid. up to mixer 25.
  • the distribution valve 28 comprises a stiffener 49 designed to prevent bending or (too great) deformation of the valve 28 during its insertion into the channel 20.
  • the rod 27 is an element used to produce a spray (i.e. vaporizer).
  • the mixer 25 comprises three cavities 57 arranged in the distribution channel 20 (housing 80 of valve 28) to converge towards the outlet 24.
  • the outlet 24 is closed by a front face of the rod 27 (forming the cavities 57 of the connected mixer 25. to channels 59).
  • These cavities 57 are supplied by the three channels 59 formed by the side walls of the rod 27 and the triangular hole of the distribution part 25, spaced from one another, and arranged to define the three channels 59.
  • Blades are at the bottom of the part 25, in order to increase the pressure at the level of the outlet 24 and create a vortex.
  • these channels 59 are directed towards the same central direction so as to create a vortex.
  • a groove in the inner wall of the channel 20, which is an extension of the channels 59, imparts a rotational movement to the fluid circulating therein.
  • the channels 59, and the cavities 57 are arranged to create an outlet vortex 24 comprising the flows coming from the pocket 2.
  • the movable wall 3 is a deformable wall.
  • the movable wall 3 comprises the junction wall 7. More precisely, there is continuity of material between the movable wall 3 and the junction wall 7.
  • the movable wall 3 and the junction wall 7 are similar, that is to say - say made of the same material.
  • the walls 3 and 7 are for example made of polypropylene.
  • the movable wall 3 delimits at least in part the volume of the outer pocket 22.
  • the movable wall 3 forms a dome, that is to say that the movable wall 3 comprises a portion of concave shape with respect to the bottom wall.
  • the inner pocket 2i comprises a part delimited by the bottom wall 21.
  • the bottom wall 21 comprises the housing 9 for the piston 5.
  • the housing 9 for the piston 5 is delimited at least in part by the bottom wall 21.
  • the outer pocket 22 comprises a part delimited by the bottom wall 21.
  • the bottom wall 21 comprises the supply orifice 8 to connect the pocket 2 to the reservoir 6, more precisely the outer pocket 22 to the reservoir 6.
  • the bottom wall 21 preferably comprises a shape of a plane or substantially a plane on which the movable wall 3 is fixed.
  • the movable wall 3 is fixed or welded to the bottom wall 21, in particular to a plane of the bottom wall 21.
  • the bottom wall 21 is a rigid wall, that is to say more rigid than the movable wall 3.
  • the movable wall 3 is for example a thin wall and the bottom wall 21 is for example a thicker wall than the movable wall 3.
  • the movable wall 3 is preferably made of PP with a polymer or plastomer additive (such as for example Vistamaxx TM 6202), in order to reduce its hardness so that the hardness of the movable wall 3 is less than 80 Shore D Consequently, too great a fineness and weaknesses of the movable wall 3 are avoided.
  • a polymer or plastomer additive such as for example Vistamaxx TM 6202
  • the pocket 2, more precisely the bottom wall 21, defines at least one housing 39 arranged to receive means 31 for fixing the reservoir 6 to the pocket 2.
  • the reservoir 6 can fit into the bottom wall 21.
  • the reservoir 6 is held by clamping by the dispensing part 10.
  • the dispensing part 10 comprises an external end piece onto which the reservoir 6 has just fitted at the level of a neck. This neck is constrained in traction by the end piece, optionally an outer ring can be crimped on the outside of the neck by displacement along the latter in order to improve the seal.
  • the pocket 2 also comprises a housing 41 in the pocket 2 arranged to mount and / or fit the dispensing head 10 to the pocket 2, more precisely to the bottom wall 21.
  • the device 1900 comprises the reservoir 6 communicating with the outer pocket 22 through the supply port 8, said reservoir 6 comprising an inner volume arranged to contain the fluid, said inner volume being delimited at least in part by the deformable envelope 56. .
  • the deformable shell 56 of the tank is made of TPO or PE or PP.
  • the deformable casing 56 comprises a bearing surface 26 arranged to, from the outside of the device 1900, receive the bearing pressure 18, external to the device 1900 and orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the distribution channel 20.
  • the piston 5 or part of the piston 5, initially included in the internal volume of the external pocket 22, will move in the housing 9 of the piston 5.
  • the reservoir 6 is designed to reduce its internal volume after each state of opening of the supply valve 38.
  • the reservoir 6, in particular the deformable wall 56 of the reservoir 6, comprises the means 31 for fixing the reservoir 6 to the pocket 2, specifically for fixing the reservoir 6 to the bottom wall 21, in particular to the bottom wall 21 comprising a part inside pocket 2i.
  • the means 31 for fixing the bag 2 to the reservoir 6 are integral with the reservoir 6, in particular with the deformable wall 56 and the retaining surface 33 of the reservoir.
  • the means 31 are thicker than the rest of the deformable wall 56 of the reservoir 6.
  • These means 31 for fixing are a rigid part of the deformable wall 56, that is to say more rigid than the other parts of the deformable wall 56 of the reservoir 6..
  • the retaining surface 33 is flat and is a rigid part of the deformable wall 56, that is to say more rigid than the other parts of the deformable wall 56 of the reservoir 6.
  • the means 31 of the deformable wall 56 comprise at least one wedge edge 31 which fits into the interior pocket 2i.
  • the deformable wall comprises two wedge edges 31 to fit the reservoir 6 into the pocket 2, specifically to fix the reservoir 6 to the bottom wall 21, in particular to the bottom wall 21 comprising the inner pocket. 2i.
  • the flange 45 is arranged for, by exerting a mounting pressure (not shown) on the retaining surface 53 of the reservoir 6, fit and / or fix the edges 31 at the corner of the reservoir 6 in the pocket 2.
  • the device 1900 can be a mono-material refill, typically of the same family as the polyolefin compounds.
  • FIGURE 20 shows an exploded view of the device 1900 not
  • the outer pocket 22 comprises means for fixing the movable wall 3 to the bottom wall 21.
  • the volumes of the outer pocket 22 and of the pocket interior 2i are delimited when the movable wall 3 is fixed to the bottom wall 21.
  • the movable wall 3 comprises at least one pin 35, four on the device 1900, to precisely position and fix the movable wall 3 to the bottom wall 21.
  • the bottom wall comprises at least one hole 37, four in total of the
  • FIGURE 20 arranged to accommodate at least one pin 35 of the movable wall 3.
  • the dispensing valve 28 is mounted in the dispensing head 10, in particular in the dispensing channel 20.
  • the dispensing head 10 is then fitted into the housing 41 of the device.
  • the pocket 2 (in particular in the bottom wall 21 comprising a part of the interior pocket 2i).
  • the movable wall 3 is then assembled to the bottom wall 21 of the pocket 2 so as to form and / or define the inner and outer pocket 2i and 22.
  • the movable wall 3 must be fixed to the bottom wall 21.
  • the movable wall 3 In the case of a method of a device 100 comprising a reservoir 6, the movable wall 3 must be fixed to the bottom wall 21. Thus, the reservoir 6 is clamped between the distribution head 10, at the level of the collar 45. , and pocket 2.
  • the housing 9 extends beyond the channel of the inner pocket 2i connecting the orifice 13 to the valve 28, and / or
  • valve 28 is not located along this axis.
  • pocket 2i includes:
  • valve 28 can be held in the channel 10 by a rib 67.
  • the movable wall 3 has a technical function of spring or return means exerting a force bringing the piston 5 towards the outside of the housing 9.
  • the piston 5 is formed at least in part by at least part of the movable wall 3.
  • the piston 5 is in direct contact with the wall forming the bearing surface 26.
  • the piston 5 is formed at least in part by at least part of the bearing surface 26.
  • FIGURES 23 to 25 illustrate another embodiment of a device 2300 for dispensing a fluid. Only the differences with the 1900 device will be described.
  • the dispensing head 10 of the device 2300 does not include a collar 45 but retains the same shape and the same direction of elongation.
  • the dispensing head 10 is arranged to be nested, that is to say held fixed, in the housing 41 of the pocket 2.
  • the device 2300 further comprises a plug 74 arranged to be positioned and / or fit on the dispensing head 10. When the plug 74 is fixed to the dispensing head 10, no fluid can exit through the outlet 24 of the device. 2300.
  • the stopper 74 is designed to be airtight when it is pressed to the outlet 24 for the priming phase during vacuum filling.
  • the cap 74 is made of plastic.
  • the movable wall 3 comprises the junction wall 7. There is continuity of material between the movable wall 3 and the junction wall 7.
  • the movable wall 3 is not made of the same material as the junction wall 7.
  • the movable wall 3 is made of PP, PE or TPO.
  • the junction wall 7 is made of PP, PE or TPO.
  • junction wall 7 is rigid, that is to say more rigid than the mobile wall 3.
  • the movable wall 3 and the deformable wall 56 of the reservoir 6 are similar, that is to say made of the same material. There is continuity of material between the movable wall 3 and the deformable wall 56. They are formed by a single piece comprising two welding or fixing zones, a welding or fixing zone 431 for welding or fixing the wall 3 on the wall 21. and a weld or attachment area 432 for welding or fixing the wall 56 to the wall 21i.
  • the device 2300 comprises a plate 43.
  • the plate 43 is substantially planar.
  • the plate 43 comprises the movable wall 3, the junction wall with the piston 5 and the deformable wall 56 of the reservoir 6.
  • the plate 43 therefore comprises parts having different rigidities.
  • the plate 43 is arranged to be positioned on the bottom wall 21 of the pocket 2.
  • the plate 43 is arranged to be fixed to the bottom wall 21 of the pocket 2, more precisely on an upper face 21i of the bottom wall 21.
  • the upper face 21i of the bottom wall 21 is substantially planar.
  • the plate 43 is fitted and / or welded to the bottom wall 21 of the pocket
  • the volume of the reservoir 6 is between the bottom wall 21 of the pocket 2 and the deformable casing 56.
  • the deformable envelope 56 of the reservoir 6 comprises successive radial corrugations 562 about an axis B.
  • the axis B is perpendicular to the plane 47 of the wall 43 and / or 56.
  • the deformable envelope 56 is substantially contained in a plane 47 around which the corrugations 562 oscillate, the axis B being substantially perpendicular to this plane 47.
  • the plane 47 is substantially parallel to the upper face 21i of the bottom wall 21.
  • the axis B is substantially perpendicular to the direction of elongation of the dispensing head 10.
  • the corrugations 562 have an amplitude of oscillation, preferably constant.
  • the amplitude of oscillation of the corrugations 562 is between the plane 47 and the upper face 21i of the bottom wall 21 on which the plate 43 is fixed.
  • the dispensing valve 28 is mounted in the dispensing head 10.
  • the dispensing head 10 is then fitted into the housing 41 of the pocket 2 (in particular in the wall. bottom 21 comprising part of the inside pocket 2i). If the device 2300 is not used, the stopper 74 is positioned on one face of the dispensing head 10 comprising the outlet 24.
  • the plate 43 is then assembled with the bottom wall 21 on its upper face 21i.
  • the plate 43 must be fixed to the back wall 21.
  • the method of mounting device 2300 is performed under vacuum and includes vacuum welding.
  • the vacuum assembly process comprises the following successive steps:
  • At least part of the reservoir 6, at least part of the pocket 2, is positioned on which the distribution valve 28, the distribution head 10 and the cap 74 are assembled,
  • the device according to the invention is placed in a cavity 61,
  • bottom wall 21 of pocket 2 preferably by reducing the volume of cavity 61 (preferably obtained by compressing a bellows 63) and
  • a welding preferably not ultrasonic welding means 51, 53
  • under vacuum of the plate 43 to the upper face 21i of the bottom wall 21 of the pocket 2, while continuing the approach of the plate 43 towards the upper face 21i of the bottom wall 21 preferably by reducing the volume of the cavity 61 (preferably obtained by compressing a bellows 63 typically from 0.3 to 0.6 mm).
  • the vacuum assembly process then comprises an overpressure of the cavity 61 comprising the assembled device 2300 greater than 1 bar.
  • the method of vacuum mounting device 2300 is accomplished by a vacuum mounting device 2500, illustrated in FIGURE 25.
  • the vacuum assembly device 2500 comprises a sonotrone 51 and a booster 53.
  • the movable wall 3 has a technical function of spring or return means exerting a force bringing the piston 5 towards the outside of the housing 9.
  • piston 5 is formed at least in part by at least part of the movable wall 3. Note that the piston 5 is formed at least in part by at least part of the bearing surface.
  • device 2300 is placed in a housing like a refill.
  • the wall 3 is placed in contact with a button or a wall of the housing forming the bearing surface 26.
  • This button is guided by guide means of the device so as to press on the movable surface 3. being guided in a translational movement parallel to the direction
  • FIGURES 26 to 27 illustrate a seventh embodiment of a device 3000 for dispensing a fluid. Only the differences with the device of Figure 17 will be described.
  • the device 3000 for distributing the fluid comprises:
  • the pocket 2 comprising an internal pocket 2i and an external pocket 22, said internal pocket 2i being located at least partly in the external pocket 22, the internal pocket 2i having an internal volume arranged to contain the fluid, the external pocket 22 having an internal volume arranged not to contain the fluid, said internal volume of the external pocket 22 being delimited at least in part by a movable wall 3 (which is preferably a wall integral with a cap 305 with continuity of material, more precisely a thin wall (at least 2 times thinner than the wall thickness of the head 10)), said movable wall 3 being arranged to, under the exertion of a support pressure 18, reduce the internal volume of the inside pocket 2i (and the inside volume of the outside pocket 22) by deforming and / or by moving,
  • the interior volume of the interior pocket 2i is delimited at least in part by:
  • a housing 9 of the piston 5 arranged to receive the piston 5 and guide it during an axial movement 11 of said piston 5 in the housing.
  • the interior volume of the interior pocket 2i is the interior volume of the housing 9.
  • the device 3000 is arranged to guide the fluid according to a circuit comprising a path, passing directly from the reservoir 6 and / or a head cavity 306 to the interior of the interior pocket 2i, without passing through the interior of the outer pocket 22, (the connecting orifice 13 connecting the inner volume of the outer pocket 22 to the inside of the inner pocket 2i and / or the piston 5 not being present in this embodiment).
  • the head cavity 306 is a volume in the head 10 preferably comprising the product and is oriented towards the reservoir 6.
  • the head cavity 306 is arranged so as not to undergo compression of the fluid.
  • the head cavity 306 is located outside of the pocket 2i.
  • the head cavity 306 corresponds to the internal volume of the piston 5.
  • the volume of the head cavity 306 is delimited by a flat surface which passes at the level of the wall 7.
  • the device 3000 also comprises a supply orifice 8 connecting the internal volume of the piston 5 and / or the reservoir 6 to the internal volume of the internal pocket 2i and located at one end of the piston 5 which enters the housing 9.
  • piston 5 The internal volume of piston 5 is part of reservoir 6.
  • volume of the pocket 2 means the internal volume of the internal pocket 2i without the internal volume of the external pocket 22.
  • the device 3000 is arranged to operate in all the positions of the head 10, in particular the head upward or downward with respect to the terrestrial gravitational force, and comprises means for returning the piston 5 or the housing 9 (as opposed to devices / cartridges of upside down distributors, the return means are external to the cartridges) remove the passage in black
  • the device 3000 further comprises braking means 15 arranged to block the axial movement 11 of the piston 5 in the housing 9 when the movable wall 3 is subjected to a bearing pressure 18 (previously called external force 18) less than a threshold force.
  • braking means 15 arranged to block the axial movement 11 of the piston 5 in the housing 9 when the movable wall 3 is subjected to a bearing pressure 18 (previously called external force 18) less than a threshold force.
  • the braking means 15 typically comprise:
  • lug or tongue located on the outside of the piston 5 and / or the inside of the housing 9, this lug or tongue being arranged to rub or be blocked by a surface respectively from the outside of the housing 9 and / or the 'inside the piston 5, and / or
  • lug or tongue located on the outside of the housing 9 and / or the inside of a wall 303 disposed around the housing 9, this lug or tongue being arranged to rub or be blocked by a respective interior surface of the wall 303 and / or exterior of the housing 9.
  • the piston 5 and the housing 9 are therefore arranged to allow three phases of movement of the piston 5 in the housing 9 during an exercise of the force 18 (we speak of a relative movement of the piston 5 with respect to the housing; in practice in figure 26 the housing moves (with the head 10) around the piston 5 while the piston 5 is stationary):
  • the cavity 306 always remains stationary.
  • phase 2 is optional.
  • phase 1 can be recovered by the frictional forces of the piston in the housing (dynamic frictional force less than static frictions).
  • the axial movement 11 of the piston 5 is along the central axis of the piston 5.
  • the device 3000 comprises a bearing surface 26, also called a contact surface 26, arranged to, under the exertion of the bearing pressure 18 and through the dispensing head 10, reduce the internal volume of the inner pocket 2i (and outer 22) by deforming and moving the movable wall 3.
  • the dispensing head 10 is arranged to move in the direction of the reservoir 6 so that when it moves towards or approaches the reservoir 6 in a direction of movement, the fluid exits laterally from the head 10 that is to say say that it exits through the outlet 24 in an outlet direction perpendicular or oblique with respect to this direction of movement.
  • the movable wall 3 has a technical function of spring or of return means exerting a force returning the piston 5 towards the outside of the housing 9.
  • the head 10 comprises return means of the piston or housing without a metal spring, preferably made of polyolefin plus precisely a polypropylene (PP) (single material or same family).
  • the pocket 2 may comprise a spring or an elastic part preferably around the piston 5 and / or the housing 9.
  • the bearing surface 26 is integral with the dispensing head 10, and preferably comprises at least part of the dispensing head 10.
  • the inner pocket 2i has a section smaller than the section of the outer pocket 22 and / or the area of the surface d 'support 26 arranged to receive the bearing pressure 18 from the outside of the device and / or to a section of the reservoir 6.
  • a reduction in the section of the interior pocket 2i has the advantage of increasing the pressure of the fluid, which is particularly advantageous in the case of a spray; in the present embodiment, there is preferably a reduction of at least 2 times the section or surface of the pocket 2i relative to the pocket 22 and / or the surface 26 and / or the reservoir 6.
  • Device 3000 includes output 24.
  • the outlet 24 opens onto the outside of the device 3000.
  • the outlet 24 is located on the distribution head 10.
  • the outlet 24 is arranged to distribute fluid in a direction substantially perpendicular to a direction 11 of movement of the distribution head 10.
  • the dispensing head 10 is arranged to follow a translational movement.
  • the outlet 24 is arranged to distribute fluid in a direction substantially parallel to an axis of elongation of the distribution channel 20 (lateral outlet to the head 10).
  • the inner pocket 2i is located under an outer surface of the device within 10mm, preferably less than 5mm, from this outer surface.
  • a support pressure 18 allows a lateral exit of the product through the outlet and a displacement of the movable wall 3 towards the reservoir 6 or next to the reservoir 6.
  • the device 3000 comprises a distribution orifice 22 connecting the bag 2i to the distribution channel 20.
  • the distribution valve 28 is inside the distribution channel 20 of the device 3000.
  • the distribution channel 20 of the device 3000 comprises an interior volume arranged to include (or accommodate) the distribution valve 28. Thus only the distribution valve 28 is included in the distribution channel 20.
  • the device 3000 comprises the dispensing valve 28 located in the dispensing channel 20, and which, in an open state, allows fluid to pass from the inside of the inner bag 2i to the outlet 24, passing through the dispensing orifice. 22 and the distribution channel 20 (in particular through the housing 80), and, in a closed state, does not allow a passage of fluid from the interior of the inner bag 2i to the outlet 24 passing through the distribution orifice 22 and by the distribution channel 20 (precisely by the housing 80).
  • the valve 28 is not in the axis of the device.
  • the dispensing head 10 comprises a spray comprising a mixer 25 as previously described.
  • the dispensing head 10 is located on around and outside the pocket
  • the dispensing head 10 is arranged to, by exerting pressure 18 on the bearing surface 26, move at least according to the translational movement.
  • the translational movement of the dispensing head 10 is in the same direction and the same direction as the axial movement 11 of the housing 9 around the piston 5.
  • Part of the dispensing head 10 is arranged, under the exertion of the support pressure 18, to slide at least in part along an outer wall 302 of the junction wall 7 or of the bottom wall. 21 more precisely of the outer pocket 22 so as to move and / or deform the movable wall 3 of the outer pocket 22.
  • the bearing surface 26 is designed to, under the exertion of pressure, reduce the internal volume of the internal pocket 2i (and external 2i by deforming the movable wall 3, more exactly by crushing it towards the wall. junction 7 to the tank 6.
  • the deformable mobile wall 3 has a shape memory. When this wall 3 is not subjected to any external stress, it resumes or remains in its form illustrated in FIGURE 26, which maximizes the volume of the interior 2i and exterior 22 pocket.
  • the bearing surface 26, accessible from the outside of the device 3000 by a hand of a user, has a minimum surface of 10 mm 2
  • the housing 9 of the piston 5 is delimited at least in part by the bottom wall 21.
  • the bottom wall 21 at least partially delimits the volume of the interior pocket 2i but not the exterior 22.
  • the junction wall 7 may or may not at least partially delimit the piston 5.
  • the bottom wall 21 at least partially defines the housing 9 of the piston 5.
  • the braking means 15 of the piston 5 and preferably comprise at least one tongue 303 of the wall 7 directed towards the walls of the housing 9, preferably the outer edge of the walls forming the housing.
  • the tab may be in the cover 305 on wall 7 or 21.
  • the tongue is oriented substantially in the axis of the piston and opposes the relative movement of the piston 5 in the housing 9, it can be deformed transversely
  • the movable wall 3 is separated from the junction wall 7.
  • the junction wall 7 is arranged to delimit the internal volume of the pocket 22 and the internal volume of the shell of the reservoir 6.
  • junction wall 7 comprises a substantially planar shape.
  • the junction wall 7 is rigid, that is to say more rigid than the deformable wall 3 of the pocket 2.
  • the movable wall 3 is located between the bottom wall 21 and the junction wall 7.
  • junction wall 7 is of the same rigidity as the bottom wall 21.
  • the junction wall 7 is fixed to the movable wall 3.
  • the movable wall 3 is fixed to the bottom wall 21.
  • the deformable wall 3 is flexible.
  • the movable wall 3 is typically made of PP thinner than the rest.
  • the piston 5 is fixed to the junction wall 7 by welding and / or molding, by interlocking or preferably are one and the same part.
  • the piston 5 is integral with the flat part of the junction wall 7.
  • the junction wall 7 is made of PP.
  • the piston 5 is made of the same material as the junction wall 7. On the device 3000, the piston 5 and the junction wall 7 form a single piece.
  • piston 5 is therefore positioned between the flat part of the junction wall 7 and the housing 9 for the piston 5.
  • the housing 9 for the piston 5 is positioned between the piston 5 and the distribution channel 20.
  • This channel 20 is optional in particular if a flat or sufficiently small distribution valve is used, for example of the “stud” type.
  • the piston 5 is hollow and cylindrical.
  • the outside diameter of the piston 5 includes an increase in its diameter at the end of the piston 5 giving onto the housing 9 of the piston 5.
  • This arrangement makes it possible to have a sealed linear annular contact during compression phases, that is to say say when the dispensing head 10 is driven by the translational movement reducing the volume of the pocket 2. This allows among others to increase the sealing performance of the device 3000.
  • a low rotational movement for example of the ball joint type
  • optionally complementary to this translational movement for example of the ball joint type
  • the device 3000 further comprises the supply orifice 8 connecting the interior of the piston 5 and / or the reservoir 6 to the interior volume of the interior pocket 2i without passing through the exterior pocket 22.
  • the device 3000 comprises the reservoir 6.
  • the reservoir 6 does not communicate with the outer pocket 22 through the supply port 8 or through any other orifice.
  • the reservoir 6 comprises an interior volume arranged to contain the fluid.
  • the device 3000 is arranged to guide the fluid along the path described above:
  • a supply valve 38 is located in port 8.
  • the valve 38 typically comprises a membrane pressed against the piston 5 on the side of the housing 9.
  • the valve 38 is not mechanically linked to the head 10.
  • the valve is mounted laterally, not in the axis of the head.
  • valve 38 in an open state (this open state being achieved in particular during an increase in the internal volume of the pocket 2i), allows the passage of the fluid contained in the reservoir 6 and / or the interior of the piston towards the pocket 2i, and, in a closed state (this closed state being achieved in particular when the internal volume of the pocket 2i is reduced), does not allow it.
  • the supply valve 38 closes after a (sufficient) pressure on the movable wall 3, it thus forms the supply valve of the inner pocket 2i.
  • the valve 38 is designed for: - close during a movement of the piston 5 reducing the internal volume of the pocket 2i,
  • the device 3000 further comprises a ring 74 arranged to position and / or fit on the dispensing head 10.
  • the wall 7 comprises or is integral with means 304 (comprising the wall 302) arranged to guide the movement of the head 10 and located inside the head 10. This makes it possible to reduce the height of the device 3000.
  • the flexible reservoir is clipped with a rigid ring integral or not of the reservoir.
  • An edge of the wall 7 makes it possible to fit the ring 74.
  • the device according to the invention comprises return means 307, non-metallic, arranged to bring up and / or out the piston 5 from its housing 9.
  • the area S2 of an internal section of the housing 9 is divided at least by two with respect to the area SI of a bearing surface 26 arranged to receive the bearing pressure 18 from the outside of the device.
  • the internal volume (VI) of the piston 5 is greater than 40 microliters.
  • the sum of the internal volume (VI) of the piston 5 and the internal volume (V2) of the housing 9 is greater than 80 microliters.
  • a crimping ring 180 makes it possible to crimp the reservoir on the bottom wall.
  • this embodiment comprises the cavity 306.
  • This cavity 306 corresponds to the internal volume of the piston 5. This cavity 306 is not closed but the fluid contained in the reservoir 6 can circulate from the reservoir 6 to the cavity 306, and / or from the cavity 306 to the outlet 24.
  • the majority (more than 50%) or even preferably the totality of the volume of the cavity 306 is not a dead volume, that is to say that of the fluid circulating from the reservoir 6 to the outlet 24 disturbs and necessarily creates a movement of the fluid in the cavity 306.
  • the internal volume of the cavity 306 is greater than the maximum volume of fluid leaving through the outlet 24 when the piston 5 enters its housing 11.
  • the movable wall 3 has a technical function of spring or return means exerting a force bringing the piston 5 towards the outside of the housing 9.
  • the housing 9 is formed at least in part by at least part of the movable wall 3.
  • the housing 9 is in direct contact with the wall forming the bearing surface
  • the housing 9 is formed in the same part as the support surface 26 and / or the housing 9 is formed at least in part by at least part of the support surface 26.
  • the housing 80 is formed in two stages:
  • the channel 20 is formed by molding, leaving an opening for the mold spindle used for this molding, this opening being typically located in the extension of the channel 20 opposite the outlet 24, then
  • this opening is closed (by injection of flexible or rigid material), the valve 28 preferably being inserted into the housing 80 through this opening.
  • FIGURES 28 to 29 illustrate an eighth embodiment of a device 4000 for dispensing a fluid. Only the differences with the device 3000 of FIG. 27 will be described.
  • the device 4000 for dispensing a fluid comprises:
  • the pocket cap 40 comprises a supply valve 38 which in an open state allows a passage of fluid from the reservoir 6 to the interior volume of the pocket 2 and in a closed state does not allow, and / or a dispensing valve 28 which in an open state allows a passage of fluid from the interior volume of the pocket 2 to the outlet 24 and in a closed state does not.
  • the device 4000 comprises the supply valve 38 and the dispensing valve 28.
  • the supply valve 38 of the device 4000 allows, in an open state, a passage of fluid from the reservoir 6 to the interior volume of the bag 2 and in a closed state does not allow.
  • the supply valve 38 is located in the pocket cap 40 so as to, in its open state, open the supply port 8 and, in its closed state, close the supply port 8.
  • the pocket cap 40 comprises the supply valve 38 and the dispensing valve 28.
  • the supply valve 38 and the supply valve 28 are integral and in one piece.
  • the distribution valve part 38 is positioned on the supply port 8 and the distribution valve part 28 blocks the passage of fluid towards the outlet 24 in a distribution channel 20 positioned in the pocket plug 40.
  • the dispensing valve 38 and the supply valve 28 are positioned in a housing 130 located in the pocket cap 40.
  • the housing 130 of the pocket cap 40 is arranged to accommodate the supply valve 38 and the distribution valve 28.
  • the housing 130 is connected to the distribution channel 20.
  • Device 4000 also includes:
  • the pocket stopper 40 is arranged to be mounted by insertion into the cavity 122 of the device 4000 so as to be mounted by extending: from the reservoir 6 to the outlet 24, passing through the pocket 2 at least partially while passing through the movable wall 4, or
  • the pocket stopper 40 is arranged to be mounted by insertion in the cavity 122 of the device 4000 so as to be mounted in s 'extending along pocket 2 over its entire length)
  • the pocket stopper 40 is mounted extending along the pocket 2 at least partially.
  • the device 4000 comprises an inlet port 120 arranged to insert the pocket stopper 40 into the device from the outside of the device 4000 and opening into the cavity 122.
  • the interior volume of the pocket 2 comprises at least a part (i.e. is partially or totally) outside the cavity 122.
  • the cavity 122 is entirely outside the reservoir 6.
  • the pocket cap 40 comprises an internal volume, called the head reservoir 126, arranged to open on one side to the reservoir port 124 and on the other hand to a supply port 8 connecting the head reservoir 126 to the reservoir. interior volume of pocket 2.
  • the cavity 122 comprises an interior volume distinct from the interior volume of the pocket 2.
  • the head reservoir 126 is located in the cavity 122.
  • the head reservoir 126 includes a circular shaped end facing the side of the reservoir 6.
  • the movable wall 4 is fixed to at least one outer wall of the cavity 122 (and delimiting the cavity). Thus, a part of the interior volume of the pocket 2, with the exception of the interior volume delimited by the deformable wall 4, is located in the cavity 122.
  • the interior volume of the head reservoir 126 is at least 1 cm 3 , or even at least 3 cm 3 or even at least 5 cm 3 and / or includes air or fluid to be distributed.
  • the pocket stopper 40 is mounted in the cavity 122 so that a wall of the pocket stopper, inserted in the reservoir opening 124 and delimiting at least in part the head reservoir 126, forms, at the end of screwing, a first sealed junction 148 between the internal volume of the pocket 2 and the reservoir 6.
  • the first waterproof junction 148 is arranged so that at the end of screwing, the first waterproof junction 148 is waterproof. The same goes for all other junctions inside device.
  • the seal 149A comprises a flexible material in axial compression.
  • the seal 149B is a skirt having a larger radial component than the axial component.
  • the first waterproof junction 148 is in the form of a collar and is positioned on a wall delimiting at least part of the reservoir 6.
  • the first waterproof junction 148 is in particular placed on a part of the reservoir 6.
  • the sealing of the first leaktight junction 148 is produced by radial pressure (ie having a larger component radially than in other directions) in particular by fitting and / or screwing one end of the head plug 126 into one end of the reservoir. 6 in the form of a collar 148.
  • the head reservoir 126 does not extend over the entire volume of the cavity 122.
  • the pocket cap is removed, the reservoir is filled and then at least part of the cavity 122 and / or of the bag 2 with the product to be dispensed, then one end of the cap 40 is inserted into the cavity 122. , the product will then come back up in the stopper 40 and / or in the pocket 2, the air escapes through the orifice 120. The air trapped in the head tank can exit through the vent 146.
  • the stopper is tightly screwed together using sealing elements 149A and / or 149B.
  • the pocket stopper 40 includes a vent 146.
  • the vent 146 is typically a hole which allows to evacuate the air contained in the cavity 122 and / or the reservoir 6 when the pocket plug 40 is inserted in the cavity 122.
  • the vent 146 makes it possible to avoid 'air overpressure effect and avoid keeping air in the device.
  • the head plug 40 comprises a second part 128, separate from the head reservoir 126 and arranged to conduct the fluid from the interior volume of the bag 2 towards the outlet 24.
  • a distribution channel 20 is positioned in the second part 128. The distribution channel is included in the housing 130 of the pocket stopper 40.
  • the second part 128 also comprises the dispensing valve 28, positioned in the dispensing channel 20, which in an open state allows fluid to flow from the interior volume of the pocket 2 to the outlet 24 and in a closed state does not.
  • the outlet 24 is positioned at the second part 128 of the pocket stopper 40 and more precisely on an outer wall of the second part 128.
  • the device 4000 is arranged to guide the fluid according to a circuit comprising:
  • a third path 143 connecting the internal volume of the pocket 2 to the outlet 24 via the second part 128 of the pocket stopper 40.
  • the device 4000 is arranged to guide the fluid along the first and second path, after each end of bearing pressure 18 on the movable wall 4 of the pocket and / or at each increase in the internal volume of the pocket 2.
  • the device 4000 is arranged to guide the fluid along the third path, with each bearing pressure 18 on the movable wall of the pocket 2 and / or on each decrease in the internal volume of the pocket 2, said supply orifice 8 being closed by the supply valve 38.
  • the support pressure is typically that provided by a user pressing with one of his fingers (typically on the wall 4), possibly by means of a lever or button.
  • the supply valve 38 opens with each pressing pressure on the movable wall 4.
  • the opening of the supply valve 38 thus allows the passage of the fluid along the second path.
  • the dispensing valve 28 opens after each pressing pressure, for example when a user removes his finger from the movable wall 4.
  • the opening of the distribution valve 28 thus allows the passage of the fluid along the third path.
  • the pocket stopper 40 comprises fixing means 132 arranged to fasten the pocket stopper 40 to walls delimiting the cavity 122 by screwing.
  • the fixing means 132 comprise an anti-unlocking system 132 of the pocket stopper 40 to the cavity 122 arranged to prevent loosening of the pocket stopper 40.
  • the anti-unlocking system 132 is for example a system 132 of inclined teeth which allows a rotation of the cap in one direction to screw it but which does not allow it in the other direction to unscrew it.
  • the inclined teeth are arranged around the entire perimeter of the circular end of the head of the reservoir 126 facing the reservoir 6.
  • teeth are inserted into recesses during tightening and which after tightening are blocked in the hollows, thus preventing the loosening of the head reservoir 126 in the cavity 122.
  • the reservoir 6, the cavity 122 and the pocket 2, with the exception of the movable wall 4 of the pocket 2, are integral so as to form a single piece.
  • the movable wall 4 of the pocket 2 is assembled by welding to the single part formed by the cavity 122 and the reservoir 6.
  • the mobile wall 4 of the pocket is flexible, that is to say less rigid than the rest of the pocket 2.
  • the movable wall 4 is typically made of PP, PE or TPO and thinner than the thickness of the cavity 122 or of the reservoir 6.
  • the movable wall 4 of the pocket 2 is of convex shape, that is to say it comprises a curvature.
  • the pocket is concave in shape (in the direction of the cavity 122 towards the pocket 2).
  • the pocket 2, in particular the movable wall 4 may be of different shape, for example elliptical, rectangular, square, spherical, etc.
  • the reservoir 6 and the cavity 122 form a single piece.
  • the reservoir 6 and the cavity 122 are produced by polymer injection and / or PP, PE or TPO blowing.
  • the reservoir 6 is a cylindrical chamber provided with a piston, this piston is preferably made of the same material as the walls of the reservoir, preferably made of polyolefin, preferably it comprises a single annular strip arranged to be compressed against the internal walls of the reservoir .
  • the reservoir 6 extends in a longitudinal direction centered on a first axis of elongation A.
  • the pocket 2 extends in a longitudinal direction centered on a second axis of elongation and / or the pocket cap 40, preferably the head reservoir 126, which can extend in a longitudinal direction centered on a third axis of elongation C.
  • the first axis of elongation A is offset relative to the second axis and / or the third axis C. In this way, the reservoir 6 and the pocket cap 40, in particular the head reservoir 126, are not centered on the same axis. , they are off-center.
  • the first axis of elongation A and / or the second axis of elongation and / or the third axis of elongation C are mutually parallel.
  • the pocket stopper 40 extends in an elongation direction 136, coincident with the longitudinal direction of the pocket stopper 40.
  • the pocket stopper 40 is arranged to be mounted by insertion in the cavity 122 in a parallel insertion direction. to its direction of elongation 136, the inlet orifice 120 and the reservoir orifice 124 being aligned in the direction of elongation 136.
  • the plane of the inlet orifice 120 and the plane of the orifice of the reservoir 124 are mutually parallel and orthogonal to the direction of elongation 136 of the pocket plug 40.
  • the pocket cap 40 is inserted into the cavity 122 through the inlet port 120.
  • the pocket cap 40 is then screwed to the reservoir 6 via the anti-unlocking system 132.
  • the device 4000 is arranged to guide the fluid according to a circuit :
  • FIGURE 30 illustrates a ninth embodiment of a device 5000 for dispensing fluid. Only the differences with the device 4000 of Figures 28-29 will be described.
  • Figure 30 illustrates a variant of the device 4000 illustrated in Figures 28-29.
  • the reservoir 6, the cavity 122 and the pocket 2 are integral so as to form a single piece.
  • the reservoir 6, the cavity 122 and the pocket 2 are made by injection of PP, PE or TPO polymer or by 3D printing (For 3D printing we can make the rigid part in rigid TPU and the flexible (deformable) part in TPU flexible).
  • the pocket cap 40 also includes the head reservoir 126 inserted into the cavity 122.
  • head reservoir 126 extends the entire length of cavity 122 arranged to accommodate head reservoir 126.
  • the pocket stopper 40 also comprises the vent 146 arranged to evacuate the air contained in the cavity 122 when the pocket stopper 40 is being inserted into said cavity 122.
  • the cavity 122 is separate from the interior volume of the pocket 2.
  • the device 5000 When the pocket stopper 40 is inserted into the cavity, the device 5000 comprises the first sealed junction 148 formed between the volume of the pocket 2 and the reservoir 6 when the pocket stopper 40 is fixed in the cavity 122.
  • the first sealed junction 148 is formed when the walls of the cavity 122 exert a transverse or radial force at the level of the walls of the head tank 126 positioned near the tank 6 and inserted into the cavity 122.
  • this sealed junction 148 is not essential, since there could be a slight play at the level of the element 124 and a slight relief on the element 150.
  • the pocket stopper 40 is mounted in the cavity 122 so that a wall of the pocket stopper 40, inserted in the reservoir opening 124 and delimiting at least in part the head reservoir 126 forms, at the end of screwing, a second sealed junction 150 between the internal volume of the pocket 2 and the head reservoir 126.
  • the second waterproof junction 150 is arranged so that at the end of screwing, the second waterproof junction 150 is at least 50% tight against the product.
  • the vent 146 is arranged to expel the air contained in the cavity 122 or the head reservoir 126 out of the device 5000 when the pocket cap 40 is being mounted or arranged in. the cavity 122.
  • the reservoir 6 may comprise at least one flexible wall arranged to be inserted into the head reservoir 126 as the reservoir 6 is emptied of its fluid according to the same principle of the device 700 illustrated in Figures 10, 11 and 12.
  • FIGURES 31 and 32 illustrate a tenth embodiment of a device 6000 for dispensing a fluid. Only the differences with the device 4000 of Figures 28-29 will be described.
  • the reservoir 6, the cavity 122 and the pocket 2 are integral so as to form a single part.
  • the reservoir 6, the cavity 122 and the pocket 2 are produced by 3D printing.
  • the cavity 122 is provided with deformable walls forming the parts 611, 662 and 663 of the reservoir 6 and arranged to laterally increase the capacity of the reservoir 6.
  • the reservoir 6 is divided into several parts 661, 662, 663.
  • This embodiment therefore comprises several supply orifices 124 (one per part of the reservoir 6) connecting the reservoir 6 to the cavity 122.
  • the device 6000 comprises two pockets 211 and 212, diametrically opposed to each other on an external wall of the cavity 122 (or of the reservoir 6).
  • the device 6000 comprises two supply orifices 8 each connecting the reservoir 6 or the cavity 122 inside the pocket 2.
  • the deformable walls of the parts 661, 662 and 663 of the reservoir 6 are distinct from the pockets 211 and 212.
  • the deformable walls 662, 663 are at least partially positioned between the pockets 211 and 211.
  • the two pockets 211 and 212 are identical but in a variant of the device 6000 (not illustrated), these two pockets 211, 212 can be of different shape and therefore of different interior volumes. It is also conceivable that the reservoir 6 is arranged to contain two distinct fluids and that the pockets 211 and 212 are arranged to each accommodate a particular fluid.
  • the pocket stopper 40 comprises two supply valves 38 which, each in an open state allows a passage of fluid from the reservoir 6 and / or from the cavity 122 to the interior volume of the pocket respectively 211 or 212 and in a state closed does not allow.
  • the device 6000 also comprises the dispensing valve 28, separate from the two supply valves 38, which in an open state allows fluid to flow from the interior volume of the bag 2 to the outlet 24 and in a closed state does not.
  • the fluid therefore passes from the reservoir 126 and / or from the cavity 122 to a pocket 2 (211 or 212) and from this pocket 2 to the channel 20 of the pocket plug 40 before reaching the distribution valve 28.
  • the distribution valve 28 is positioned in the distribution channel 20.
  • the first axis of elongation A is not offset with respect to the third axis C. In this way, the reservoir 6 and the pocket plug 40 are centered on the same axis, they are coaxial.
  • the first axis of elongation A and / or the second axis of elongation and / or the third axis of elongation C are mutually parallel.
  • the pocket stopper 40 is arranged to be mounted by insertion in the cavity 122 of the device 4000 so as to be mounted while extending only partially along the pocket 2.
  • FIGURE 33 illustrates an eleventh embodiment of a device 7000 for dispensing a fluid. Only the differences with the device 6000 of Figures 31-32 will be described.
  • the interior volume of the pocket 2 is entirely included in the cavity 122.
  • the cavity 122 is entirely outside the reservoir 6.
  • the pocket 2 and the mobile wall 4 of the pocket are positioned in the interior volume of the cavity 122.
  • the distribution valve 28 is positioned in the distribution channel 20 of the pocket cap 40.
  • the device 7000 is arranged to guide the fluid passing from the reservoir 6 to the interior volume of the bag 2 via the orifice of the reservoir 124 and from the interior volume of the bag 2 to the distribution channel 20 via a distribution orifice 8 connecting the volume. inside the pocket 2 to the distribution channel 20.
  • the movable wall of the pocket 2 is of convex shape, that is to say it comprises a curvature.
  • the pocket is concave on the inside side of the pocket.
  • the pocket cap 40 includes a portion 140, different from the head reservoir 126 of Figures 28-29.
  • the cavity 140 is not arranged to open out on one side onto the reservoir opening 124 and on the other hand onto a supply orifice 8 connecting the head reservoir 126. to the internal volume of the pocket 2.
  • the fluid to be distributed passes directly from the reservoir 6 to the internal volume of the pocket 2 via the reservoir or supply port 124 or supply 8 (these two orifices being combined).
  • the pocket 2 includes a threaded collar.
  • the part 140 of the pocket stopper 40 is inserted into the skirt of the cavity thus delimiting the first sealed junction 148 between the internal volume of the pocket 2 and the reservoir 6.
  • the stopper 40 is arranged to slide in the bottom wall at the level of the junction 148.
  • the first waterproof junction 148 is arranged so that at the end of screwing, the first waterproof junction 148 is waterproof to the product.
  • the device 7000 comprises a bearing surface 26 positioned on the pocket stopper 40, also called the contact surface 26, arranged for, under the exertion of the bearing pressure 18 and via the pocket stopper 40, reduce the internal volume of the pocket 2 by deforming and moving the movable wall 4.
  • the part 140 comprises a plug 145 on the side of the reservoir, in this case, the internal volume of the part 140 preferably comprises a gas such as air.
  • the internal volume of the part 140 extends from the reservoir 6 or from the cap 145 to the dispensing valve.
  • the volume of the part 140 can be at least 1 cm 3 , or even at least 3 cm 3 or even at least 5 cm 3 , it can comprise a gas and / or fluid to be distributed.
  • the stopper 40 is arranged to slide in a ring 159 while being guided by this ring 159.
  • the mobile wall 4 of the pocket comprises a first collar 158 arranged to be assembled (fitted or screwed or clipped) in the head stopper 40, in particular at the level of the head of the pocket stopper 40.
  • the collar 158 of the cavity 122 comprises a wall thicker than the wall delimiting the movable wall 4 of the pocket 2.
  • the upper end of the collar 158 of the pocket 2 forms the inlet opening 120.
  • FIGURE 34 illustrates a twelfth embodiment of a device 8000 for dispensing fluid. Only the differences with the device 7000 of FIG. 33 will be described.
  • the cavity 122 coincides with the pocket 2.
  • the internal volume of the pocket 2 is equal to the internal volume of the cavity 122.
  • the device 8000 includes a pocket housing 160 positioned at least in part in the pocket 2 in which the supply valve 38 and the dispensing valve 28 are positioned.
  • the housing 160 of the pocket 2 is arranged to accommodate the dispensing valve 38 and the supply valve 28.
  • the dispensing valve 28 and the supply valve 38 form a single piece.
  • the device 8000 is arranged to guide the fluid passing from the reservoir 6 to the interior volume of the bag 2, in particular in the interior volume formed by the movable wall 4 of the bag 2, via the orifice of the reservoir 124 or supply 8. (these two orifices being merged) and from the interior volume of the bag 2 to the distribution channel 20 via a distribution orifice 8.
  • the movable wall 4 of the pocket 2 is of convex shape, that is to say it comprises a curvature.
  • pocket 2 is concave in shape.
  • the pocket stopper 40 has the shape of a T having an upper part 162, the head 162 of the T, and a lower part 140.
  • the part 140 be arranged to contain fluid or not contain fluid.
  • the fluid can be air, under vacuum, or fluid to be delivered by device 8000.
  • the pocket stopper 40 is inserted into the cavity 122 (the pocket 2) by screwing.
  • the cavity 122 and more specifically the mobile wall 4 of the pocket comprises a first flange 158 arranged to be assembled (fitted or screwed or clipped) in the head cap 40, in particular at the head of the pocket cap 40
  • the collar 158 of the cavity 122 comprises a wall that is thicker than the wall delimiting the movable wall 4 of the pocket 2.
  • the upper end of the collar 158 of the pocket 2 forms the inlet orifice 120.
  • the portion 140 of the pocket cap 40 is different from the head reservoir 126 of Figures 28-29.
  • the part 140 is a cylinder centered on an axis R.
  • the part 140 of the pocket stopper 40 is designed to be inserted into the cavity 122, in particular into the internal volume of the pocket 2 so that the internal volume of the movable wall 4 and the part 140 are centered on a common axis, the axis R. In this way, the internal volume of the movable wall 4 and the part 140 are coaxial.
  • the pocket 2 includes a second collar.
  • the part 140 of the pocket cap 40 is inserted into the second collar of the cavity thus delimiting the first sealed junction 148 between the internal volume of the pocket 2 and the reservoir 6.
  • the first waterproof junction 148 is arranged so that at the end of screwing, the first waterproof junction 148 is at least 50% tight against the product.
  • FIGURES 35-40 illustrate another embodiment of a device 3500 for dispensing fluid.
  • FIGURES 41-46 illustrate another embodiment of a device 4100 for dispensing a fluid. For these two modes 3500, 4100, only their differences with the device 7000 of FIG. 33 will be described.
  • Each of the device embodiments 3500, 4100 for dispensing fluid includes:
  • the pocket 2 having an internal volume to contain a fluid, the internal volume of the pocket 2 being delimited at least in part by the movable wall 4,
  • the reservoir 6 arranged to contain the fluid and comprising two openings, the upper opening 124 of which is oriented towards the pocket 2 and a lower opening 87, said reservoir 6 being arranged to reduce its internal volume when the fluid exits the reservoir,
  • the distribution valve 28 which, in an open state allows passage of the fluid from the bag 2 to the outlet 24, and, in a closed state, does not allow it,
  • the supply valve 38 which, in an open state, allows the passage of the fluid contained in the reservoir 6 towards the bag 2, and which, in a closed state, does not allow it.
  • the lower opening 87 is arranged to allow a passage of the fluid, preferably a passage of a cannula (or filling rod) transporting the fluid, so as to fill the reservoir 6 with fluid at least in part at least up to the supply valve 38 so that the fluid is in contact with the supply valve 38 and preferably so as to fill with fluid also at least partly the interior volume of the bag 2.
  • the supply valve is designed to allow the cane or cannula to pass, for example by bending.
  • FIGURES 35-40 illustrate one embodiment of a device 3500 for dispensing fluid. Only its differences with the device 7000 of FIG. 33 will be described.
  • the reservoir 6 is delimited at least in part by a movable piston 86 arranged to move so as to reduce the internal volume of the reservoir 6 when the fluid exits from the reservoir 6, this piston 86 being provided with the lower opening 87 , the lower opening 87 being blocked by a removable plug 89.
  • the removable stopper 89 is screwed onto the piston 86.
  • the piston 86 is included between the reservoir 6 and a bottom wall 91, said bottom wall 91 being provided with means 93 for locking the piston 86 in rotation. when screwing the stopper 89 on the piston 86 when the piston 86 is in contact with the bottom wall 91.
  • the means 93 typically comprise for example a slot into which a part of the piston 86 fits, and / or
  • the means 93 typically comprise, for example, clipping means, and / or
  • the piston 86 is provided with at least one hole 95 arranged to allow passage of the fluid between the reservoir 6 and a sealing zone 97 between the piston 86 and a wall 99 the along which the piston 86 is arranged to move, and / or
  • the piston can have a curved shape (disc, ellipse, or other) or a polygon.
  • the piston 86 has, in a sectional view perpendicular to a direction of movement of the piston 86 along a wall 99, a polygon shape comprising several sides connected by angles, the device further comprising a force distributing part 103 arranged to press the piston 86 against the wall 99 at several (preferably all) sides of the polygon but outside the angles of the polygon.
  • the distribution part 103 can be replaced by a variable thickness of the walls of the piston 86.
  • FIGURES 41-46 illustrate another embodiment of a device 4100 for dispensing a fluid. Only its differences with the device 3500 of Figures 35 to 40 will be described.
  • the reservoir 6 arranged to contain the fluid is delimited by:
  • a flexible wall 108 comprising the two openings, the upper opening 124 of which faces towards the pocket 2 and the lower opening 87, and
  • a rigid wall 91 preferably removable, designed to block the lower opening 87.
  • the area of a section of the top opening 124 (this section being chosen to minimize the area of the top opening 124) is at least twice (and even at least four times) smaller than the area d a section of the lower opening 87 (this section being chosen to minimize the area of the lower opening 87).
  • the flexible wall 108 is arranged to deform so as to reduce the internal volume of the reservoir 6 when the fluid exits from the reservoir 6.
  • the device 4100 is arranged to keep the position of the lower opening 87 in the device 4100 fixed with respect to the position of the upper opening 124 in the device 4100.
  • the flexible wall 108 is fixed to the pocket 2 according to a sealed junction.
  • the flexible wall 108 comprises a cylinder 81 above the reservoir 6 allowing sealing.
  • this cylinder 81 is compressed (case of Figures 42 and 44), or it is nested (case of Figure 41). It is preferable to have a second cylinder concentric with the first cylinder 81.
  • the device 4100 comprises means 110 for internal guiding of the cap (which is the part forming the internal volume of the pocket 2 and further containing the dispensing valve 28).
  • the means 110 are arranged to guide a movement of the cap.
  • the means 110 take the form of a wall 110 emerging from the bottom wall 21.
  • the device 4100 comprises a useful retaining hollow 111 in particular in the case where the reservoir 6 is a changeable cartridge.
  • This hollow 111 makes it possible, when this hollow is held by fingers or clips of an external housing, to keep the reservoir 6 fixed while the cap or head can rotate.
  • the ring 109 is integral with the rigid wall 91 and the ring 109 and the wall 91 form the same part with continuity of material, while in the variant of Figures 44 and 46 the ring 109 and the wall 91 form two distinct parts without continuity of material; and or
  • the flexible wall 108 and the supply valve 38 are formed in the same part with continuity of material (as illustrated in Figures 41 to 43) or in two separate parts without continuity of material (as illustrated in Figures 44 to 46) .
  • the device is arranged to operate (ie to distribute fluid through the outlet via the supply and / or distribution valves) with its distribution head upwards ( ie the outlet 24 located above the tank 6) or downwards (ie the outlet 24 located below the tank 6).
  • the force 18 can be exerted directly by a user or via a button, and / or
  • the pressure equalization hole is at least 3 mm 2 in size .
  • the device may comprise means for pre-guiding the piston 5 in its housing 9, these pre-guiding means typically comprising at least one tongue 17 and / or at least one wall 65
  • the wall 3 (or "spring” 3) may form part of the head 10, or may be a part independent of the head 10, for example a flexible cylinder arranged to compress.
  • the piston 5 is integral with the head 10 and the wall 21, and / or
  • the housing 9 is integral with the wall 7, and / or
  • the head cavity 306 is located under the housing 9, outside the piston 5, and / or
  • the junction wall 7 at least partially defines the housing 9 and / or the head cavity 306, and / or
  • the bottom wall 21 at least partially defines the piston 5, and / or
  • the translational movement of the dispensing head 10 is in the same direction and the same direction as the axial movement 11 of the piston 5 in the housing 9.

Landscapes

  • Containers And Packaging Bodies Having A Special Means To Remove Contents (AREA)
  • Coating Apparatus (AREA)
  • Nozzles (AREA)

Abstract

The invention relates to a fluid dispensing device comprising: - an outlet (24), a bag (2) having an internal volume for containing a fluid, the internal volume being delimited at least partially by a movable wall (4), a container (6) arranged to contain the fluid, a bag stopper (40), a cavity (122), a container opening (124) forming a junction between the container (6) and the cavity (122); characterised in that the bag stopper is arranged to be mounted by insertion into the cavity (122) of the device so as to be mounted extending: - through the bag (2) at least partially while passing through the movable wall (4) or - along the bag (2) at least partially, the device comprising an inlet opening arranged for inserting the bag stopper (40) into the device from outside the device and opening into the cavity (122).

Description

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
TITRE : Distributeur de fluide TITLE: Fluid dispenser
Domaine technique Technical area
La présente invention concerne un dispositif pour distribuer un fluide. The present invention relates to a device for dispensing a fluid.
Un tel dispositif permet à un utilisateur de distribuer un fluide. Le domaine de l'invention est plus particulièrement celui de la distribution des produits tels que liquides, gels ou crèmes, par exemple pour l'industrie pharmaceutique ou cosmétique ou agro-alimentaire. Such a device allows a user to dispense a fluid. The field of the invention is more particularly that of the distribution of products such as liquids, gels or creams, for example for the pharmaceutical or cosmetic or agro-food industry.
Etat de la technique antérieure State of the prior art
On connaît des distributeurs de fluide, tels que divulgués par exemple par le document WO2015155318. Fluid distributors are known, such as disclosed for example by document WO2015155318.
Dans ce domaine, les constructeurs font des efforts permanents pour essayer d'améliorer et/ou simplifier la compacité, l'utilisation, l'ergonomie, la fabrication, le rechargement, l'amorçage, l'hygiène et/ou le recyclage de tels dispositifs distributeurs de fluide. In this area, manufacturers are making permanent efforts to try to improve and / or simplify the compactness, use, ergonomics, manufacture, reloading, priming, hygiene and / or recycling of such materials. fluid dispensing devices.
Le but de la présente invention est de résoudre au moins un de ces problèmes. The aim of the present invention is to solve at least one of these problems.
Exposé de l'invention Disclosure of the invention
Selon un premier aspect de l'invention, l'invention permet d'atteindre au moins un des buts précités par un dispositif pour distribuer un fluide comprenant : According to a first aspect of the invention, the invention makes it possible to achieve at least one of the aforementioned aims by a device for dispensing a fluid comprising:
- une poche ayant un volume intérieur agencé pour contenir le fluide, le volume intérieur étant délimité au moins en partie par une paroi déformable, - a pocket having an internal volume arranged to contain the fluid, the internal volume being delimited at least in part by a deformable wall,
- un réservoir ayant une enveloppe intérieure agencée pour contenir le fluide, - a reservoir having an inner envelope designed to contain the fluid,
- un orifice d'alimentation reliant le volume intérieur du réservoir au volume intérieur de la poche, - a supply orifice connecting the interior volume of the reservoir to the interior volume of the bag,
- de préférence, une tête de distribution fixée sur la paroi déformable de la poche de manière à ce que la tête de distribution soit portée par la paroi déformable selon différentes positions possibles par rapport au réservoir dont au moins : - Preferably, a dispensing head fixed to the deformable wall of the pouch so that the dispensing head is carried by the deformable wall according to different possible positions relative to the tank, at least of which:
* une position stable en l'absence de force extérieure exercée sur la tête et * a stable position in the absence of external force exerted on the head and
* une position inclinée selon un angle d'inclinaison par rapport à la position stable lors de l'exercice d'une force extérieure sur la tête, de manière à déformer la paroi déformable et diminuer ainsi le volume intérieur de la poche par rapport à la position stable. * an inclined position at an angle of inclination relative to the stable position when exerting an external force on the head, so as to deform the deformable wall and thus reduce the internal volume of the pocket relative to the stable position.
Le dispositif selon l'invention peut comprendre en outre, The device according to the invention can further comprise,
- un canal de distribution, de préférence situé dans la tête de distribution, et agencé pour conduire le fluide, selon une direction de distribution, en provenance du volume intérieur de la poche et vers une sortie, ladite sortie étant positionnée à une extrémité de la tête de distribution,- a distribution channel, preferably located in the distribution head, and arranged to conduct the fluid, in a distribution direction, from the interior volume of the bag and to an outlet, said outlet being positioned at one end of the distribution head,
- un orifice de distribution reliant le volume intérieur de la poche au canal de distribution. - a distribution orifice connecting the internal volume of the bag to the distribution channel.
La tête de distribution s'étend de préférence longitudinalement sur une longueur d'au moins 10 mm suivant une direction longitudinale reliant l'orifice de distribution à une extrémité de la tête de distribution et/ou une direction reliant l'orifice de distribution à la sortie et/ou à la surface définie ci-après. The dispensing head preferably extends longitudinally over a length of at least 10 mm in a longitudinal direction connecting the dispensing orifice to one end of the dispensing head and / or a direction connecting the dispensing orifice to the exit and / or the area defined below.
La tête de distribution du dispositif selon l'invention peut s'étendre longitudinalement sur une longueur d'au moins 20 mm, de préférence d'au moins 30 mm, idéalement d'au moins 40 mm. The dispensing head of the device according to the invention can extend longitudinally over a length of at least 20 mm, preferably at least 30 mm, ideally at least 40 mm.
La tête de distribution du dispositif selon l'invention peut être une pièce droite s'étendant longitudinalement selon la direction longitudinale. The dispensing head of the device according to the invention may be a straight part extending longitudinally in the longitudinal direction.
La tête de distribution peut être plus longue (le long de la direction longitudinale) que large (perpendiculairement à la direction longitudinale). The dispensing head can be longer (along the longitudinal direction) than it is wide (perpendicular to the longitudinal direction).
De préférence, la tête de distribution, en dehors de sa position stable et selon différentes positions inclinées possibles, peut être agencée pour atteindre une position d'inclinaison maximale lorsque l'angle d'inclinaison est incliné d'au moins de 15 °, ou même 20 degrés (°), de préférence d'au moins 30 degrés voire même au moins 45 degrés, par rapport à ladite position stable, ladite position d'inclinaison maximale pouvant être agencée pour diminuer le volume intérieur de la poche. De préférence, la tête de distribution peut comprendre une surface de contact agencée pour, depuis l'extérieur du dispositif, recevoir une force extérieure de préférence orthogonale à la direction longitudinale de la tête de distribution positionnée dans la position stable. Preferably, the dispensing head, outside of its stable position and according to various possible inclined positions, can be arranged to reach a position of maximum inclination when the angle of inclination is inclined by at least 15 °, or even 20 degrees (°), preferably at least 30 degrees or even at least 45 degrees, with respect to said stable position, said position of maximum inclination being able to be arranged to reduce the internal volume of the pocket. Preferably, the dispensing head may comprise a contact surface arranged to, from outside the device, receive an external force preferably orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the dispensing head positioned in the stable position.
La surface de contact du dispositif selon l'invention peut être d'au moins 10 mm2, de préférence d'au moins 30 mm2, de préférence d'au moins 60 mm2, de manière plus préférentielle d'au moins 100 mm2. The contact surface of the device according to the invention can be at least 10 mm 2 , preferably at least 30 mm 2 , preferably at least 60 mm 2 , more preferably at least 100 mm 2 .
La tête de distribution peut être agencée pour s'incliner du côté opposé à la surface de contact. The dispensing head can be arranged to tilt on the side opposite to the contact surface.
De préférence, dans la position stable de la tête de distribution, la surface de contact forme (de préférence sur une largeur inférieure à 15 mm et sur une surface d'au moins 30 mm2, de préférence sur au moins 60 mm2, de préférence sur au moins 100 mm2) un angle compris entre _-45° et 45° (de préférence entre _-30° et 30°, de manière plus préférentielle entre _-20° et 20°) avec une direction selon laquelle s'étend le canal de distribution en sortie de la poche i.e. au niveau de la jonction entre la poche et le canal de distribution. Preferably, in the stable position of the dispensing head, the contact surface forms (preferably over a width of less than 15 mm and over an area of at least 30 mm 2 , preferably over at least 60 mm 2 , preferably over at least 100 mm 2 ) an angle comprised between _-45 ° and 45 ° (preferably between _-30 ° and 30 °, more preferably between _-20 ° and 20 °) with a direction in which s 'extends the distribution channel at the outlet of the pocket ie at the junction between the pocket and the distribution channel.
La tête de distribution peut être une pièce droite s'étendant longitudinalement selon la direction longitudinale. The dispensing head may be a straight part extending longitudinally in the longitudinal direction.
Dans ce cas, la tête de distribution et le réservoir peuvent s'étendre longitudinalement selon la direction longitudinale quand la tête est dans sa position stable. Autrement dit, la tête de distribution et le réservoir peuvent s'étendre dans la même direction du dispositif selon l'invention. In this case, the dispensing head and the reservoir can extend longitudinally in the longitudinal direction when the head is in its stable position. In other words, the dispensing head and the reservoir can extend in the same direction of the device according to the invention.
De préférence, la tête de distribution peut comprendre une valve de distribution située dans le canal de distribution, et qui, dans un état ouvert permet un passage du fluide du canal de distribution vers la sortie, et, dans un état fermé, ne le permet pas. Preferably, the dispensing head may comprise a dispensing valve located in the dispensing channel, and which, in an open state allows passage of fluid from the dispensing channel to the outlet, and, in a closed state, does not allow it. not.
Dans ce cas, le dispositif selon l'invention (et en particulier la valve de distribution) peut être agencé(e) pour rester dans son état fermé tant que l'angle d'inclinaison est inférieur à 5°, de préférence à 2°, par rapport à la position stable. In this case, the device according to the invention (and in particular the dispensing valve) can be arranged to remain in its closed state as long as the angle of inclination is less than 5 °, preferably 2 °. , relative to the stable position.
La tête de distribution peut comprendre deux parties séparables, dont : The distribution head can include two separable parts, including:
- une partie supérieure, dans laquelle est située la valve de distribution, et,- an upper part, in which the dispensing valve is located, and,
- une partie inférieure fixée à la poche et comprenant un dispositif anti goutte, - a lower part fixed to the pocket and comprising an anti-drip device,
le dispositif anti-goutte étant situé à la jonction de ces deux parties et comprenant un clapet dans le canal de distribution, qui :the anti-drip device being located at the junction of these two parts and comprising a valve in the distribution channel, which:
- est agencé pour être ouvert et permettre le passage du fluide vers la sortie lorsque ces deux parties sont assemblées, et,- is arranged to be open and allow the passage of the fluid towards the outlet when these two parts are assembled, and,
- est agencé pour être fermé lorsque ces deux parties sont séparées de manière à empêcher une sortie de fluide depuis cette partie inférieure vers l'extérieur du dispositif. - is arranged to be closed when these two parts are separated so as to prevent an escape of fluid from this lower part to the outside of the device.
La valve de distribution peut comprendre une partie agencée pour maintenir le clapet du dispositif anti-goutte dans son état ouvert, c'est-à-dire dans une position qui permet le passage du fluide vers la sortie, lorsque les deux parties de la tête sont assemblées. Ladite partie de la valve de distribution peut être une extrémité de la valve de distribution et est de préférence de forme triangulaire ou effilée. The dispensing valve may comprise a part arranged to maintain the valve of the anti-drip device in its open state, that is to say in a position which allows the passage of the fluid towards the outlet, when the two parts of the head are assembled. Said part of the dispensing valve may be one end of the dispensing valve and is preferably triangular or tapered in shape.
De préférence, la paroi déformable peut comprendre une dissymétrie autour d'un axe, de sorte que la poche soit agencée pour favoriser une inclinaison de la tête de distribution selon un sens d'inclinaison favorisé et/ou de manière à réduire l'effort de distribution dans une direction, ladite direction favorisée étant de préférence à l'opposé de la surface de contact et/ou de la sortie. Preferably, the deformable wall can comprise an asymmetry around an axis, so that the pocket is arranged to promote an inclination of the dispensing head in a favored direction of inclination and / or so as to reduce the force of distribution in one direction, said favored direction preferably being away from the contact surface and / or the outlet.
Le dispositif selon l'invention peut comprendre en outre des moyens pour visser la poche au réservoir. The device according to the invention can further comprise means for screwing the bag to the reservoir.
Dans un autre mode de réalisation, la poche et le réservoir du dispositif selon l'invention peuvent être solidaires l'un de l'autre de manière à former une seule et unique pièce, ladite pièce pouvant être obtenue par soufflage. In another embodiment, the bag and the reservoir of the device according to the invention may be integral with one another so as to form a single and unique part, said part being obtainable by blowing.
Dans d'autres modes de réalisations, la poche peut comprendre un embout agencé pour s'emboîter dans le réservoir. In other embodiments, the pocket may include a tip arranged to fit into the reservoir.
L'extrémité de l'embout peut former l'orifice d'alimentation. The end of the tip may form the feed orifice.
L'embout peut être enfoncé dans le réservoir de manière à fixer la poche au réservoir. The tip can be pushed into the reservoir so as to secure the bag to the reservoir.
Dans ce cas, le réservoir peut comprendre une jupe d'étanchéité positionnée au niveau de l'orifice d'alimentation, ladite jupe comprenant un opercule, de préférence mono-matière, agencé pour bloquer la circulation de fluide contenu dans le réservoir vers la poche tant que l'embout de la poche n'est pas enfoncé dans le réservoir, par exemple tant que l'embout de la poche n'est pas emboîté et/ou vissé dans le réservoir. De préférence, l'embout peut être agencé pour percer l'opercule. Il peut faire au moins 8 mm de long (de préférence selon la direction longitudinale). In this case, the reservoir may comprise a sealing skirt positioned at the level of the supply orifice, said skirt comprising a cover, preferably mono-material, arranged to block the flow of fluid contained in the reservoir to the bag. as long as the end of the pocket is not pushed into the reservoir, for example as long as the end of the pocket is not fitted and / or screwed into the reservoir. Preferably, the end piece can be designed to pierce the cover. It can be at least 8 mm long (preferably in the longitudinal direction).
Le dispositif selon l'invention peut comprendre une valve d'alimentation positionnée au niveau de l'orifice d'alimentation, et qui, dans un état ouvert, permet le passage du fluide contenu dans le réservoir vers la poche, et qui, dans un état fermé, ne le permet pas. The device according to the invention may comprise a supply valve positioned at the level of the supply orifice, and which, in an open state, allows the passage of the fluid contained in the reservoir towards the bag, and which, in a closed state, does not allow it.
Dans ce cas, le réservoir peut être agencé pour réduire son volume intérieur après chaque état d'ouverture de la valve d'alimentation. In this case, the reservoir can be arranged to reduce its internal volume after each state of opening of the supply valve.
Le réservoir peut être équipé d'une pièce comprenant : The tank can be fitted with a part comprising:
- la valve d'alimentation logée au niveau d'un siège d'alimentation, ladite valve étant située à la jonction entre le volume intérieur de la poche et un volume intérieur du réservoir, et/ou - the supply valve housed at a supply seat, said valve being located at the junction between the interior volume of the bag and an interior volume of the reservoir, and / or
- un support et/ou bouchon de préférence muni d'un opercule logé dans un siège de distribution, ledit support et/ou bouchon étant situé à la jonction entre le volume intérieur de la poche et le canal de distribution, et/ou - a support and / or stopper preferably provided with a cover housed in a dispensing seat, said support and / or stopper being located at the junction between the internal volume of the bag and the dispensing channel, and / or
- un élément de liaison reliant la valve d'alimentation et le support et/ou bouchon et/ou valve de distribution, ledit élément de liaison étant de préférence agencé pour se déformer ou se casser lors d'une déformation de la poche - a connecting element connecting the supply valve and the support and / or cap and / or dispensing valve, said connecting element preferably being arranged to deform or break during a deformation of the bag
cet aspect de l'invention pouvant être revendiqué en tant que tel indépendamment de la tête de distribution et/ou son inclinaison. this aspect of the invention can be claimed as such independently of the dispensing head and / or its inclination.
Cette pièce permet un montage de la valve d'alimentation en traversant la poche. This part allows mounting of the supply valve by passing through the pocket.
L'élément de liaison peut être flexible ou sécable après le montage du dispositif selon l'invention. The connecting element can be flexible or breakable after mounting the device according to the invention.
La tête de distribution peut être équipée d'un perforateur agencé pour perforer l'opercule du bouchon logé dans le siège de distribution. The dispensing head can be equipped with a perforator designed to perforate the cap of the stopper housed in the dispensing seat.
Dans un mode de réalisation, la paroi déformable de la poche du dispositif selon l'invention peut comprendre un soufflet, le dispositif pouvant comprendre des moyens de blocage agencés pour limiter et/ou empêcher un étirement d'un des côtés du soufflet lors d'une quelconque position inclinée de la tête de distribution. In one embodiment, the deformable wall of the pocket of the device according to the invention may comprise a bellows, the device possibly comprising locking means arranged to limit and / or prevent stretching of one of the sides of the bellows during any inclined position of the dispensing head.
Les moyens de blocage peuvent être et/ou comprendre un boîtier rigide. La tête de distribution peut être équipée d'un poussoir agencé pour : The locking means can be and / or comprise a rigid housing. The dispensing head can be fitted with a pusher designed for:
- se plaquer sur une surface de maintien de la poche, de préférence sur une surface de maintien du soufflet, et - lie on a pocket holding surface, preferably on a bellows holding surface, and
- maintenir fixe ladite surface de maintien par rapport à la tête de distribution. - Keep said holding surface fixed relative to the dispensing head.
La surface de maintien peut être plane et/ou rigide. The support surface can be flat and / or rigid.
Les moyens de blocage peuvent appuyer sur le poussoir, ledit poussoir pouvant lui-même appuyer sur la surface de maintien. The locking means can press on the pusher, said pusher itself being able to press on the retaining surface.
Le poussoir et la surface de maintien peuvent être maintenus assemblés par serrage des moyens de blocage sur un boitier contenant le réservoir. The pusher and the retaining surface can be kept assembled by clamping the locking means on a housing containing the reservoir.
La surface de maintien peut être rigide. The holding surface can be rigid.
Le dispositif selon l'invention peut comprendre des moyens pour visser la poche sur la tête de distribution. The device according to the invention can comprise means for screwing the bag onto the dispensing head.
La paroi déformable de la poche peut comprendre des zones de faiblesse et/ou des articulations agencées pour permettre au moins une position inclinée (avec un angle préférentiel permettant un dosage, définissant un volume de fluide sortant de la poche), et de préférence stable, de la tête de distribution en l'absence de force extérieure appliquée sur la surface de contact. The deformable wall of the pocket can comprise areas of weakness and / or joints arranged to allow at least one inclined position (with a preferential angle allowing a dosage, defining a volume of fluid leaving the pocket), and preferably stable, of the dispensing head in the absence of any external force applied to the contact surface.
Le réservoir peut comprendre une enveloppe déformable délimitant au moins en partie le volume intérieur du réservoir, ladite enveloppe déformable pouvant comprendre des ondulations successives radialement. The reservoir may comprise a deformable envelope delimiting at least in part the internal volume of the reservoir, said deformable envelope being able to comprise successive radially corrugations.
Selon un deuxième aspect de l'invention, l'invention permet d'atteindre au moins un des buts précités par un dispositif pour distribuer un fluide, comprenant : According to a second aspect of the invention, the invention makes it possible to achieve at least one of the aforementioned aims by a device for distributing a fluid, comprising:
- une poche comprenant une poche intérieure, ladite poche intérieure ayant un volume intérieur agencé pour contenir le fluide, - a pocket comprising an interior pocket, said interior pocket having an interior volume arranged to contain the fluid,
- une paroi mobile étant agencée pour, sous l'exercice d'une pression d'appui de préférence sur une surface d'appui, diminuer le volume intérieur de la poche intérieure en se déformant et/ou en se déplaçant, - a movable wall being arranged to, under the exertion of a bearing pressure preferably on a bearing surface, to reduce the internal volume of the inner pocket by deforming and / or by moving,
- une sortie agencée pour distribuer le fluide, - an outlet arranged to distribute the fluid,
caractérisé en ce que le volume intérieur de la poche intérieure est délimité au moins en partie par : characterized in that the interior volume of the interior pocket is delimited at least in part by:
- un piston solidaire d'une paroi de jonction ou d'une paroi de fond (21), - a piston integral with a junction wall or a bottom wall (21),
- un logement du piston agencé pour accueillir le piston et le guider lors d'un mouvement axial dudit piston dans le logement. Selon le deuxième aspect de l'invention : a housing of the piston arranged to receive the piston and guide it during an axial movement of said piston in the housing. According to the second aspect of the invention:
- le piston ou le logement peut être formé au moins en partie par au moins une partie de la paroi mobile, et/ou : - the piston or the housing may be formed at least in part by at least part of the movable wall, and / or:
o le piston ou le logement peut être en contact direct avec une paroi formant la surface d'appui ; ou o the piston or the housing may be in direct contact with a wall forming the bearing surface; or
o le piston ou le logement peut être formé au moins en partie par au moins une partie de la surface d'appui. o the piston or the housing may be formed at least in part by at least part of the bearing surface.
Selon le deuxième aspect de l'invention, l'invention permet d'atteindre au moins un des buts précités de préférence par le dispositif pour distribuer un fluide, comprenant : According to the second aspect of the invention, the invention makes it possible to achieve at least one of the aforementioned aims preferably by the device for dispensing a fluid, comprising:
- une poche comprenant une poche intérieure et une poche extérieure, ladite poche intérieure étant située au moins en partie dans la poche extérieure, lesdites poches intérieure et extérieure ayant chacune un volume intérieur agencé pour contenir le fluide, ledit volume intérieur de la poche extérieure étant délimité au moins en partie par une paroi mobile, ladite paroi mobile étant agencée pour, sous l'exercice d'une pression d'appui, diminuer le volume intérieur de la poche intérieure et le volume intérieur de la poche extérieure en se déformant et/ou en se déplaçant, - a pocket comprising an inner pocket and an outer pocket, said inner pocket being located at least partly in the outer pocket, said inner and outer pockets each having an inner volume arranged to contain the fluid, said inner volume of the outer pocket being delimited at least in part by a movable wall, said movable wall being arranged to, under the exertion of a bearing pressure, reduce the internal volume of the internal pocket and the internal volume of the external pocket by deforming and / or by moving,
- une sortie agencée pour distribuer le fluide. - an outlet arranged to distribute the fluid.
Le volume intérieur de la poche intérieure est de préférence délimité au moins en partie par : The interior volume of the interior pocket is preferably delimited at least in part by:
- un piston solidaire d'une paroi de jonction délimitant au moins en partie le volume intérieur de la poche extérieure, - a piston integral with a junction wall delimiting at least in part the internal volume of the external pocket,
- un logement du piston agencé pour accueillir le piston et le guider lors d'un mouvement axial dudit piston dans le logement. a housing of the piston arranged to receive the piston and guide it during an axial movement of said piston in the housing.
Le dispositif selon l'invention est agencé pour guider le fluide selon un circuit comprenant : The device according to the invention is arranged to guide the fluid according to a circuit comprising:
- un premier parcours, passant : - a first route, passing:
o de l'intérieur de la poche extérieure à l'intérieur de la poche intérieure (de préférence du piston) via au moins un orifice de liaison reliant le volume intérieur de la poche extérieure à l'intérieur de la poche intérieure (de préférence du piston), et o from the inside of the outer pocket to the inside of the inner pocket (preferably of the piston) via at least one connecting hole connecting the inner volume of the outer pocket to the inside of the inner pocket (preferably of the piston), and
- un second parcours, passant de l'intérieur de la poche intérieure (de préférence du piston) à la sortie. Le dispositif selon l'invention peut comprendre des moyens de freinage agencés pour bloquer un mouvement axial du piston dans le logement diminuant le volume intérieur de la poche intérieure et de la poche extérieure lorsque la paroi mobile est soumise à une pression d'appui inférieure à une force seuil. - a second path, passing from the inside of the inner pocket (preferably of the piston) to the exit. The device according to the invention can comprise braking means arranged to block an axial movement of the piston in the housing reducing the internal volume of the internal pocket and of the external pocket when the movable wall is subjected to a bearing pressure of less than a threshold force.
Dans ce cas : In that case :
- les moyens de freinage peuvent être solidaires du piston et peuvent comprendre de préférence au moins une languette inclinée vers l'extérieur du piston, et/ou - the braking means may be integral with the piston and may preferably comprise at least one tongue inclined towards the outside of the piston, and / or
- les moyens de freinage peuvent être solidaires du logement du piston et peuvent comprendre de préférence au moins une languette inclinée vers l'intérieur du logement. - The braking means may be integral with the housing of the piston and may preferably comprise at least one tongue inclined towards the interior of the housing.
Le dispositif selon l'invention peut être agencé pour guider le fluide selon le second parcours, à chaque pression d'appui sur la paroi mobile supérieure à la force seuil et/ou à chaque diminution du volume intérieur de la poche intérieure et de la poche extérieure pour laquelle l'orifice de liaison est fermé. The device according to the invention can be arranged to guide the fluid along the second path, at each pressing pressure on the movable wall greater than the threshold force and / or at each decrease in the internal volume of the interior pocket and of the pocket. outside for which the connection hole is closed.
Le dispositif selon l'invention peut être agencé pour guider le fluide selon le premier parcours, après une fin de chaque pression d'appui supérieure à la force seuil, et/ou à chaque augmentation du volume intérieur de la poche intérieure et de la poche extérieure pour laquelle l'orifice de liaison est ouvert. The device according to the invention can be arranged to guide the fluid along the first path, after the end of each pressing pressure greater than the threshold force, and / or at each increase in the interior volume of the interior pocket and of the pocket. outside for which the connection hole is open.
L'orifice de liaison : The connection hole:
- peut être formé à une jonction entre une extrémité du piston et une extrémité du logement du piston, et/ou - can be formed at a junction between one end of the piston and one end of the piston housing, and / or
- peut comprendre un trou situé dans le logement du piston. - may include a hole located in the piston housing.
L'orifice de liaison peut être, de préférence, agencé pour : The connection orifice may preferably be arranged for:
- se fermer lors d'un mouvement du piston réduisant le volume intérieur de la poche, - close when the piston moves reducing the internal volume of the pocket,
- s'ouvrir lors d'un mouvement du piston augmentant le volume intérieur de la poche. - open during a movement of the piston increasing the internal volume of the pocket.
Le dispositif selon l'invention peut comprendre un canal de distribution agencé pour conduire le fluide provenant de la poche intérieure vers la sortie. The device according to the invention may comprise a distribution channel arranged to conduct the fluid coming from the inner bag towards the outlet.
Dans ce cas, le dispositif selon l'invention peut comprendre une valve de distribution située dans le canal de distribution et agencée pour conduire le fluide de la poche intérieure vers la sortie. In this case, the device according to the invention can comprise a dispensing valve located in the dispensing channel and arranged to lead the fluid from the inner bag to the outlet.
Le dispositif selon l'invention peut en outre comprendre : - la valve de distribution, The device according to the invention can also comprise: - the distribution valve,
- un mélangeur agencé pour recevoir différents flux séparés de fluide et les mélanger sous la forme d'un spray au niveau de la sortie. a mixer designed to receive different separate streams of fluid and mix them in the form of a spray at the outlet.
Une extrémité de la valve de distribution peut être solidaire d'une tige agencée pour s'enfoncer dans le mélangeur de manière à former différents canaux agencés pour conduire les différents flux séparés de fluide jusqu'au mélangeur. One end of the distribution valve may be integral with a rod arranged to be inserted into the mixer so as to form different channels arranged to lead the different separate flows of fluid to the mixer.
La paroi mobile peut être une paroi déformable. The movable wall can be a deformable wall.
La paroi mobile peut comprendre la paroi de jonction. The movable wall can include the junction wall.
La paroi mobile peut être séparée de la paroi de jonction. The movable wall can be separated from the junction wall.
La paroi mobile peut être rigide. The movable wall can be rigid.
Le dispositif selon l'invention peut comprendre un réservoir communiquant avec la poche extérieure par un orifice d'alimentation, ledit réservoir comprenant un volume intérieur agencé pour contenir le fluide, ledit volume intérieur étant délimité au moins en partie par une enveloppe déformable. The device according to the invention may comprise a reservoir communicating with the outer bag via a supply orifice, said reservoir comprising an interior volume arranged to contain the fluid, said interior volume being delimited at least in part by a deformable envelope.
L'enveloppe déformable du réservoir peut comprendre des ondulations successives radiales autour un axe. The deformable shell of the reservoir may comprise successive radial corrugations around an axis.
Le dispositif selon l'invention peut comprendre en outre une poche extérieure, ladite poche intérieure étant située au moins en partie dans la poche extérieure, la poche intérieure ayant un volume intérieur agencé pour contenir le fluide, la poche extérieure ayant un volume intérieur qui n'est pas agencé pour contenir le fluide, ledit volume intérieur de la poche extérieure étant délimité au moins en partie par la paroi mobile, ladite paroi mobile étant agencée pour, sous l'exercice de la pression d'appui, diminuer le volume intérieur de la poche extérieure en se déformant et/ou en se déplaçant, le dispositif étant agencé pour guider le fluide selon un circuit comprenant un parcours passant directement d'un réservoir et/ou de l'intérieur du piston jusqu'à l'intérieur de la poche intérieure, sans passer par l'intérieur de la poche extérieure. The device according to the invention can further comprise an outer pocket, said inner pocket being located at least partly in the outer pocket, the inner pocket having an inner volume arranged to contain the fluid, the outer pocket having an inner volume which 'is not arranged to contain the fluid, said internal volume of the outer pocket being delimited at least in part by the movable wall, said movable wall being arranged to, under the exertion of the support pressure, reduce the internal volume of the outer pocket by deforming and / or by moving, the device being arranged to guide the fluid according to a circuit comprising a path passing directly from a reservoir and / or from the inside of the piston to the inside of the inside pocket, without going through the inside of the outside pocket.
Le dispositif selon l'invention peut comprendre en outre des moyens de freinage agencés pour bloquer un mouvement axial du piston dans le logement diminuant le volume intérieur de la poche intérieure lorsque la paroi mobile est soumise à une pression d'appui inférieure à une force seuil, les moyens de freinage comprenant de préférence : - un ergot ou languette situé sur l'extérieur du piston et/ou l'intérieur du logement, cet ergot ou languette étant agencé pour frotter ou être bloqué par une surface respectivement de l'intérieur du logement et/ou de l'extérieur du piston, et/ou The device according to the invention can further comprise braking means arranged to block an axial movement of the piston in the housing reducing the internal volume of the internal pocket when the movable wall is subjected to a bearing pressure below a threshold force. , the braking means preferably comprising: a lug or tab located on the outside of the piston and / or the inside of the housing, this lug or tab being arranged to rub or be blocked by a surface respectively from the inside of the housing and / or from the outside of the piston, and / or
- un ergot ou languette situé sur l'extérieur du logement et/ou l'intérieur d'une paroi disposée autour du logement, cet ergot ou languette étant agencé pour frotter ou être bloqué par une surface respectivement intérieure de la paroi disposée autour du logement et/ou extérieure du logement. - a lug or tongue located on the outside of the housing and / or the inside of a wall arranged around the housing, this lug or tongue being arranged to rub or be blocked by a respective interior surface of the wall arranged around the housing and / or exterior of the accommodation.
La poche intérieure se trouve de préférence sous une surface extérieure du dispositif à moins de 10mm de cette surface extérieure. The interior pocket is preferably located under an exterior surface of the device within 10mm of this exterior surface.
L'exercice d'une pression d'appui permet de préférence une sortie latérale du produit par la sortie et un déplacement de la paroi mobile vers le réservoir ou à côté du réservoir. The exercise of a support pressure preferably allows a lateral exit of the product through the exit and a displacement of the movable wall towards the reservoir or next to the reservoir.
Dans des plans perpendiculaires à la direction du mouvement axial du piston relativement au logement, la poche intérieure a de préférence une section inférieure à la section de la poche extérieure et/ou à l'aire de la surface d'appui agencée pour recevoir la pression d'appui depuis l'extérieur du dispositif et/ou à une section du réservoir. In planes perpendicular to the direction of axial movement of the piston relative to the housing, the inner pocket preferably has a section smaller than the section of the outer pocket and / or the area of the bearing surface arranged to receive the pressure. support from outside the device and / or to a section of the reservoir.
La poche peut être située : The pocket can be located:
- directement sous une surface d'appui agencée pour recevoir la pression d'appui depuis l'extérieur du dispositif, ou - directly under a bearing surface arranged to receive the bearing pressure from outside the device, or
- directement sous un ensemble constitué par une surface d'appui agencée pour recevoir la pression d'appui depuis l'extérieur du dispositif et un canal comprenant une valve. - directly under an assembly consisting of a bearing surface arranged to receive the bearing pressure from outside the device and a channel comprising a valve.
Le dispositif selon l'invention peut comprendre des moyens de rappel, de préférence non métalliques, agencés pour faire remonter ressortir le piston de son logement. The device according to the invention can comprise return means, preferably non-metallic, arranged to bring the piston out of its housing.
L'aire d'une section interne du logement peut être divisée au moins par deux par rapport à l'aire d'une surface d'appui agencée pour recevoir la pression d'appui depuis l'extérieur du dispositif. The area of an internal section of the housing may be at least halved with respect to the area of a bearing surface arranged to receive the bearing pressure from outside the device.
Selon un troisième aspect de l'invention, l'invention permet d'atteindre au moins un des buts précités par un dispositif pour distribuer un fluide comprenant : - une sortie, According to a third aspect of the invention, the invention makes it possible to achieve at least one of the aforementioned aims by a device for dispensing a fluid comprising: - output,
- une poche ayant un volume intérieur pour contenir un fluide, le volume intérieur étant délimité au moins en partie par une paroi mobile, - a pocket having an internal volume for containing a fluid, the internal volume being delimited at least in part by a movable wall,
- un réservoir agencé pour contenir le fluide, - a reservoir arranged to contain the fluid,
- un bouchon de poche, - a pocket cap,
- une cavité, - a cavity,
- un orifice de réservoir faisant jonction entre le réservoir et la cavité. - a reservoir orifice forming a junction between the reservoir and the cavity.
Le bouchon de poche est de préférence agencé pour être monté par insertion dans la cavité du dispositif de manière à être monté en s'étendant : The pocket stopper is preferably arranged to be mounted by insertion into the cavity of the device so as to be mounted by extending:
- de préférence du réservoir à la sortie, en traversant la poche au moins partiellement tout en traversant la paroi mobile ou - preferably from the reservoir to the outlet, passing through the pocket at least partially while passing through the movable wall or
- en longeant la poche au moins partiellement. - along the pocket at least partially.
Le dispositif comprend de préférence un orifice d'entrée agencé pour insérer le bouchon de poche dans le dispositif depuis l'extérieur du dispositif et débouchant dans la cavité. The device preferably comprises an inlet orifice arranged to insert the pocket stopper into the device from outside the device and opening into the cavity.
Le bouchon de poche peut comprendre un volume intérieur dans lequel est inséré une valve de distribution qui dans un état ouvert permet un passage de fluide du volume intérieur de la poche vers la sortie et dans un état fermé ne permet pas. The pocket stopper may include an interior volume into which is inserted a dispensing valve which in an open state allows fluid to flow from the interior volume of the bag to the outlet and in a closed state does not.
Le volume intérieur du bouchon de poche relie de préférence le réservoir à la sortie. The interior volume of the pocket cap preferably connects the reservoir to the outlet.
Le volume intérieur du bouchon de poche a de préférence un volume d'au moins 1 cm3, ou 3 cm3 ou même 5 cm3. The interior volume of the pocket cap preferably has a volume of at least 1 cm 3 , or 3 cm 3 or even 5 cm 3 .
Le bouchon de poche peut de préférence comprendre une valve d'alimentation qui dans un état ouvert permet un passage de fluide du réservoir vers le volume intérieur de la poche et dans un état fermé ne permet pas, et/ou une valve de distribution qui dans un état ouvert permet un passage de fluide du volume intérieur de la poche vers la sortie et dans un état fermé ne permet pas. The pocket cap may preferably include a supply valve which in an open state allows passage of fluid from the reservoir to the interior volume of the pocket and in a closed state does not allow, and / or a delivery valve which in an open state allows passage of fluid from the interior volume of the bag to the outlet and a closed state does not.
De préférence, les valves de distribution et d'alimentation peuvent être solidaires et en une seule pièce. Preferably, the distribution and supply valves can be integral and in one piece.
De préférence, le bouchon de poche peut comprendre un logement agencé pour accueillir la valve d'alimentation et la valve de distribution. Preferably, the pocket cap may include a housing arranged to accommodate the supply valve and the dispensing valve.
Le bouchon de poche peut comprendre un volume intérieur, appelé réservoir de tête, agencé pour déboucher d'un côté sur l'orifice de réservoir et d'un autre côté sur un orifice d'alimentation reliant le réservoir de tête au volume intérieur de la poche. The pocket cap may include an internal volume, called the head reservoir, arranged to open on one side to the reservoir opening and on the other. side on a supply port connecting the head reservoir to the interior volume of the bag.
Le volume intérieur du réservoir de tête peut être d'au moins 1cm3, voir même au moins 3 cm3 ou même au moins 5 cm3 et/ou peut comprendre de l'air ou fluide à distribuer. The internal volume of the head reservoir can be at least 1cm 3 , or even at least 3 cm 3 or even at least 5 cm 3 and / or can include air or fluid to be distributed.
Le dispositif peut comprendre une valve d'alimentation qui dans un état ouvert permet un passage de fluide du réservoir vers le volume intérieur de la poche et dans un état fermé ne permet pas, la valve d'alimentation pouvant être située dans le bouchon de poche de manière à, dans son état ouvert, ouvrir l'orifice d'alimentation et, dans son état fermé, fermer l'orifice d'alimentation. The device may include a supply valve which in an open state allows fluid to flow from the reservoir to the interior volume of the bag and in a closed state does not allow the supply valve to be located in the bag cap. so as to, in its open state, open the feed port and, in its closed state, close the feed port.
Le bouchon de poche peut être monté dans la cavité de sorte qu'une paroi du bouchon de poche, insérée dans l'orifice de réservoir et délimitant au moins en partie le réservoir de tête, forme, de préférence en fin de vissage, une jonction étanche entre le volume intérieur de la poche et le réservoir et/ou entre le volume intérieur de la poche et le réservoir tête. The pocket stopper can be mounted in the cavity so that a wall of the pocket stopper, inserted in the reservoir opening and delimiting at least in part the head reservoir, forms, preferably at the end of screwing, a junction sealed between the interior volume of the bag and the reservoir and / or between the interior volume of the bag and the head reservoir.
Le bouchon de tête peut en outre comprendre une seconde partie, de préférence dans laquelle est positionné un canal de distribution, distincte du réservoir de tête et agencée pour conduire le fluide depuis le volume intérieur de la poche en direction de la sortie. The head cap may further comprise a second part, preferably in which is positioned a distribution channel, separate from the head reservoir and arranged to conduct the fluid from the interior volume of the bag towards the outlet.
La seconde partie peut comprendre une valve de distribution qui dans un état ouvert permet un passage de fluide du volume intérieur de la poche vers la sortie et dans un état fermé ne permet pas. The second part may include a dispensing valve which in an open state allows passage of fluid from the interior volume of the bag to the outlet and in a closed state does not.
Le dispositif peut être agencé pour guider le fluide selon un circuit comprenant : The device can be arranged to guide the fluid according to a circuit comprising:
- un premier parcours, passant du réservoir au réservoir de tête par l'orifice de réservoir, puis - a first path, passing from the reservoir to the head reservoir through the reservoir opening, then
- un second parcours passant du réservoir de tête au volume intérieur de la poche via l'orifice d'alimentation, puis - a second path passing from the head tank to the interior volume of the bag via the supply orifice, then
- un troisième parcours reliant le volume intérieur de la poche à la sortie via la seconde partie du bouchon de poche. - a third path connecting the interior volume of the pocket to the outlet via the second part of the pocket stopper.
Le dispositif peut être agencé pour guider le fluide selon le premier et deuxième parcours, après chaque fin de pression d'appui sur la paroi mobile de la poche et/ou à chaque augmentation du volume intérieur de la poche. Le dispositif peut être agencé pour guider le fluide selon le troisième parcours, à chaque pression d'appui sur la paroi mobile de la poche et/ou à chaque diminution du volume intérieur de la poche, ledit orifice d'alimentation pouvant être fermé par la valve. The device can be arranged to guide the fluid along the first and second path, after each end of pressing pressure on the mobile wall of the pocket and / or on each increase in the internal volume of the pocket. The device can be arranged to guide the fluid along the third path, each time you press down on the mobile wall of the pocket and / or each decrease in the internal volume of the pocket, said supply orifice being able to be closed by the valve.
Le réservoir peut comprendre au moins une paroi souple agencée pour s'insérer dans le réservoir de tête au fur et à mesure que l'on vide le réservoir de son fluide. The reservoir may comprise at least one flexible wall arranged to be inserted into the head reservoir as the reservoir is emptied of its fluid.
Le bouchon de poche peut comprendre des moyens de fixation agencés pour fixer le bouchon de poche à des parois délimitant la cavité par vissage. The pocket stopper may include fixing means arranged to fix the pocket stopper to walls delimiting the cavity by screwing.
Les moyens de fixation peuvent comprendre un système anti-déverrouillage du bouchon de poche à la cavité agencé pour empêcher un desserrage du bouchon de poche. The fixing means may comprise an anti-unlocking system for the pocket stopper to the cavity designed to prevent loosening of the pocket stopper.
Le réservoir, la cavité et la poche peuvent être solidaires de manière à former une seule et unique pièce. The reservoir, the cavity and the pocket may be integral so as to form a single and unique part.
Le réservoir, la cavité et la poche, à l'exception de la paroi mobile de la poche peuvent être solidaires de manière à former une seule et unique pièce. The reservoir, the cavity and the pocket, with the exception of the mobile wall of the pocket, may be integral so as to form a single piece.
La paroi mobile de la poche peut être assemblée par soudure à la pièce unique formée par la cavité et le réservoir. The mobile wall of the pocket can be assembled by welding to the single part formed by the cavity and the reservoir.
Le réservoir et la cavité peuvent être réalisés par injection de polymère ou par impression 3D. The reservoir and the cavity can be produced by polymer injection or by 3D printing.
Le réservoir peut s'étendre suivant une direction longitudinale centrée sur un premier axe d'élongation, The reservoir can extend in a longitudinal direction centered on a first axis of elongation,
la poche pouvant s'étendre suivant une direction longitudinale centrée sur un second axe d'élongation et/ou le bouchon de poche pouvant s'étendre suivant une direction longitudinale centrée sur un troisième axe d'élongation the pocket being able to extend in a longitudinal direction centered on a second axis of elongation and / or the pocket stopper being able to extend in a longitudinal direction centered on a third axis of elongation
le premier axe pouvant être décalé par rapport au second axe et/ou au troisième axe. the first axis being able to be offset relative to the second axis and / or to the third axis.
Le premier axe d'élongation et/ou le second axe d'élongation et/ou le troisième axe d'élongation peuvent être de préférence parallèles. The first axis of elongation and / or the second axis of elongation and / or the third axis of elongation may preferably be parallel.
Le bouchon de poche peut s'étendre selon une direction d'élongation, et peut être agencé pour être monté par insertion dans la cavité selon une direction d'insertion parallèle à sa direction d'élongation, l'orifice d'entrée et l'orifice de réservoir étant alignés selon la direction d'élongation. La cavité peut comprendre des parois déformables agencées pour augmenter latéralement la contenance du réservoir. The pocket stopper may extend in a direction of elongation, and may be arranged to be insertably mounted into the cavity in a direction of insertion parallel to its direction of elongation, the inlet port and the socket. reservoir port being aligned in the direction of elongation. The cavity may include deformable walls arranged to laterally increase the capacity of the reservoir.
Le bouchon peut comprendre un évent. The plug may include a vent.
Le bouchon peut être agencé pour coulisser dans la paroi de fond et/ou peut comprendre une pièce souple ou sécable. The stopper can be arranged to slide in the bottom wall and / or can include a flexible or breakable part.
Selon un quatrième aspect de l'invention, l'invention permet d'atteindre au moins un des buts précités par un dispositif pour distribuer un fluide comprenant :According to a fourth aspect of the invention, the invention makes it possible to achieve at least one of the aforementioned aims by a device for dispensing a fluid comprising:
- une sortie, - output,
- une poche ayant un volume intérieur pour contenir un fluide, le volume intérieur de la poche étant délimité au moins en partie par une paroi mobile , - a pocket having an internal volume for containing a fluid, the internal volume of the pocket being delimited at least in part by a movable wall,
- un réservoir agencé pour contenir le fluide et comprenant deux ouvertures dont une ouverture supérieure orientée vers la poche et une ouverture inférieure, ledit réservoir étant de préférence agencé pour diminuer son volume interne lors de la sortie de fluide hors du réservoir, a reservoir arranged to contain the fluid and comprising two openings, an upper opening facing towards the pocket and a lower opening, said reservoir preferably being arranged to reduce its internal volume when the fluid exits from the reservoir,
- une valve de distribution qui, dans un état ouvert permet un passage du fluide de la poche vers la sortie, et, dans un état fermé, ne le permet pas, - a distribution valve which, in an open state allows passage of the fluid from the bag to the outlet, and, in a closed state, does not allow it,
- une valve d'alimentation qui, dans un état ouvert, permet le passage du fluide contenu dans le réservoir vers la poche, et qui, dans un état fermé, ne le permet pas, ladite ouverture inférieure étant agencée pour permettre un passage du fluide, de préférence un passage d'une canule (ou canne de remplissage) transportant le fluide, de manière à remplir de fluide au moins en partie le réservoir au moins jusqu'à la valve d'alimentation et de préférence de manière à remplir de fluide aussi au moins en partie le volume intérieur la poche. - a supply valve which, in an open state, allows the passage of the fluid contained in the reservoir towards the bag, and which, in a closed state, does not allow it, said lower opening being arranged to allow passage of the fluid , preferably a passage of a cannula (or filling rod) transporting the fluid, so as to fill the reservoir at least partially with fluid at least up to the supply valve and preferably so as to fill with fluid also at least partly the volume inside the pocket.
Le réservoir peut être délimité au moins en partie par un piston mobile agencé pour se déplacer de manière à diminuer le volume interne du réservoir lors de la sortie de fluide hors du réservoir, ce piston étant muni de l'ouverture inférieure, l'ouverture inférieure étant bouchée par un bouchon amovible. The reservoir may be delimited at least in part by a movable piston arranged to move so as to reduce the internal volume of the reservoir when the fluid exits from the reservoir, this piston being provided with the lower opening, the lower opening being closed by a removable plug.
Le bouchon amovible est de préférence vissé sur le piston. Le piston peut être muni d'au moins un trou agencé pour permettre un passage du fluide entre le réservoir et une zone d'étanchéité comprise entre le piston et une paroi le long de laquelle le piston est agencé pour se déplacer. The removable stopper is preferably screwed onto the plunger. The piston may be provided with at least one hole arranged to allow passage of the fluid between the reservoir and a sealing zone between the piston and a wall along which the piston is arranged to move.
Le piston peut être compris entre le réservoir et une paroi de fond), ladite paroi de fond étant munis de moyens (comprenant par exemple typiquement une fente dans laquelle s'insère une partie du piston et/ou des moyens de clipsage du piston) pour bloquer en rotation le piston lors du vissage du bouchon sur le piston lorsque le piston est en contact de la paroi de fond. The piston may be included between the reservoir and a bottom wall), said bottom wall being provided with means (for example typically comprising a slot into which a part of the piston is inserted and / or means for clipping the piston) for block the piston from rotating when screwing the stopper onto the piston when the piston is in contact with the back wall.
Le piston peut avoir, dans une vue de coupe perpendiculaire à une direction de déplacement du piston le long d'une paroi, une forme de polygone comprenant plusieurs côtés reliés par des angles, le dispositif comprenant en outre une pièce de répartition de force agencée pour appuyer le piston contre la paroi au niveau de plusieurs (de préférence tous les) côtés du polygone mais en dehors des angles du polygone. The piston may have, in a sectional view perpendicular to a direction of movement of the piston along a wall, a polygon shape comprising several sides connected by angles, the device further comprising a force distribution part arranged to press the piston against the wall at several (preferably all) sides of the polygon but outside the angles of the polygon.
Le réservoir agencé pour contenir le fluide peut être délimité par : The reservoir arranged to contain the fluid can be delimited by:
- une paroi souple comprenant les deux ouvertures dont l'ouverture supérieure orientée vers la poche et l'ouverture inférieure, et - a flexible wall comprising the two openings, the upper opening facing towards the pocket and the lower opening, and
- une paroi rigide, de préférence amovible, agencée pour boucher l'ouverture inférieure. - a rigid wall, preferably removable, arranged to block the lower opening.
La paroi souple peut être fixée à la poche selon une jonction étanche : The flexible wall can be attached to the bag using a watertight junction:
- par soudure, et/ou - by welding, and / or
- par clipsage, et/ou - by clipping, and / or
- par emboîtement, et/ou - by interlocking, and / or
- par compression de la paroi souple autour de son ouverture supérieure entre d'une part une pièce formant ou solidaire de la poche et située à l'extérieur du réservoir et d'autre part une bague (et dont le bord supérieur peut former le siège d'alimentation ) insérée à l'intérieur du réservoir. - by compressing the flexible wall around its upper opening between on the one hand a part forming or integral with the pocket and located outside the tank and on the other hand a ring (and whose upper edge can form the seat power supply) inserted inside the tank.
La bague peut être solidaire de la paroi rigide. The ring may be integral with the rigid wall.
L'aire d'une section de l'ouverture supérieure (cette section étant choisie pour minimiser l'aire de l'ouverture supérieure) est de préférence au moins deux fois (de préférence au moins quatre fois) plus petite que l'aire d'une section de l'ouverture inférieure (cette section étant choisie pour minimiser l'aire de l'ouverture inférieure). The area of a section of the top opening (this section being chosen to minimize the area of the top opening) is preferably at least two times (preferably at least four times) smaller than the area of a section of the lower opening (this section being chosen to minimize the area of the lower opening).
La paroi souple et la valve d'alimentation peuvent être formées dans une même pièce avec continuité de matière. The flexible wall and the supply valve can be formed in the same part with continuity of material.
La paroi souple peut être agencée pour se déformer de manière à diminuer le volume interne du réservoir lors de la sortie de fluide hors du réservoir. The flexible wall can be arranged to deform so as to reduce the internal volume of the reservoir when fluid exits from the reservoir.
Le dispositif, de préférence la paroi rigide, peut être agencé(e) pour maintenir fixe la position de l'ouverture inférieure dans le dispositif par rapport à la position de l'ouverture supérieure dans le dispositif. The device, preferably the rigid wall, can be arranged to keep the position of the lower opening in the device fixed with respect to the position of the upper opening in the device.
Le premier aspect et/ou le deuxième aspect et/ou le troisième aspect et/ou le quatrième aspect de l'invention peuvent être combinés entre eux. The first aspect and / or the second aspect and / or the third aspect and / or the fourth aspect of the invention can be combined with one another.
Description détaillée des figures Detailed description of figures
D'autres avantages et caractéristiques apparaîtront à l'examen de la description détaillée d'exemples nullement limitatifs, et des dessins annexés sur lesquels : Other advantages and characteristics will become apparent on examination of the detailed description of non-limiting examples, and of the appended drawings in which:
[Fig. l] la FIGURE 1 est une vue de coupe de profil d'un premier mode de réalisation d'un dispositif selon l'invention dont une tête de distribution est dans une position stable, [Fig. l] FIGURE 1 is a side sectional view of a first embodiment of a device according to the invention, a dispensing head of which is in a stable position,
[Fig.2] la FIGURE 2 est une vue de coupe de profil du premier mode de réalisation du dispositif selon l'invention dont la tête de distribution est dans une position inclinée, [Fig.2] FIGURE 2 is a side sectional view of the first embodiment of the device according to the invention, the dispensing head of which is in an inclined position,
[Fig.3] la FIGURE 3 est une vue en perspective du premier mode de réalisation du dispositif selon l'invention dont la tête de distribution est démontée, [Fig.3] FIGURE 3 is a perspective view of the first embodiment of the device according to the invention, the dispensing head of which is removed,
[Fig.4] la FIGURE 4 est un zoom d'une vue de profil du premier mode de réalisation du dispositif selon l'invention, [Fig.4] FIGURE 4 is a zoom of a side view of the first embodiment of the device according to the invention,
[Fig.5] la FIGURE 5 est une représentation schématique d'un exemple de réalisation non limitatif d'un bouchon muni d'un opercule selon l'invention, [Fig.5] FIGURE 5 is a schematic representation of a non-limiting exemplary embodiment of a stopper provided with a cover according to the invention,
[Fig.6] la FIGURE 6 est une représentation schématique d'un exemple de réalisation non limitatif d'une valve d'alimentation selon l'invention, [Fig.7] la FIGURE 7 est une vue de coupe de profil d'un second mode de réalisation d'un dispositif selon l'invention dont la tête de distribution est dans la position stable, [Fig.6] FIGURE 6 is a schematic representation of a non-limiting exemplary embodiment of a supply valve according to the invention, [Fig.7] FIGURE 7 is a side sectional view of a second embodiment of a device according to the invention, the dispensing head of which is in the stable position,
[Fig.8] la FIGURE 8 est une vue de coupe de profile du second mode de réalisation du dispositif selon l'invention dont la tête de distribution est dans la position inclinée, [Fig.8] FIGURE 8 is a side sectional view of the second embodiment of the device according to the invention, the dispensing head of which is in the inclined position,
[Fig.9] la FIGURE 9 est une vue en perspective éclatée du second mode de réalisation du dispositif selon l'invention dont la tête de distribution est dans la position stable [Fig.9] FIGURE 9 is an exploded perspective view of the second embodiment of the device according to the invention, the dispensing head of which is in the stable position
[Fig.10] la FIGURE 10 est une vue de coupe de profil d'un réservoir et d'une poche du second mode de réalisation du dispositif selon l'invention après une vidange partielle du réservoir [Fig.10] FIGURE 10 is a side sectional view of a reservoir and a pocket of the second embodiment of the device according to the invention after a partial emptying of the reservoir
[Fig.11] la FIGURE 11 est une vue de coupe de profil de la poche et du réservoir du second mode de réalisation du dispositif selon l'invention après une vidange complète du réservoir [Fig.11] FIGURE 11 is a side sectional view of the bag and the reservoir of the second embodiment of the device according to the invention after complete emptying of the reservoir
[Fig.12] la FIGURE 12 est une section transversale de la partie basse du réservoir de la figure 10 [Fig.12] FIGURE 12 is a cross section of the lower part of the tank of figure 10
[Fig.13] la FIGURE 13 est une vue en perspective éclatée d'un troisième mode de réalisation du dispositif selon l'invention dont la tête de distribution est dans la position stable, [Fig.13] FIGURE 13 is an exploded perspective view of a third embodiment of the device according to the invention, the dispensing head of which is in the stable position,
[Fig.14] la FIGURE 14 est une vue de coupe de profil du troisième mode de réalisation d'un dispositif selon l'invention dont la tête de distribution est dans la position stable, [Fig.14] FIGURE 14 is a side sectional view of the third embodiment of a device according to the invention, the dispensing head of which is in the stable position,
[Fig.15] la FIGURE 15 est une vue de coupe de profil du troisième mode de réalisation d'un dispositif selon l'invention dont la tête de distribution est dans la position inclinée, [Fig.15] FIGURE 15 is a side sectional view of the third embodiment of a device according to the invention, the dispensing head of which is in the inclined position,
[Fig.16] la FIGURE 16 est un zoom de vue de coupe de profil du troisième mode de réalisation du dispositif selon l'invention lors d'un étirement du réservoir 6 pour son remplissage, [Fig.16] FIGURE 16 is a zoom of profile sectional view of the third embodiment of the device according to the invention during stretching of the reservoir 6 for its filling,
[Fig.17] la FIGURE 17 est une vue de coupe de profil d'une partie d'un quatrième mode de réalisation d'un dispositif selon l'invention, [Fig.17] FIGURE 17 is a side sectional view of part of a fourth embodiment of a device according to the invention,
[Fig.18] la FIGURE 18 est une vue en perspective d'une partie du quatrième mode de réalisation du dispositif selon l'invention, [Fig.19] la FIGURE 19 est une vue de coupe de profil d'un cinquième mode de réalisation d'un dispositif selon l'invention, [Fig.18] FIGURE 18 is a perspective view of part of the fourth embodiment of the device according to the invention, [Fig.19] FIGURE 19 is a side sectional view of a fifth embodiment of a device according to the invention,
[Fig.20] la FIGURE 20 est une vue en perspective éclatée du cinquième mode de réalisation du dispositif selon l'invention sans son réservoir [Fig.20] FIGURE 20 is an exploded perspective view of the fifth embodiment of the device according to the invention without its reservoir
[Fig.21] la FIGURE 21 est une vue de coupe de profil d'un canal de distribution du cinquième mode de réalisation du dispositif selon l'invention [Fig.21] FIGURE 21 is a side sectional view of a distribution channel of the fifth embodiment of the device according to the invention
[Fig.22] la FIGURE 22 est une coupe transversale du canal de distribution du cinquième mode de réalisation du dispositif selon l'invention [Fig.22] FIGURE 22 is a cross section of the distribution channel of the fifth embodiment of the device according to the invention
[Fig.23] la FIGURE 23 est une vue en perspective éclatée d'un sixième mode de réalisation d'un dispositif selon l'invention, [Fig.23] FIGURE 23 is an exploded perspective view of a sixth embodiment of a device according to the invention,
[Fig.24] la FIGURE 24 est une vue de coupe de profil du sixième mode de réalisation du dispositif selon l'invention, [Fig.24] FIGURE 24 is a side sectional view of the sixth embodiment of the device according to the invention,
[Fig.25] la FIGURE 25 est une vue de coupe de profil illustrant une étape d'un procédé de fabrication du sixième mode de réalisation du dispositif selon l'invention, [Fig.25] FIGURE 25 is a side sectional view illustrating a step of a manufacturing process of the sixth embodiment of the device according to the invention,
[Fig.26] la FIGURE 26 est une vue de coupe de profil d'un septième mode de réalisation d'un dispositif selon l'invention, [Fig.26] FIGURE 26 is a side sectional view of a seventh embodiment of a device according to the invention,
[Fig.27] la FIGURE 27 est une vue en perspective éclatée du septième mode de réalisation du dispositif selon l'invention, [Fig.27] FIGURE 27 is an exploded perspective view of the seventh embodiment of the device according to the invention,
[Fig.28] la FIGURE 28 est une vue en perspective éclatée d'un huitième mode de réalisation d'un dispositif selon l'invention. [Fig.28] FIGURE 28 is an exploded perspective view of an eighth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
[Fig.29] la FIGURE 29 est une vue de coupe de profil du huitième mode de réalisation du dispositif selon l'invention. [Fig.29] FIGURE 29 is a side sectional view of the eighth embodiment of the device according to the invention.
[Fig.30] la FIGURE 30 est une vue de coupe de profil d'un neuvième mode de réalisation d'un dispositif selon l'invention. [Fig.30] FIGURE 30 is a side sectional view of a ninth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
[Fig.31] la FIGURE 31 est une vue en perspective éclatée d'un dixième mode de réalisation d'un dispositif selon l'invention. [Fig.31] FIGURE 31 is an exploded perspective view of a tenth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
[Fig.32] la FIGURE 32 est une vue de coupe de profil du dixième mode de réalisation du dispositif selon l'invention. [Fig.32] FIGURE 32 is a side sectional view of the tenth embodiment of the device according to the invention.
[Fig.33] la FIGURE 33 est une vue de coupe de profil d'un onzième mode de réalisation d'un dispositif selon l'invention. [Fig.33] FIGURE 33 is a side sectional view of an eleventh embodiment of a device according to the invention.
[Fig.34] la FIGURE 34 est une vue de coupe de profil d'un douzième mode de réalisation d'un dispositif selon l'invention. [Fig.35] la FIGURE 35 est une vue de coupe de profil d'un treizième mode de réalisation d'un dispositif selon l'invention. [Fig.34] FIGURE 34 is a side sectional view of a twelfth embodiment of a device according to the invention. [Fig.35] FIGURE 35 is a side sectional view of a thirteenth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
[Fig.36] la FIGURE 36 est une vue de coupe de profil d'une partie du treizième mode de réalisation d'un dispositif selon l'invention. [Fig.36] FIGURE 36 is a side sectional view of part of the thirteenth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
[Fig.37] la FIGURE 37 est une vue de coupe de profil d'une partie du treizième mode de réalisation d'un dispositif selon l'invention. [Fig.37] FIGURE 37 is a side sectional view of part of the thirteenth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
[Fig.38] la FIGURE 38 est une vue de coupe de profil d'une partie du treizième mode de réalisation d'un dispositif selon l'invention. [Fig.38] FIGURE 38 is a side sectional view of part of the thirteenth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
[Fig.39] la FIGURE 39 est une vue de coupe de profil d'une partie du treizième mode de réalisation d'un dispositif selon l'invention. [Fig.39] FIGURE 39 is a side sectional view of part of the thirteenth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
[Fig.40] la FIGURE 40 est une vue éclatée en perspective du treizième mode de réalisation d'un dispositif selon l'invention. [Fig.40] FIGURE 40 is an exploded perspective view of the thirteenth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
[Fig.41] la FIGURE 41 est une vue de coupe de profil d'un quatorzième mode de réalisation d'un dispositif selon l'invention. [Fig.41] FIGURE 41 is a side sectional view of a fourteenth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
[Fig.42] la FIGURE 42 est une vue de coupe de profil du quatorzième mode de réalisation d'un dispositif selon l'invention. [Fig.42] FIGURE 42 is a side sectional view of the fourteenth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
[Fig.43] la FIGURE 43 est une vue en perspective de la paroi souple 108 du quatorzième mode de réalisation d'un dispositif selon l'invention. [Fig.43] FIGURE 43 is a perspective view of the flexible wall 108 of the fourteenth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
[Fig.44] la FIGURE 44 est une vue de coupe de profil du quatorzième mode de réalisation d'un dispositif selon l'invention. [Fig.44] FIGURE 44 is a side sectional view of the fourteenth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
[Fig.45] la FIGURE 45 est une vue de coupe de profil de la paroi souple 108 du quatorzième mode de réalisation d'un dispositif selon l'invention. [Fig.45] FIGURE 45 is a side sectional view of the flexible wall 108 of the fourteenth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
[Fig.46] la FIGURE 46 est une vue en perspective éclatée du quatorzième mode de réalisation d'un dispositif selon l'invention. [Fig.46] FIGURE 46 is an exploded perspective view of the fourteenth embodiment of a device according to the invention.
Il est bien entendu que les modes de réalisation qui seront décrits dans la suite ne sont nullement limitatifs. On pourra notamment imaginer des variantes de l'invention ne comprenant qu'une sélection de caractéristiques décrites par la suite isolées des autres caractéristiques décrites, si cette sélection de caractéristiques est suffisante pour conférer un avantage technique ou pour différencier l'invention par rapport à l'état de la technique antérieure. Cette sélection comprend au moins une caractéristique de préférence fonctionnelle sans détail structurel, ou avec seulement une partie des détails structurels si cette partie uniquement est suffisante pour conférer un avantage technique ou pour différencier l'invention par rapport à l'état de la technique antérieure. It is understood that the embodiments which will be described below are in no way limiting. It is in particular possible to imagine variants of the invention comprising only a selection of characteristics described below isolated from the other characteristics described, if this selection of characteristics is sufficient to confer a technical advantage or to differentiate the invention from the invention. state of the prior art. This selection comprises at least one characteristic preferably functional without structural detail, or with only part of the structural details if that part alone is sufficient to confer a technical advantage or to differentiate the invention from the state of the prior art.
En particulier toutes les variantes et tous les modes de réalisation décrits sont combinables entre eux si rien ne s'oppose à cette combinaison sur le plan technique. In particular, all the variants and all the embodiments described can be combined with one another if there is nothing to prevent this combination from a technical point of view.
Sur les figures, les éléments communs à plusieurs figures conservent la même référence. In the figures, the elements common to several figures retain the same reference.
On va tout d'abord décrire, en référence aux FIGURES 1 à 6, un premier mode de réalisation de dispositif selon l'invention pour distribuer un fluide. We will first of all describe, with reference to FIGURES 1 to 6, a first embodiment of a device according to the invention for dispensing a fluid.
Sur les FIGURES 1 à 3, le dispositif 100 pour distribuer le fluide comprend : In FIGURES 1 to 3, the device 100 for dispensing the fluid comprises:
- une poche 2 ayant un volume intérieur agencé pour contenir le fluide, le volume intérieur étant délimité au moins en partie par une paroi déformable 4, - a pocket 2 having an internal volume arranged to contain the fluid, the internal volume being delimited at least in part by a deformable wall 4,
- un réservoir 6 ayant une enveloppe intérieure agencée pour contenir le fluide, - a reservoir 6 having an inner envelope arranged to contain the fluid,
- un orifice d'alimentation 8 reliant le volume intérieur du réservoir 6 au volume intérieur de la poche 2, - a supply orifice 8 connecting the internal volume of the reservoir 6 to the internal volume of the pocket 2,
- une tête de distribution 10 fixée sur la paroi déformable 4 de la poche 2 de manière à ce que la tête de distribution 10 soit portée par la paroi déformable 4 selon différentes positions possibles par rapport au réservoir 6 dont au moins : - a dispensing head 10 fixed to the deformable wall 4 of the pocket 2 so that the dispensing head 10 is carried by the deformable wall 4 in different possible positions with respect to the reservoir 6, at least of which:
* une position stable 12 en l'absence de force extérieure 18 exercée sur la tête 10 et * a stable position 12 in the absence of external force 18 exerted on the head 10 and
* une position inclinée 14 selon un angle d'inclinaison 16 par rapport à la position stable 12 lors de l'exercice d'une force * an inclined position 14 at an inclination angle 16 relative to the stable position 12 when exerting a force
extérieure 18 sur la tête 10, de manière à déformer la paroi déformable 4 et diminuer ainsi le volume intérieur de la poche 2 par rapport à la position stable 12, external 18 on the head 10, so as to deform the deformable wall 4 and thus reduce the internal volume of the pocket 2 relative to the stable position 12,
- un canal de distribution 20 situé dans la tête de distribution 10 et agencé pour conduire le fluide en provenance du volume intérieur de la poche 2 et vers une sortie 24, ladite sortie 24 étant positionnée à une extrémité de la tête de distribution 10, - un orifice de distribution 22 reliant le volume intérieur de la poche 2 au canal de distribution 20. a distribution channel 20 located in the distribution head 10 and arranged to conduct the fluid coming from the interior volume of the bag 2 and towards an outlet 24, said outlet 24 being positioned at one end of the distribution head 10, - a distribution orifice 22 connecting the internal volume of the bag 2 to the distribution channel 20.
Dans la présente description, toutes les positions de la tête sont définies dans un référentiel pour lequel l'orifice d'alimentation et/ou le réservoir est fixe. In the present description, all the positions of the head are defined in a frame of reference for which the supply orifice and / or the reservoir is fixed.
Dans la présente description, on entendra par « souple » toute partie pouvant se déformer sous l'effet d'au moins 1 kg, ayant par exemple un module de flexion inférieur à 600 MPa et/ou ayant une épaisseur suffisamment réduite. In the present description, the term “flexible” will be understood to mean any part which can be deformed under the effect of at least 1 kg, having for example a flexural modulus of less than 600 MPa and / or having a sufficiently reduced thickness.
Dans la présente description, on entendra par « rigide » toute partie ne pouvant pas se déformer sous l'effet d'au maximum 1 kg, ayant par exemple un module de flexion supérieur à 600 MPa et/ou ayant une épaisseur suffisamment grande. In the present description, the term “rigid” will be understood to mean any part which cannot be deformed under the effect of at most 1 kg, having for example a flexural modulus greater than 600 MPa and / or having a sufficiently large thickness.
La tête de distribution 10 comprend une surface de contact 26, agencée pour, depuis l'extérieur du dispositif, recevoir une force extérieure 18 orthogonale à la direction longitudinale de la tête de distribution 10 positionnée dans la position stable 12. The dispensing head 10 comprises a contact surface 26, arranged to, from outside the device, receive an external force 18 orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the dispensing head 10 positioned in the stable position 12.
La tête de distribution 10 du dispositif 100 s'étend longitudinalement sur une longueur d'au moins 10 mm (de préférence d'au moins 20 mm et même d'au moins 30 mm ou même d'au moins 40 mm) suivant : The dispensing head 10 of the device 100 extends longitudinally over a length of at least 10 mm (preferably at least 20 mm and even at least 30 mm or even at least 40 mm) following:
- une direction longitudinale (portée par l'axe A sur la figure 1) reliant l'orifice de distribution 22 à une extrémité de la tête 10 (portant de préférence la surface 26 et/ou la sortie 24), et/ou - a longitudinal direction (carried by the axis A in Figure 1) connecting the dispensing orifice 22 to one end of the head 10 (preferably carrying the surface 26 and / or the outlet 24), and / or
- une direction (portée par l'axe Z sur la figure 1) reliant l'orifice de distribution 22 à la sortie 24 et/ou à la surface 26 (de préférence portant la sortie 24). a direction (carried by the Z axis in FIG. 1) connecting the dispensing orifice 22 to the outlet 24 and / or to the surface 26 (preferably carrying the outlet 24).
En particulier, un long bras de levier permet de réduire les efforts permettant la distribution par exemple moins de 1kg et même moins de 0,5 kg si le dispositif est un applicateur pour les soins du visage (par comparaison une pompe courante nécessite un effort d'appui de l'ordre de 2Kg). La tête de distribution 10 et le réservoir 6 s'étendent longitudinalement selon la direction longitudinale quand la tête est dans sa position stable. In particular, a long lever arm makes it possible to reduce the forces allowing the dispensing, for example less than 1 kg and even less than 0.5 kg if the device is an applicator for facial care (by comparison a common pump requires an effort of support of the order of 2Kg). The dispensing head 10 and the reservoir 6 extend longitudinally in the longitudinal direction when the head is in its stable position.
La tête de distribution est plus longue (le long de la direction longitudinale) que large (perpendiculairement à la direction longitudinale). The distributor head is longer (along the longitudinal direction) than it is wide (perpendicular to the longitudinal direction).
La surface de contact 26, accessible depuis l'extérieur du dispositif 100 par une main voire un ongle d'un utilisateur, ou un visage d'un utilisateur, a une surface minimum de 10 mm2, et de préférence d'au moins 20 mm2 (de préférence d'au moins 30 mm2, de préférence d'au moins 60 mm2, de manière plus préférentielle d'au moins 100 mm2) dans le cas où la surface de contact 26 est prévue pour être au contact du visage. The contact surface 26, accessible from the outside of the device 100 by a hand or even a fingernail of a user, or a face of a user, has a minimum surface area of 10 mm 2 , and preferably at least 20 mm 2 (preferably at least 30 mm 2 , preferably at least 60 mm 2 , more preferably at least 100 mm 2 ) in the case where the contact surface 26 is intended to be in contact with the face.
L'axe A s'étend selon une direction X. The axis A extends in an X direction.
Dans la position stable du dispositif selon l'invention, la surface de contact 26 forme (sur une largeur inférieure à 15 mm définie dans un plan perpendiculaire à la direction X et sur une surface d'au moins 30 mm2, de préférence sur au moins 60 mm2, de préférence sur au moins 100 mm2) un angle compris entre _-45° et 45° (plus précisément entre _-30° et 30°, de manière plus précise entre _-20° et 20°) avec la direction X selon laquelle s'étend le canal de distribution 20 en sortie de la poche 2. In the stable position of the device according to the invention, the contact surface 26 forms (over a width of less than 15 mm defined in a plane perpendicular to the direction X and over a surface of at least 30 mm 2 , preferably over at less 60 mm 2 , preferably over at least 100 mm 2 ) an angle between _-45 ° and 45 ° (more precisely between _-30 ° and 30 °, more precisely between _-20 ° and 20 °) with the direction X in which the distribution channel 20 extends at the outlet of the pocket 2.
La sortie 24 se trouve à une distance de l'axe A inférieure à 10 mm. The outlet 24 is located at a distance from the axis A of less than 10 mm.
La surface 26 se trouve à une distance de l'axe A inférieure à 10 mm. The surface 26 is located at a distance from the axis A of less than 10 mm.
La sortie 24 est située sur la surface 26. Exit 24 is located on surface 26.
La tête de distribution 10 est agencée pour s'incliner du côté opposé à la surface de contact 26. La tête de distribution peut présenter à son extrémité un élément d'application et/ou de massage sur la face opposée à la surface 26 pouvant être en métal. Le dispositif est agencé de sorte qu'un effort sur cette surface n'incline pas ou peu la tête de manière à limiter ou interdire la sortie de produit. The distribution head 10 is arranged to incline on the side opposite to the contact surface 26. The distribution head may have at its end an application and / or massage element on the face opposite to the surface 26 which can be made of metal. The device is arranged so that a force on this surface does not or only slightly inclines the head so as to limit or prohibit the exit of product.
La poche 2 est formée principalement en trois parties. Une première partie, comprenant la paroi déformable 4, une seconde partie comprenant une paroi rigide 54 et une troisième partie 84 (de la poche 2) agencée pour être fixée au réservoir 6. The pocket 2 is formed mainly in three parts. A first part, comprising the deformable wall 4, a second part comprising a rigid wall 54 and a third part 84 (of the pocket 2) designed to be fixed to the reservoir 6.
La paroi rigide 54 de la poche 2 est située en dessous la paroi déformable 4. La paroi déformable 4, plus exactement sa partie inférieure, est fixée ou solidaire de la paroi rigide 54 de la poche 2 au niveau du point de liaison 58. The rigid wall 54 of the pocket 2 is located below the deformable wall 4. The deformable wall 4, more exactly its lower part, is fixed or integral with the rigid wall 54 of the pocket 2 at the level of the connection point 58.
La paroi déformable 4 de la poche 2 est formée par une partie 4i et une partie 42. The deformable wall 4 of the pocket 2 is formed by a part 4i and a part 42.
Les partie 4i et 42 se font face. La partie 4i de la paroi déformable 4 est agencée pour se plier sous l'effet de la compression de la force 18, la partie 42 de la paroi déformable 4 s'allonge très légèrement sous l'effet de la traction mais se déplace moins que la partie 4i de manière à favoriser l'inclinaison de la tête 10 du dispositif 100 du côté de la partie 4i lorsque la force extérieure 18 est exercée au niveau de la surface de contact 26 de la tête de distribution 10. De manière à favoriser l'inclinaison de la partie 4i, la longueur curviligne dans un plan de coupe de la partie 4i de la tête de distribution 10 dans la position stable 12, est plus élevée (i.e. plus longue) que celle de la partie 42 (qui forme une charnière). Part 4i and 42 face each other. The part 4i of the deformable wall 4 is arranged to bend under the effect of the compression of the force 18, the part 42 of the deformable wall 4 elongates very slightly under the effect of the traction but moves less than part 4i so as to promote the inclination of the head 10 of the device 100 on the side of part 4i when the external force 18 is exerted at the level of the contact surface 26 of the dispensing head 10. So as to promote the inclination of part 4i, the curvilinear length in a section plane of part 4i of dispensing head 10 in the stable position 12, is higher (ie longer) than that of part 42 (which forms a hinge).
Ainsi, la paroi déformable 4 comprend une dissymétrie autour d'un axe A, de sorte que la poche 2 soit agencée pour favoriser une inclinaison de la tête de distribution 10 selon un sens d'inclinaison favorisé, c'est-à-dire opposé à la surface de contact 26 et/ou de la sortie 24. Ainsi, les parties 4i et 42 sont dissymétriques de manière à favoriser l'inclinaison de la tête de distribution 10 du côté de la partie 4i. Thus, the deformable wall 4 comprises an asymmetry around an axis A, so that the pocket 2 is arranged to promote an inclination of the dispensing head 10 in a favored direction of inclination, that is to say opposite at the contact surface 26 and / or of the outlet 24. Thus, the parts 4i and 42 are asymmetrical so as to promote the inclination of the dispensing head 10 on the side of the part 4i.
Ainsi la paroi déformable 4 de la poche 2 comprend : Thus the deformable wall 4 of the pocket 2 comprises:
- une certaine souplesse pour permettre l'inclinaison de la tête de distribution 10, c'est-à-dire le passage de sa position stable 12 à une position d'inclinaison 14, et a certain flexibility to allow the inclination of the dispensing head 10, that is to say the passage from its stable position 12 to a position of inclination 14, and
- une force de rappel élastique agencée pour repositionner la tête de distribution 10, inclinée suivant sa position d'inclinaison 14, dans sa position stable 12. - an elastic restoring force arranged to reposition the dispensing head 10, inclined according to its inclination position 14, in its stable position 12.
La paroi déformable 4 est par exemple une paroi fine et la paroi rigide 54 est par exemple une paroi plus épaisse que la paroi 4. The deformable wall 4 is for example a thin wall and the rigid wall 54 is for example a wall thicker than the wall 4.
De préférence, la paroi déformable 4 peut être associée à la paroi 54 par un « co-moulage », c'est-à-dire soit par surmoulage ou bi-injection de matières ayant des souplesses différentes, avec de préférence du PP pour la paroi rigide 54 de la poche 2 et du TPO pour la paroi déformable 4 de la poche 2. Preferably, the deformable wall 4 can be associated with the wall 54 by a “co-molding”, that is to say either by overmolding or bi-injection of materials having different flexibility, preferably with PP for the rigid wall 54 of pocket 2 and of the TPO for the deformable wall 4 of pocket 2.
Les parties 4i et 42 de la paroi déformable 4 et la paroi rigide 54 peuvent aussi être injectées en une seule fois lorsque la paroi rigide 54 et la paroi déformable 4 de la poche sont par exemple en polypropylène. The parts 4i and 42 of the deformable wall 4 and the rigid wall 54 can also be injected all at once when the rigid wall 54 and the deformable wall 4 of the pocket are for example made of polypropylene.
La paroi déformable 4 est de préférence en PP avec un additif en polymère ou plastomère (tel que par exemple du Vistamaxx™ 6202), afin d'en diminuer la dureté de sorte que la dureté de la paroi 4 soit inférieure à 80 Shore D. Dès lors on évite une finesse trop importante et des fragilités de la paroi 4. The deformable wall 4 is preferably made of PP with a polymer or plastomer additive (such as for example Vistamaxx ™ 6202), in order to reduce its hardness so that the hardness of the wall 4 is less than 80 Shore D. Therefore, too great a fineness and weaknesses of the wall 4 are avoided.
La paroi rigide 54 est agencée pour s'emboiter sur la troisième partie 84 de la poche 2. The rigid wall 54 is arranged to fit on the third part 84 of the pocket 2.
Au niveau du point de soudure ou de liaison 58, une arrête 66 matérialise la jonction entre la troisième partie 84 de la poche 2 et la paroi rigide 54 de la poche 2. Cette arrête 66 est orthogonale à l'axe A quand le dispositif 100 est en position stable 12. At the level of the welding or connection point 58, a stop 66 materializes the junction between the third part 84 of the pocket 2 and the rigid wall 54 of the pocket 2. This stop 66 is orthogonal to the axis A when the device 100 is in a stable position 12.
La paroi déformable 4 de la poche 2 maintient la tête de distribution 10. The deformable wall 4 of the pocket 2 holds the dispensing head 10.
La poche 2 est fixée à la tête de distribution 10. La poche 2 est notamment encastrée dans le canal de distribution 20 de la tête de distribution 10 via une une bague 88. The bag 2 is fixed to the distribution head 10. The bag 2 is in particular embedded in the distribution channel 20 of the distribution head 10 via a ring 88.
La tête de distribution 10 comprend la bague 88, située à la jonction entre le volume intérieur de la poche 2 et le canal de distribution 20, dans lequel est logé l'orifice de distribution 22. Spécifiquement, au niveau de ladite jonction entre le volume intérieur de la poche 2 et le canal de distribution 20, la paroi déformable 4 de la poche 2 est comprimée contre le canal de distribution 20 par la bague 88. La bague 88 est pincée, emboîtée dans la tête de distribution 10. La bague 88 est agencée pour être emboîtée en force dans le canal de distribution 20. The dispensing head 10 comprises the ring 88, located at the junction between the internal volume of the bag 2 and the dispensing channel 20, in which the dispensing orifice 22. Specifically, at the level of said junction between the volume. inside the pocket 2 and the distribution channel 20, the deformable wall 4 of the pocket 2 is compressed against the distribution channel 20 by the ring 88. The ring 88 is clamped, fitted into the distribution head 10. The ring 88 is designed to be force-fitted into the distribution channel 20.
La tête de distribution 10, sur toute sa longueur, est parcourue par le canal de distribution 20. The distribution head 10, over its entire length, is traversed by the distribution channel 20.
Le canal de distribution 20 débute au niveau de l'orifice de distribution 22 et s'étend jusqu'à la sortie 24 logée dans la tête de distribution 10. The distribution channel 20 begins at the level of the distribution orifice 22 and extends to the outlet 24 housed in the distribution head 10.
En outre, la tête de distribution 10 comprend une valve de distribution 28 située dans le canal de distribution 20, et qui, dans un état ouvert permet un passage du fluide du canal de distribution 20 vers la sortie 24, et, dans un état fermé, ne le permet pas. Further, the dispensing head 10 comprises a dispensing valve 28 located in the dispensing channel 20, and which, in an open state allows passage of fluid from the dispensing channel 20 to the outlet 24, and, in a closed state , does not allow it.
La valve de distribution 28 est typiquement en Polyoléfine thermoplastique ou TPO (alliages de polyoléfines: polyéthylène et polypropylène) (souple, recyclable), PolyPropylène (PP) ou Polyéthylène (PE) modifié. Le TPO a pour avantage d'être souple, plus facilement recyclable si on prend la même sous famille (par exemple PP avec TPO base PP). The dispensing valve 28 is typically made from thermoplastic polyolefin or TPO (polyolefin alloys: polyethylene and polypropylene) (flexible, recyclable), PolyPropylene (PP) or modified polyethylene (PE). TPO has the advantage of being flexible, more easily recyclable if we take the same sub-family (for example PP with TPO base PP).
La valve de distribution 28 est agencée pour rester dans son état fermé tant que l'angle d'inclinaison 16 est inférieur à 2° ou 5° par rapport à la position stable 12. Le dispositif 100 est agencé pour ne pas s'incliner de plus de 2 degrés tant qu'un effort de seuil n'est pas atteint, ledit effort seuil correspondant, par exemple, à une force extérieure (perpendiculaire à la surface 26) de 0,5 kilogramme (Kg). The dispensing valve 28 is arranged to remain in its closed state as long as the angle of inclination 16 is less than 2 ° or 5 ° with respect to the stable position 12. The device 100 is arranged so as not to tilt. more than 2 degrees as long as a threshold force is not reached, said threshold force corresponding, for example, to an external force (perpendicular to the surface 26) of 0.5 kilogram (Kg).
Pour le dispositif 100, si la force extérieure 18 est supérieure ou égale à l'effort de seuil de 0,5Kg alors une surpression dans la poche 2 et dans le canal de distribution 20 permet d'ouvrir la valve de distribution 28, provoquant ainsi la distribution de fluide au niveau de la sortie 24. For the device 100, if the external force 18 is greater than or equal to the threshold force of 0.5 kg, then an overpressure in the pocket 2 and in the distribution 20 opens the distribution valve 28, thus causing the distribution of fluid at the outlet 24.
Si la force extérieure 18 est inférieure à l'effort de seuil lorsque la tête de distribution 10 est dans sa position stable 12, alors la tête de distribution 10 ne s'incline pas plus de 2 degrés par rapport à sa position stable 12. Dans le cas où la tête de distribution 10 est en position d'inclinaison 14, si la force extérieure 18 est inférieure à l'effort de seuil mais présent pour maintenir l'effort de rappel élastique de la poche 2 (précisément de la paroi déformable 4), alors la tête de distribution 10 reste inclinée dans sa position d'inclinaison 14. If the external force 18 is less than the threshold force when the dispensing head 10 is in its stable position 12, then the dispensing head 10 does not tilt more than 2 degrees from its stable position 12. In the case where the dispensing head 10 is in the tilting position 14, if the external force 18 is less than the threshold force but present to maintain the elastic return force of the pocket 2 (precisely of the deformable wall 4 ), then the dispensing head 10 remains inclined in its inclined position 14.
Dans le cas des FIGURES 1 à 3, la tête de distribution 10 comprend deux parties séparables 10i, IO2, dont : In the case of FIGURES 1 to 3, the distribution head 10 comprises two separable parts 10i, IO2, including:
- une partie supérieure 10i, dans laquelle est située la valve de distribution 28, et,- an upper part 10i, in which the distribution valve 28 is located, and,
- une partie inférieure IO2 fixée à la poche 2 et comprenant un dispositif anti goutte 30.- a lower part IO2 fixed to the bag 2 and comprising an anti-drip device 30.
Le dispositif anti-goutte 30 est situé à la jonction de ces deux parties 10i, IO2 et comprend un clapet 30i dans le canal de distribution 20, qui :The anti-drip device 30 is located at the junction of these two parts 10i, IO2 and comprises a valve 30i in the distribution channel 20, which:
- est agencé pour être ouvert et permettre le passage du fluide vers la sortie 24 lorsque ces deux parties 10i, IO2 sont assemblées, et,- is arranged to be open and allow the passage of the fluid to the outlet 24 when these two parts 10i, IO2 are assembled, and,
- est agencé pour être fermé lorsque ces deux parties 10i, IO2 sont séparées de manière à empêcher une sortie de fluide depuis cette partie inférieure IO2 vers l'extérieur du dispositif. - Is arranged to be closed when these two parts 10i, IO2 are separated so as to prevent an exit of fluid from this lower part IO2 to the outside of the device.
Les partie supérieure et inférieure 10i, IO2 sont emboîtées l'une dans l'autre. La valve de distribution 28 comprend une partie 28i, notamment une de ses extrémité 28i, agencée pour maintenir le clapet 30i du dispositif anti-goutte 30 dans son état ouvert, c'est-à-dire dans une position qui permet le passage du fluide vers la sortie 24, lorsque les deux parties 10i, IO2 de la tête 10 sont assemblées. L'extrémité 28i est de forme effilée de manière à ce qu'elle puisse ouvrir le clapet 30i du dispositif anti-goute 30 en direction d'une paroi interne du canal de distribution 20. Dans cette configuration, le dispositif anti-goutte 30 permet au fluide contenu dans la poche 2 d'être dirigé et acheminé vers la sortie 24. The upper and lower parts 10i, IO2 are nested one inside the other. The distribution valve 28 comprises a part 28i, in particular one of its ends 28i, arranged to maintain the valve 30i of the anti-drip device 30 in its open state, that is to say in a position which allows the passage of the fluid. towards the outlet 24, when the two parts 10i, IO2 of the head 10 are assembled. The end 28i is tapered in shape so that it can open the valve 30i of the anti-drip device 30 in the direction of an internal wall of the distribution channel 20. In this configuration, the anti-drip device 30 allows the fluid contained in the bag 2 to be directed and routed to the outlet 24.
La valve de distribution 28 comprend une partie 282 maintenue par serrage entre des parois internes du canal de distribution 20. The distribution valve 28 comprises a part 282 held by clamping between the internal walls of the distribution channel 20.
La valve de distribution 28 est logée dans un logement de distribution 80. Le logement 80 est une partie du canal 20. La partie 282 est immobile entre les états ouvert et fermé de la valve de distribution 28. The distribution valve 28 is housed in a distribution housing 80. The housing 80 is part of the channel 20. Part 282 is stationary between the open and closed states of dispensing valve 28.
Un conduit 283 permet le passage de fluide entre la partie 282 et les parois internes du logement 80 en direction de la sortie 24 lorsque la valve 28 (et plus précisément sa partie 284 mobile) est ouverte. A conduit 283 allows the passage of fluid between part 282 and the internal walls of housing 80 in the direction of outlet 24 when valve 28 (and more precisely its movable part 284) is open.
La valve de distribution 28 comprend une partie 284 mobile qui, dans l'état fermé de cette valve de distribution 28, est plaquée contre un siège de distribution 105 de manière à boucher ce siège de distribution 105, et dans l'état ouvert de cette valve de distribution 28, s'écarte du siège de distribution 105 de manière à ouvrir ce siège de distribution 105. The dispensing valve 28 comprises a movable part 284 which, in the closed state of this dispensing valve 28, is pressed against a dispensing seat 105 so as to plug this dispensing seat 105, and in the open state of this dispensing seat. dispensing valve 28, moves away from the dispensing seat 105 so as to open this dispensing seat 105.
Cette partie 284 est une membrane. This part 284 is a membrane.
La valve de distribution 28 comprend la partie 284 qui est insérée dans la partie supérieure 10i de la tête de distribution 10. La partie 284 est la partie de la valve de distribution 28 la plus proche de la sortie 24. Cette partie 284 est la membrane mobile 284 de la valve de distribution 28. The dispensing valve 28 comprises the part 284 which is inserted into the upper part 10i of the dispensing head 10. The part 284 is the part of the dispensing valve 28 closest to the outlet 24. This part 284 is the membrane. mobile 284 of the distribution valve 28.
La partie 284 est mobile entre les états ouvert et fermé de la valve de distribution 28. Part 284 is movable between the open and closed states of dispensing valve 28.
Le siège de distribution 105 est une partie latérale des parois internes du logement 80, c'est-à-dire que ce siège 105 est limité à une face, de préférence plane (ou galbé), des parois internes du logement 80, et ne fait pas tout le tour d'une section du logement 80 qui serait réalisée dans un plan perpendiculaire à la direction d'élongation de la partie du logement 80 renfermant la valve 28. The dispensing seat 105 is a lateral part of the internal walls of the housing 80, that is to say that this seat 105 is limited to one face, preferably flat (or curved), of the internal walls of the housing 80, and does not does not go all the way around a section of the housing 80 which would be made in a plane perpendicular to the direction of elongation of the part of the housing 80 enclosing the valve 28.
Dans un mode de réalisation d'un procédé de fabrication du dispositif 100, on monte la valve de distribution 28 dans le logement de distribution 80 par insertion de la valve de distribution 28 dans la tête supérieure 10i au niveau la jonction entre la tête supérieure 10i et inférieure IO2 avant que la tête supérieure 10i et inférieure IO2 ne soient assemblées ensemble. In one embodiment of a method of manufacturing the device 100, the dispensing valve 28 is mounted in the dispensing housing 80 by inserting the dispensing valve 28 into the upper head 10i at the junction between the upper head 10i and lower IO2 before the upper 10i and lower IO2 head are assembled together.
Le dispositif 100, notamment la partie supérieure 10i de la tête de distribution 10, comprend la sortie 24. The device 100, in particular the upper part 10i of the dispensing head 10, comprises the outlet 24.
La sortie 24 débouche sur l'extérieur du dispositif 100. The outlet 24 opens onto the outside of the device 100.
La sortie 24 est située à l'extrémité de la tête de distribution 10, notamment dans la partie supérieure 10i de la tête de distribution 10. La sortie 24 est positionnée du côté gauche de la tête de distribution 10 par rapport à l'axe A. La surface de contact 26 entoure ou borde la sortie 24. The outlet 24 is located at the end of the dispensing head 10, in particular in the upper part 10i of the dispensing head 10. The outlet 24 is positioned on the left side of the dispensing head 10 relative to the axis A . The contact surface 26 surrounds or borders the outlet 24.
La sortie 24 est agencée pour distribuer du fluide selon une direction sensiblement perpendiculaire à la surface d'appui 26. The outlet 24 is arranged to distribute the fluid in a direction substantially perpendicular to the bearing surface 26.
La sortie 24 est agencée pour distribuer du fluide selon une direction sensiblement perpendiculaire et de sens opposé à la force extérieure 18 s'exerçant sur la surface de contact 26 au niveau de la tête de distribution 10. The outlet 24 is arranged to distribute fluid in a direction substantially perpendicular and in a direction opposite to the external force 18 exerted on the contact surface 26 at the level of the distribution head 10.
Sur les FIGURES 1 à 4, la poche 2 est fixée au réservoir 6. Pour fixer la poche 2 au réservoir 6, le dispositif 100 comprend en outre des moyens 32 pour visser la poche 2 au fut 55 de manière à fixer le réservoir 6. In FIGURES 1 to 4, the bag 2 is fixed to the reservoir 6. To fix the bag 2 to the reservoir 6, the device 100 further comprises means 32 for screwing the bag 2 to the barrel 55 so as to fix the reservoir 6.
Les moyens pour visser 32 comprennent un pas de vis 32. The means for screwing 32 include a screw thread 32.
La poche 2 comprend un embout 34 agencé pour s'enfoncer (i.e. s'emboîter) dans le réservoir 6. L'embout 34 est rigide et de préférence en PP ou PE en et fait de préférence au moins 8 mm de long. L'orifice d'alimentation 8 est positionné à l'extrémité de l'embout 34. The pocket 2 comprises a tip 34 arranged to sink (i.e. fit into) the reservoir 6. The tip 34 is rigid and preferably in PP or PE and is preferably at least 8 mm long. The supply port 8 is positioned at the end of the nozzle 34.
Dans une variante de dispositif 100, l'embout 34 est enfoncé dans réservoir 6 de manière à fixer la poche 2 au le réservoir 6. In a variant of the device 100, the end piece 34 is pressed into the reservoir 6 so as to fix the bag 2 to the reservoir 6.
Sur le dispositif 100, le réservoir 6 comprend un opercule 36 agencé pour bloquer la circulation de fluide contenu dans le réservoir 6 vers la poche 2 tant que l'embout 34 de la poche 2 n'est pas enfoncé dans le réservoir 6. Ainsi, avant de positionner la poche 2 au-dessus du réservoir 6, le réservoir 6 est hermétique car l'opercule 36 n'est pas encore percé. On the device 100, the reservoir 6 comprises a cover 36 arranged to block the circulation of fluid contained in the reservoir 6 towards the bag 2 as long as the end piece 34 of the bag 2 is not pressed into the reservoir 6. Thus, before positioning the bag 2 above the reservoir 6, the reservoir 6 is airtight because the cover 36 has not yet been pierced.
L'embout 34 est agencé pour percer l'opercule 36. Ainsi, pour fixer la poche 2 au réservoir 6, il faut enfoncer l'embout 34 dans le réservoir 6 et ensuite visser les moyens 32 pour visser la poche 2 au fut 55 pour fixer le réservoir 6. Lors de l'étape de vissage des moyens 32 au fut 55, un doigt 75 disposé dans le fond du fut 55 presse le fond du réservoir 6 afin de faciliter l'amorçage du dispositif. Dans un autre mode de réalisation le réservoir 6 peut comprendre un contenant cylindrique rigide dans lequel coulisse un piston, le doigt 75 est alors agencé pour pousser le dit piston en passant à travers un orifice disposé dans le fond du réservoir cylindrique rigide. The end piece 34 is arranged to pierce the cover 36. Thus, to fix the bag 2 to the reservoir 6, it is necessary to push the end piece 34 into the reservoir 6 and then screw the means 32 for screwing the bag 2 to the barrel 55 for fixing the reservoir 6. During the step of screwing the means 32 to the barrel 55, a finger 75 placed in the bottom of the barrel 55 presses the bottom of the reservoir 6 in order to facilitate the priming of the device. In another embodiment, the reservoir 6 can comprise a rigid cylindrical container in which a piston slides, the finger 75 is then arranged to push the said piston by passing through an orifice arranged in the bottom of the rigid cylindrical reservoir.
Le dispositif 100 comprend une valve d'alimentation 38 positionnée au niveau de l'orifice d'alimentation 8, plus précisément à l'intérieur de l'embout 34 dans un siège d'alimentation 62, et qui, dans un état ouvert, permet le passage du fluide contenu dans le réservoir 6 vers la poche 2, et qui, dans un état fermé, ne le permet pas. The device 100 comprises a supply valve 38 positioned at the level of the supply port 8, more precisely inside the nozzle 34 in a supply seat 62, and which, in an open state, allows the passage of the fluid contained in the reservoir 6 towards the bag 2, and which, in a closed state, does not allow it.
Dans les FIGURES 1 à 3, le réservoir 6 est agencé pour réduire son volume intérieur après chaque état d'ouverture de la valve d'alimentation 38. Sur les FIGURES 1 à 4, la pièce du réservoir 6 comprend en outre la valve d'alimentation 38 logée au niveau du siège d'alimentation 62, ladite valve 38 étant située à la jonction entre le volume intérieur de la poche 2 et un volume intérieur du réservoir 6. In FIGURES 1 to 3, the reservoir 6 is arranged to reduce its internal volume after each state of opening of the supply valve 38. In FIGURES 1 to 4, the part of the reservoir 6 further comprises the valve of. supply 38 housed at the level of the supply seat 62, said valve 38 being located at the junction between the internal volume of the pocket 2 and an internal volume of the reservoir 6.
La valve d'alimentation 38 du dispositif 100 est illustrée en FIGURE 6. The supply valve 38 of device 100 is shown in FIGURE 6.
La valve d'alimentation 38 comprend deux parties. Une partie supérieure, formé par un cylindre et une partie inférieure. La partie inférieure de la valve d'alimentation 38 comprend un poussoir ou une membrane 38i. La valve d'alimentation 38 est typiquement en TPO. The supply valve 38 has two parts. An upper part, formed by a cylinder and a lower part. The lower part of the supply valve 38 comprises a pusher or a membrane 38i. The supply valve 38 is typically made of TPO.
La valve d'alimentation 38 est située à l'intérieur de la poche 2 et est agencée pour : The supply valve 38 is located inside the pocket 2 and is designed for:
- dans son état fermé, se plaquer contre l'orifice d'alimentation 8, et - in its closed state, press against the supply port 8, and
- dans son état ouvert, s'écarter de l'orifice d'alimentation 8. - in its open state, move away from the supply port 8.
Au repos, c'est-à-dire sans que le dispositif 100 ne subisse de contrainte ou de force extérieure 18, la valve d'alimentation 38 est dans son état fermé. At rest, that is to say without the device 100 being subjected to any stress or external force 18, the supply valve 38 is in its closed state.
La valve d'alimentation 38 comprend un second dispositif anti-goutte situé avec la valve 38 et le siège d'alimentation 62, à l'intérieur de l'embout 34. Ce second dispositif anti-goutte est agencé pour limiter la quantité de produit restant dans l'orifice d'alimentation 8. Le second dispositif anti-goutte peut être confondu avec la valve d'alimentation 38. La valve d'alimentation 38 est agencée pour être fermée si on applique un effort sur la poche 2. The supply valve 38 comprises a second anti-drip device situated with the valve 38 and the supply seat 62, inside the nozzle 34. This second anti-drip device is designed to limit the quantity of product. remaining in the supply orifice 8. The second anti-drip device can be merged with the supply valve 38. The supply valve 38 is designed to be closed if a force is applied to the bag 2.
De préférence, même si cela est moins essentiel, au repos, c'est-à-dire sans que le dispositif 100 ne subisse de contrainte ou de force extérieure 18, la valve 38 est aussi dans son état fermé. Preferably, even if this is less essential, at rest, that is to say without the device 100 being subjected to any stress or external force 18, the valve 38 is also in its closed state.
Quand la poche 2 est remplie de fluide à distribuer et que le volume de la poche 2 diminue (par exemple du fait d'une augmentation et/ou une application de la force extérieure 18 sur la surface de contact 26) : When the bag 2 is filled with fluid to be dispensed and the volume of the bag 2 decreases (for example due to an increase and / or an application of the external force 18 on the contact surface 26):
- la valve de distribution 28 (plus exactement la membrane 284) s'écarte du siège de distribution 105 et la valve de distribution 28 est dans son état ouvert ; du fluide sort par la sortie 24 et la poche 2 se vide au moins partiellement, - the distribution valve 28 (more exactly the membrane 284) moves away from the distribution seat 105 and the distribution valve 28 is in its state open; fluid comes out through outlet 24 and bag 2 empties at least partially,
- la valve d'alimentation 38 est plaquée contre la paroi interne de l'embout 34 de la poche 2 (notamment le clapet 38i de la valve 38) et bloque le passage de fluide provenant de l'orifice d'alimentation 8. La valve d'alimentation 38 est dans son état fermé ; du fluide ne peut pas (ou quasiment pas) s'échapper de la poche 2 vers le réservoir 6. - The supply valve 38 is pressed against the internal wall of the end piece 34 of the pocket 2 (in particular the valve 38i of the valve 38) and blocks the passage of fluid from the supply orifice 8. The valve power supply 38 is in its closed state; fluid cannot (or hardly ever) escape from bag 2 to reservoir 6.
Quand la poche 2 est remplie de fluide à distribuer et que le volume de la poche 2 augmente (par exemple en relâchant la force extérieure 18 sur la surface de contact 26) : When the bag 2 is filled with the fluid to be dispensed and the volume of the bag 2 increases (for example by releasing the external force 18 on the contact surface 26):
- la valve de distribution 28 (plus exactement la membrane 284) se plaque sur le siège de distribution 105 et la valve 28 est dans son état fermé ; du fluide ne peut pas passer de la poche 2 à la sortie 24, the distribution valve 28 (more precisely the membrane 284) is pressed against the distribution seat 105 and the valve 28 is in its closed state; fluid cannot pass from bag 2 to outlet 24,
- la valve d'alimentation 38 est « aspirée » et le clapet 38i de la valve 38 s'écarte des parois internes de l'embout 34 de la poche 2 donnant sur l'orifice d'alimentation 8. La valve 38 est dans son état ouvert ; du fluide peut passer du réservoir 6 (en passant par l'orifice d'alimentation 8) vers la poche 2 de manière à re-remplir la poche 2. - The supply valve 38 is "sucked" and the flap 38i of the valve 38 moves away from the internal walls of the end piece 34 of the pocket 2 giving onto the supply port 8. The valve 38 is in its position. open state; fluid can pass from the reservoir 6 (passing through the supply port 8) to the bag 2 so as to refill the bag 2.
Le réservoir 6 est équipé d'une pièce 64 comprenant une jupe d'étanchéité 60 muni de l'opercule 36, ladite jupe d'étanchéité 60 étant située à la jonction l'embout 34 de la poche 2 et l'enveloppe supérieure du réservoir 6. The reservoir 6 is equipped with a part 64 comprising a sealing skirt 60 provided with the cap 36, said sealing skirt 60 being located at the junction of the end piece 34 of the pocket 2 and the upper casing of the reservoir. 6.
La pièce 64 du réservoir 6 est solidaire de l'enveloppe intérieure du réservoir 6. La pièce 64 du réservoir 6 est notamment située dans la partie supérieure du réservoir 6, c'est-à-dire dans un logement du réservoir 6 situé à la jonction entre le réservoir 6 et l'embout 34 de la poche 2. The part 64 of the reservoir 6 is integral with the inner shell of the reservoir 6. The part 64 of the reservoir 6 is in particular located in the upper part of the reservoir 6, that is to say in a housing of the reservoir 6 located at the bottom. junction between the reservoir 6 and the end piece 34 of the bag 2.
L'orifice d'alimentation 8 est situé à l'extrémité de l'embout 34, c'est-à-dire à la jonction entre le réservoir 6 et la poche 2. The feed orifice 8 is located at the end of the nozzle 34, that is to say at the junction between the reservoir 6 and the bag 2.
La FIGURE 5 illustre la jupe d'étanchéité 60 comprenant l'opercule 36. FIGURE 5 illustrates the sealing skirt 60 including the cap 36.
La jupe d'étanchéité 60 est typiquement en PP et l'opercule 36 en PP. L'opercule 36 est fait de la même matière que la jupe d'étanchéité 60. Il y a continuité de matière entre la jupe d'étanchéité 60 et l'opercule 36. Ainsi, la jupe d'étanchéité 60 et l'opercule 36 forment une seule pièce. Le réservoir 6 est de préférence en Polyoléfine et est réalisé par soufflage. Les FIGURES 1 et 2 représentent typiquement deux configurations du dispositif 100 agencé pour distribuer un fluide. The sealing skirt 60 is typically made of PP and the cap 36 of PP. The cap 36 is made of the same material as the sealing skirt 60. There is continuity of material between the sealing skirt 60 and the cap 36. Thus, the sealing skirt 60 and the cap 36 form one piece. The reservoir 6 is preferably made of polyolefin and is produced by blowing. FIGURES 1 and 2 typically show two configurations of device 100 arranged to dispense a fluid.
Le fluide comprend un liquide et/ou un gaz, et est de préférence un liquide, une crème, une pâte, un gel ou un mélange de ces derniers. The fluid comprises a liquid and / or a gas, and is preferably a liquid, a cream, a paste, a gel or a mixture thereof.
Le plane de la jonction entre la tête supérieure 10i et inférieure IO2 et le plan dans lequel est situé l'orifice de distribution 22 sont parallèles. The plane of the junction between the upper head 10i and lower IO2 and the plane in which the dispensing orifice 22 is located are parallel.
Sur les FIGURES 1 à 3, la tête de distribution 10 s'étend majoritairement longitudinalement suivant l'axe A. In FIGURES 1 to 3, the distribution head 10 extends mainly longitudinally along the axis A.
Sauf mention contraire, dans toute la présente description, l'axe A sera défini par défaut comme étant l'axe A dans la position stable 12. Unless stated otherwise, throughout this description, the A axis will be defined by default as the A axis in the stable position 12.
Cet axe A passe par le barycentre de l'orifice de distribution 22 et l'axe central du canal de distribution 20. This axis A passes through the barycenter of the distribution orifice 22 and the central axis of the distribution channel 20.
L'axe central du canal de distribution 20 passe par le barycentre de la jonction entre la tête supérieure 10i et inférieure IO2. The central axis of the distribution channel 20 passes through the barycenter of the junction between the upper head 10i and lower IO2.
En FIGURE 1, aucune force extérieure n'est appliquée au niveau de la surface de contact 26. La tête de distribution 10 est donc en position stable 12. Ainsi, le dispositif 100 est dit en position stable 12 lorsque le plan contenant l'arrête 66 de la poche 2 et le plan contenant l'orifice de distribution 22 sont parallèles. Dans ce cas, l'axe A coupe perpendiculairement l'arrête 66 de la poche 2, notamment en son barycentre. In FIGURE 1, no external force is applied at the level of the contact surface 26. The dispensing head 10 is therefore in a stable position 12. Thus, the device 100 is said to be in a stable position 12 when the plane containing it stops. 66 of the pocket 2 and the plane containing the dispensing orifice 22 are parallel. In this case, the axis A intersects perpendicularly the stop 66 of the pocket 2, in particular at its barycenter.
En FIGURE 2, la force extérieure 18 est exercée au niveau de la surface de contact 26. La tête de distribution 10 est donc en position inclinée 14. Le plan contenant l'arrête 66 de la poche 2 et le plan contenant l'orifice de distribution 22 ne sont plus parallèles. L'axe A passe par le barycentre de l'arrête 66 mais ne la coupe pas perpendiculairement. In FIGURE 2, the external force 18 is exerted at the level of the contact surface 26. The dispensing head 10 is therefore in an inclined position 14. The plane containing the stop 66 of the pocket 2 and the plane containing the orifice of distribution 22 are no longer parallel. The axis A passes through the barycenter of the stop 66 but does not intersect it perpendicularly.
La tête de distribution 10 s'incline selon l'angle d'inclinaison 16. L'angle d'inclinaison 16 se définit, en FIGURE 2, par l'angle entre (par exemple au niveau de l'intersection sur l'arrête 66) de : The dispensing head 10 tilts according to the angle of inclination 16. The angle of inclination 16 is defined, in FIGURE 2, by the angle between (for example at the level of the intersection on the ridge 66 ) from:
- l'axe A ou la direction longitudinale de la tête 10 dans la position stable 12 de la tête de distribution 10, avec - the axis A or the longitudinal direction of the head 10 in the stable position 12 of the dispensing head 10, with
- l'axe A ou la direction longitudinale de la tête 10 dans la position d'inclinaison 14 de la tête de distribution 10, c'est-à-dire typiquement lorsque l'orifice de distribution 22 n'est plus parallèle à l'arrête 66 de la poche 2. Cet angle 16 est le même entre : - the axis A or the longitudinal direction of the head 10 in the tilting position 14 of the dispensing head 10, that is to say typically when the dispensing orifice 22 is no longer parallel to the stop 66 from pocket 2. This angle 16 is the same between:
- la direction reliant l'orifice de distribution 22 à la sortie 24 et/ou à la surface 26 dans la position stable 12 de la tête de distribution 10, et - the direction connecting the dispensing orifice 22 to the outlet 24 and / or to the surface 26 in the stable position 12 of the dispensing head 10, and
- la direction reliant l'orifice de distribution 22 à la sortie 24 et/ou à la surface 26 dans la position d'inclinaison 14 de la tête de distribution 10. - the direction connecting the dispensing orifice 22 to the outlet 24 and / or to the surface 26 in the tilting position 14 of the dispensing head 10.
En FIGURE 2, la tête de distribution 10 est typiquement inclinée suivant une position d'inclinaison 14 de 25 degrés (25 °). Toutefois, la tête de distribution 10 peut s'incliner dans d'autres positions d'inclinaison 14. Dans le cas considéré, la tête de distribution 10 s'incline du côté droit par rapport à l'axe A de la tête de distribution 10. In FIGURE 2, the dispensing head 10 is typically tilted in a tilt position 14 of 25 degrees (25 °). However, the dispensing head 10 can tilt in other tilting positions 14. In the case considered, the dispensing head 10 tilts on the right side with respect to the axis A of the dispensing head 10. .
En effet, la tête de distribution 10, en dehors de sa position stable 12 et selon différentes positions inclinées 14 possibles, est agencée pour atteindre une position d'inclinaison maximale lorsque l'angle d'inclinaison 16 est incliné d'au moins de 20°, de préférence 30 degrés, voire même au moins 45 degrés, par rapport à ladite position stable 12, ladite position d'inclinaison maximale étant agencée pour diminuer le volume intérieur de la poche 2 typiquement d'au moins 20 %. Ainsi, la tête de distribution 10 ne peut pas s'incliner au-delà de la position d'inclinaison maximale, même si la force extérieure 18 est supérieure à la force seuil. Si le dispositif 100 est dans sa position d'inclinaison maximale et qu'une force extérieure 18 supérieure à la force seuil est appliquée au niveau de la surface de contact 26, alors une telle force extérieure 18 pourrait endommager le dispositif 100. In fact, the dispensing head 10, outside of its stable position 12 and according to various possible inclined positions 14, is arranged to reach a position of maximum inclination when the angle of inclination 16 is inclined by at least 20 °, preferably 30 degrees, or even at least 45 degrees, relative to said stable position 12, said position of maximum inclination being designed to reduce the internal volume of the pocket 2, typically by at least 20%. Thus, the dispensing head 10 cannot tilt beyond the maximum tilt position, even if the external force 18 is greater than the threshold force. If the device 100 is in its maximum tilt position and an external force 18 greater than the threshold force is applied at the contact surface 26, then such external force 18 could damage the device 100.
Les FIGURES 7 à 12 illustrent un autre mode de réalisation d'un dispositif 700 pour distribuer un fluide. Le dispositif 700 comprend tous les éléments du dispositif 100. Ainsi, seules les différences avec le dispositif 100 seront décrites. Dans cette partie, on considère que l'axe A est défini par l'axe sur lequel est centré la tête de distribution 10. FIGURES 7 to 12 illustrate another embodiment of a device 700 for dispensing a fluid. The device 700 comprises all the elements of the device 100. Thus, only the differences with the device 100 will be described. In this part, we consider that the axis A is defined by the axis on which the dispensing head 10 is centered.
La valve de distribution 28 du dispositif 700 comprend tous les éléments de la valve de distribution 28 du dispositif 100 sauf la partie 28i, extrémité de forme effilée 28i, de la valve de distribution 28 du dispositif 100. The dispensing valve 28 of the device 700 comprises all the elements of the dispensing valve 28 of the device 100 except the part 28i, tapered end 28i, of the dispensing valve 28 of the device 100.
Dans le dispositif 700, la paroi déformable 4 de la poche 2 comprend un soufflet 44. Le soufflet 44 est un soufflet 44 comprenant un pli. Dans une variante de réalisation, le dispositif 700 peut comprendre au moins un pli. In the device 700, the deformable wall 4 of the pocket 2 comprises a bellows 44. The bellows 44 is a bellows 44 comprising a ply. In an alternative embodiment, the device 700 can include at least one fold.
Le soufflet 44 est de forme cylindrique et est centré, lorsque le dispositif 700 est en position stable 12, sur un axe colinéaire à l'axe A. Dans ce cas, le soufflet 44 comprend donc sur sa paroi extérieure des ondulations se propageant de manière parallèle à l'axe A, c'est-à-dire parallèle à la direction d'élongation de la tête de distribution 10. The bellows 44 is cylindrical in shape and is centered, when the device 700 is in a stable position 12, on an axis collinear with the axis A. In this case, the bellows 44 therefore comprises on its outer wall corrugations propagating in a manner parallel to the axis A, that is to say parallel to the direction of elongation of the dispensing head 10.
En FIGURE 7, le dispositif 700 est en position stable 12. In FIGURE 7, the device 700 is in a stable position 12.
Les deux parties 4i et 42 de la paroi déformable 4 sont identiques. Le dispositif 700 peut donc s'incliner suivant différentes positions d'inclinaison 14 des deux côtés de l'axe d'élongation de la tête de distribution 10 voire même dans toutes les directions d'inclinaison de la tête de distribution 10 autour de l'axe A. The two parts 4i and 42 of the deformable wall 4 are identical. The device 700 can therefore tilt according to different tilting positions 14 on both sides of the axis of elongation of the dispensing head 10 or even in all the directions of tilting of the dispensing head 10 around the axis A.
Le soufflet 44 est aussi agencé pour être comprimé lorsqu'une force extérieure 18, comprenant au moins une composante parallèle à l'axe du cylindre du soufflet 44 et orientée dans le sens du réservoir 6, est appliquée au niveau de la tête de distribution 10. The bellows 44 is also arranged to be compressed when an external force 18, comprising at least one component parallel to the axis of the cylinder of the bellows 44 and oriented in the direction of the reservoir 6, is applied at the level of the dispensing head 10. .
Le soufflet 44 est en TPO Bellows 44 is made of TPO
Le dispositif 700 comprend des moyens de blocage 50 agencés pour limiter et/ou empêcher un étirement d'un des côtés du soufflet 44 lors d'une quelconque position inclinée de la tête de distribution 10. En effet, le soufflet 44 de la poche 2 est compris dans un boîtier rigide 50 servant de moyen de blocage 50. Ainsi, lorsque le soufflet 44 s'incline du côté gauche sur la figure 8, la partie 42 de la paroi déformable du soufflet 44 s'affaisse et se replie sur elle-même tandis que la partie 4i s'étire légèrement et va venir en butée contre le boîtier rigide 50. L'extension de la partie 4i de la paroi déformable 4 est donc bloquée par le boîtier rigide 50. The device 700 comprises locking means 50 arranged to limit and / or prevent stretching of one of the sides of the bellows 44 during any inclined position of the dispensing head 10. In fact, the bellows 44 of the pocket 2 is included in a rigid housing 50 serving as a locking means 50. Thus, when the bellows 44 tilts to the left side in Figure 8, the portion 42 of the deformable wall of the bellows 44 collapses and folds over it. even while the part 4i stretches slightly and will come into abutment against the rigid housing 50. The extension of the part 4i of the deformable wall 4 is therefore blocked by the rigid housing 50.
Les moyens de blocage 50 sont aussi agencés pour limiter et/ou empêcher un étirement du soufflet 44 lorsque le soufflet 44 est soumis à une quelconque force d'étirement. The locking means 50 are also arranged to limit and / or prevent stretching of the bellows 44 when the bellows 44 is subjected to any stretching force.
Ainsi, la distance séparant les deux extrémités de la partie 4i de la paroi déformable 4, dans la position inclinée 14, est égale ou que très légèrement supérieure à la distance séparant les deux extrémités de la partie 4i de la paroi déformable 4 de la position stable 12. La distance séparant les deux extrémités de la partie 42 de la paroi déformable 4, dans la position inclinée 14, est inférieure à la distance séparant les deux extrémités de la partie 42 de la paroi déformable 4 de la position stable 12. Thus, the distance separating the two ends of the part 4i of the deformable wall 4, in the inclined position 14, is equal or only very slightly greater than the distance separating the two ends of the part 4i of the deformable wall 4 from the position stable 12. The distance separating the two ends of the part 42 of the deformable wall 4, in the inclined position 14, is less than the distance separating the two ends of the part 42 of the deformable wall 4 from the stable position 12.
La distance séparant les deux extrémités de la partie 4i de la paroi déformable 4, dans la position inclinée, est supérieure ou égale à la distance séparant les deux extrémités de la partie 42 de la paroi déformable 4 de la position inclinée 14. The distance separating the two ends of the part 4i of the deformable wall 4, in the inclined position, is greater than or equal to the distance separating the two ends of the part 42 of the deformable wall 4 from the inclined position 14.
Dans le cas où le soufflet 44 est comprimé, alors la distance séparant les deux extrémités des parties 4i et 42 de la paroi déformable 4 sont inférieures à la distance séparant les deux extrémités des parties 4i et 42 de la paroi déformable 4 lorsqu'aucune force n'est exercée sur la tête de distribution 10. In the case where the bellows 44 is compressed, then the distance separating the two ends of the parts 4i and 42 of the deformable wall 4 are less than the distance separating the two ends of the parts 4i and 42 of the deformable wall 4 when no force is exerted on the distribution head 10.
En FIGURE 8, la tête de distribution 10 est inclinée du côté gauche de l'axe d'élongation de la tête de distribution 10. In FIGURE 8, the dispensing head 10 is tilted to the left side of the axis of elongation of the dispensing head 10.
Il y a donc une dissymétrie entre les deux parties 4i et 42 de la paroi déformable 4 du soufflet 44 dans la position 14. There is therefore an asymmetry between the two parts 4i and 42 of the deformable wall 4 of the bellows 44 in position 14.
La poche 2 du dispositif 700 comprend deux embouts 34i et 342 positionnés au niveau des deux extrémités, supérieure et inférieure, de la poche 2. The pocket 2 of the device 700 comprises two nozzles 34i and 342 positioned at the two ends, upper and lower, of the pocket 2.
L'extrémité supérieure de la poche 2 comprend une surface de maintien 68. The upper end of the pocket 2 comprises a retaining surface 68.
Les embouts 34i et 342 sont de forme cylindrique. The tips 34i and 342 are cylindrical in shape.
La poche 2 ou le module 46 comprend des moyens 32 pour visser la poche 2 à la tête de distribution 10. Le module 46 peut s'emboiter ou se visser dans la poche 2. The pocket 2 or the module 46 comprises means 32 for screwing the pocket 2 to the dispensing head 10. The module 46 can fit or screw into the pocket 2.
Les moyens 32 pour visser comprennent un pas de vis 32. The means 32 for screwing include a screw thread 32.
L'embout 34i est positionné sur l'extrémité supérieure de la poche 2, c'est- à-dire sur la surface de maintien 68, et est agencé pour se visser à l'intérieur du canal de distribution 20 dans la tête de distribution 10. The tip 34i is positioned on the upper end of the pocket 2, that is to say on the holding surface 68, and is arranged to be screwed inside the distribution channel 20 in the distribution head. 10.
Le pas de vis 32 est positionné sur la paroi externe de l'embout 34i. Ainsi, l'embout 34i à la tête de distribution 10 se visse à l'intérieur de la tête de distribution 10. The thread 32 is positioned on the outer wall of the end piece 34i. Thus, the nozzle 34i to the distribution head 10 is screwed inside the distribution head 10.
L'embout 342 est positionné sur l'extrémité inférieure de la poche 2, c'est- à-dire sur une surface de la poche 2 opposée à la surface de maintien 68. L'embout 342 est agencé pour s'emboiter dans et/ou être solidaire du réservoir 6. The tip 342 is positioned on the lower end of the pocket 2, that is to say on a surface of the pocket 2 opposite to the holding surface 68. The tip 342 is arranged to fit into and / or be integral with the tank 6.
Lorsque le dispositif 700 n'est pas soumis à une force extérieure 18, par exemple sur la FIGURE 7, la surface de maintien 68 est une surface plane. Le dispositif 700 est agencé pour que l'extrémité supérieure de la poche 2, notamment la surface de maintien 68, se déforme le moins possible pour maximiser la diminution de volume de la poche 2. Cela peut passer par : When the device 700 is not subjected to an external force 18, for example in FIGURE 7, the holding surface 68 is a planar surface. The device 700 is arranged so that the upper end of the pocket 2, in particular the retaining surface 68, deforms as little as possible to maximize the reduction in volume of the pocket 2. This may take place:
-une surface de maintien 68 suffisamment rigide pour que sa déformation, causée par l'inclinaison de la poche 2, au niveau de la fixation de l'embout 34i, comprennent seulement des hauteurs de déformation inférieures ou égales à 2 ou 3 mm par rapport à la surface plane de la surface de maintien 68 (soit quand aucune force n'est appliquée au niveau de la surface de contact 26), et/ou a retaining surface 68 sufficiently rigid so that its deformation, caused by the inclination of the pocket 2, at the level of the attachment of the end piece 34i, only include deformation heights less than or equal to 2 or 3 mm with respect to to the flat surface of the support surface 68 (either when no force is applied at the contact surface 26), and / or
- une consolidation de l'extrémité supérieure de la poche 68 (avec des parois de l'embout 34i). Ladite consolidation pouvant être typiquement réalisée au niveau d'un plateau 52 (ou poussoir 52) solidaire de la tête de distribution 10 et étant de préférence fixée par emboîtement de la poche 2 sur l'embout 34i au niveau du plateau 52 (ou poussoir 52) de la tête de distribution 10, et/ou - Consolidation of the upper end of the pocket 68 (with the walls of the end piece 34i). Said consolidation can typically be produced at the level of a plate 52 (or pusher 52) integral with the dispensing head 10 and preferably being fixed by interlocking the pocket 2 on the end piece 34i at the level of the plate 52 (or pusher 52 ) of the distribution head 10, and / or
- l'embout 34i qui comprend un diamètre extérieur presque aussi grand que le diamètre du soufflet 44, par exemple étant d'au moins deux tiers du diamètre du soufflet 44. the end piece 34i which comprises an outside diameter almost as large as the diameter of the bellows 44, for example being at least two thirds of the diameter of the bellows 44.
La tête de distribution 10 est une seule est unique pièce qui se décompose en : The dispensing head 10 is a single piece which is broken down into:
- une partie médiane (de préférence cylindrique) , centrée sur l'axe A, et dans laquelle est disposée en son centre le canal de distribution 20, - a middle part (preferably cylindrical), centered on the axis A, and in which the distribution channel 20 is arranged in its center,
- un applicateur, porté par la partie médiane, et comprenant au moins une forme galbée (i.e. une courbe) comprenant la surface de contact 26 et/ou la sortie 24. Pour le dispositif 700, la forme galbée est une sphère et s'étend sur toute la surface de l'applicateur ; - an applicator, carried by the median part, and comprising at least one curved shape (ie a curve) comprising the contact surface 26 and / or the outlet 24. For the device 700, the curved shape is a sphere and extends over the entire surface of the applicator;
- une partie, sous la forme de plateau 52, portant la partie médiane et positionnée à l'extrémité de la tête de distribution 10, c'est à dire l'extrémité de la tête de distribution 10 donnant sur la surface de maintien 68 de la poche 2. - a part, in the form of a plate 52, carrying the middle part and positioned at the end of the dispensing head 10, that is to say the end of the dispensing head 10 facing the holding surface 68 of pocket 2.
La partie sous forme de plateau 52 et donnant sur la surface de maintien 68 comprend le poussoir 52. The part in the form of a plate 52 and opening onto the holding surface 68 comprises the pusher 52.
Le canal de distribution 20 traverse toutes les parties de la tête de distribution 10 et est centré sur l'axe central de la tête de distribution 10, soit sur l'axe A. L'applicateur, c'est-à-dire la partie de forme sphérique de la tête de distribution 10, est situé à l'extrémité supérieure de la tête de distribution 10 et comprend ainsi la sortie 24 par laquelle le fluide du dispositif 700 s'échappe. The distribution channel 20 passes through all the parts of the distribution head 10 and is centered on the central axis of the distribution head 10, or on the axis A. The applicator, that is to say the spherically shaped part of the dispensing head 10, is located at the upper end of the dispensing head 10 and thus comprises the outlet 24 through which the fluid of the device 700 s 'escapes.
La sortie 24 du dispositif 700 est agencée pour distribuer du fluide selon la direction d'élongation de la tête de distribution 10. The outlet 24 of the device 700 is arranged to distribute fluid in the direction of elongation of the distribution head 10.
La surface de contact 26 de la tête de distribution 10, précisément de l'applicateur, s'étend sur tout le périmètre de la forme galbée de l'applicateur et donc sur toute la partie sphérique de la tête de distribution 10. De cette manière, le dispositif 700 comprend une surface de contact 26 étendue ce qui permet d'exercer une force extérieure 18 à une multitude de positions localisées sur l'applicateur de la tête de distribution 10. Le dispositif 700 peut donc s'adapter à différentes formes d'application de force extérieure 18. The contact surface 26 of the dispensing head 10, precisely of the applicator, extends over the entire perimeter of the curved shape of the applicator and therefore over the entire spherical part of the dispensing head 10. In this way. , the device 700 comprises an extended contact surface 26 which makes it possible to exert an external force 18 at a multitude of positions located on the applicator of the dispensing head 10. The device 700 can therefore be adapted to different shapes of application of external force 18.
Dans le cas de la FIGURE 7, aucune force extérieure 18 n'est appliquée sur la surface de contact 26. In the case of FIGURE 7, no external force 18 is applied to the contact surface 26.
La direction longitudinale de la tête de distribution est définie par l'axe A, soit l'axe sur lequel est centré la partie médiane de la tête de distribution 10. The longitudinal direction of the dispensing head is defined by the axis A, i.e. the axis on which the median part of the dispensing head 10 is centered.
La tête de distribution 10 et le réservoir 6 sont alignés axialement selon la direction longitudinale quand la tête 10 est dans sa position stable 12, c'est-à-dire qu'il y a une co-axialité de la tête de distribution 10 avec le réservoir 6. The distribution head 10 and the reservoir 6 are aligned axially in the longitudinal direction when the head 10 is in its stable position 12, that is to say that there is a co-axiality of the distribution head 10 with the tank 6.
La tête de distribution 10 et la poche 2 sont aussi alignées axialement selon la direction longitudinale quand la tête 10 est dans sa position stable 12, c'est-à- dire qu'il y a une co-axialité de la tête de distribution 10 avec la poche 2. The dispensing head 10 and the pocket 2 are also aligned axially in the longitudinal direction when the head 10 is in its stable position 12, that is to say that there is a co-axiality of the dispensing head 10. with pocket 2.
La tête de distribution 10 est agencée pour s'incliner du côté opposé sur lequel la force extérieure 18 s'exerce au niveau de la surface de contact 26. The dispensing head 10 is arranged to tilt on the opposite side on which the external force 18 is exerted at the level of the contact surface 26.
L'agencement du dispositif 700, c'est à dire l'utilisation du soufflet 44 et d'une surface de contact 26 sphérique fait que la tête de distribution 10 et la poche 2 suivent le même mouvement d'inclinaison lorsque la force extérieur 18 est appliquée au dispositif 700 au niveau de la surface de contact 26. The arrangement of the device 700, i.e. the use of the bellows 44 and of a spherical contact surface 26 causes the dispensing head 10 and the bag 2 to follow the same tilting movement when the external force 18 is applied to the device 700 at the contact surface 26.
En FIGURE 8, une force extérieure 18 s'exerce du côté droit de la surface de contact 26. La tête de distribution 10 et la poche 2 sont inclinées du côté gauche de l'axe d'élongation de la tête de distribution 10, c'est-à-dire du côté gauche de l'axe A. In FIGURE 8, an external force 18 is exerted on the right side of the contact surface 26. The dispensing head 10 and the pocket 2 are inclined to the left side of the elongation axis of the dispensing head 10, c 'that is to say on the left side of axis A.
La tête de distribution 10 est équipée du poussoir 52 agencé pour : - se plaquer sur la surface de maintien 68 de la poche 2, de préférence une surface de maintien 68 du soufflet 44, et The distribution head 10 is equipped with the pusher 52 designed for: - press against the retaining surface 68 of the pocket 2, preferably a retaining surface 68 of the bellows 44, and
- maintenir fixe ladite surface de maintien 68 par rapport à la tête de distribution 10. - Keep said retaining surface 68 fixed relative to the dispensing head 10.
Dans le cas de la FIGURE 8, lorsque la tête de distribution 10 est inclinée, les moyens de blocage 50 appuient sur le poussoir 52 et le poussoir 52 appuie lui- même sur la surface de maintien 68 de la poche 2. En FIGURES 7 et 8, la surface de maintien 68 et le poussoir 52 sont maintenus assemblés par serrage des moyens de blocage 50 sur un boîtier 70 contenant le réservoir 6. In the case of FIGURE 8, when the dispensing head 10 is tilted, the locking means 50 press on the pusher 52 and the pusher 52 itself bears on the retaining surface 68 of the pocket 2. In FIGURES 7 and 8, the retaining surface 68 and the pusher 52 are held assembled by clamping the locking means 50 on a housing 70 containing the reservoir 6.
Le boîtier 70 peut être en métal et/ou en polymère. The housing 70 can be made of metal and / or of polymer.
Les moyens de blocage 50, c'est-à-dire le boîtier rigide 50, sont agencés pour limiter et/ou empêcher un étirement d'un des côtés de la poche 2, et limitant ainsi l'inclinaison de la tête de distribution 10. The locking means 50, that is to say the rigid housing 50, are arranged to limit and / or prevent stretching of one of the sides of the pocket 2, and thus limit the inclination of the dispensing head 10. .
Le moyen de blocage 50 est de forme cylindrique. The locking means 50 is cylindrical in shape.
Le moyen 50 comprend un orifice d'insertion de la tête 10. The means 50 comprises an orifice for inserting the head 10.
La tête de distribution 10 est agencée dans l'orifice des moyens de blocage 50. Ainsi l'orifice des moyens de blocage 50 entoure la partie médiane de la tête de distribution 10. L'orifice des moyens de blocage 50 comprend donc un diamètre interne plus grand que la partie médiane de la tête de distribution 10 de manière à autoriser l'inclinaison de la tête de distribution 10 tout en la limitant. The distribution head 10 is arranged in the orifice of the blocking means 50. Thus the orifice of the blocking means 50 surrounds the middle part of the distribution head 10. The orifice of the blocking means 50 therefore comprises an internal diameter larger than the middle part of the dispensing head 10 so as to allow the tilt of the dispensing head 10 while limiting it.
Ainsi, le diamètre interne et/ou externe des moyens de blocage 50 peut être choisi de manière à définir l'angle d'inclinaison maximal. Thus, the internal and / or external diameter of the locking means 50 can be chosen so as to define the maximum angle of inclination.
Les moyens de blocage 50 comprennent, sur une paroi extérieure, des moyens pour visser 102 les moyens de blocage 50 au boîtier rigide 70 comprenant le réservoir 6. Le boîtier rigide 70 est agencé pour contenir tout le volume du réservoir 6. The locking means 50 comprise, on an outer wall, means for screwing 102 the locking means 50 to the rigid housing 70 comprising the reservoir 6. The rigid housing 70 is designed to contain the entire volume of the reservoir 6.
Le réservoir 6 est équipé d'une pièce comprenant : Tank 6 is fitted with a part comprising:
- la valve d'alimentation 38 logée au niveau d'un siège d'alimentation, ladite valve 38 étant située à la jonction entre le volume intérieur de la poche 2 et un volume intérieur du réservoir 6, et - the supply valve 38 housed at a supply seat, said valve 38 being located at the junction between the internal volume of the pocket 2 and an internal volume of the reservoir 6, and
- un bouchon 40 muni d'un opercule 42, ledit bouchon 40 étant situé à la jonction entre le volume intérieur de la poche 2 et le canal de distribution 20, et agencé pour s'emboîter dans l'embout 34i (dans la partie intérieure de l'embout 34i) et - un élément de liaison 46 reliant la valve d'alimentation 38 et le bouchon 40, ledit élément de liaison 46 étant agencé pour se déformer lors d'une déformation de la poche 2. - a stopper 40 provided with a cover 42, said stopper 40 being located at the junction between the internal volume of the pocket 2 and the distribution channel 20, and arranged to fit into the end piece 34i (in the internal part 34i) and a connecting element 46 connecting the supply valve 38 and the stopper 40, said connecting element 46 being arranged to deform during a deformation of the bag 2.
La pièce du réservoir 6 comprenant le bouchon 40 comprend en outre la valve d'alimentation 38 logée au niveau du siège d'alimentation 62, ladite valve 38 étant située à la jonction entre le volume intérieur de la poche 2 et un volume intérieur du réservoir 6 The part of the reservoir 6 comprising the cap 40 further comprises the supply valve 38 housed at the level of the supply seat 62, said valve 38 being located at the junction between the interior volume of the pocket 2 and an interior volume of the reservoir. 6
Le bouchon 40 comprend en outre des moyens d'insertion agencés pour enfoncer la valve d'alimentation 38 dans l'embout 342, plus précisément dans la partie intérieure de l'embout 342 de la poche 2. The stopper 40 further comprises insertion means arranged to push the supply valve 38 into the end piece 342, more precisely in the inner part of the end piece 342 of the pocket 2.
Ces moyens d'insertion sont reliés à la valve d'alimentation de manière à l'insérer dans la poche formant un élément muni, de préférence à l'extrémité opposé à la valve d'alimentation, de moyens pour la prendre et la fixer plus précisément par emboîtement dans la poche du côté de l'embout supérieur 34i et/ou inférieur 342 These insertion means are connected to the supply valve so as to insert it into the pocket forming an element provided, preferably at the end opposite to the supply valve, with means for taking it and fixing it more. precisely by fitting into the pocket on the side of the upper 34i and / or lower 342 end piece
La valve d'alimentation est logée au niveau de l'embout inférieur. The supply valve is housed at the lower nozzle.
L'opercule du bouchon est logé dans l'embout supérieur. The cap lid is housed in the upper end.
L'élément de liaison relie la valve d'alimentation aux moyens d'insertion. The connecting element connects the supply valve to the insertion means.
Dans le cas des FIGURES 7, 8 et 9, la valve d'alimentation 38, le bouchon 40 muni de l'opercule 42 et l'élément de liaison 46 forment une seule et unique pièce de liaison 701. In the case of FIGURES 7, 8 and 9, the supply valve 38, the stopper 40 provided with the cap 42 and the connecting element 46 form a single and unique connecting piece 701.
Ainsi, pour ce qui est des embouts 34i et 342 de la poche 2 : Thus, as regards the tips 34i and 342 of pocket 2:
- l'embout 34i de la poche 2 comprend un diamètre interne, creux (et de forme cylindrique), agencé de manière à accueillir le bouchon 40 de la pièce de liaison 701, et - The end piece 34i of the pocket 2 comprises an internal diameter, hollow (and of cylindrical shape), arranged so as to receive the stopper 40 of the connecting piece 701, and
- l'embout 342 de la poche 2 comprend un diamètre interne, creux (et de forme cylindrique), agencé de manière à accueillir la valve - the tip 342 of the pocket 2 comprises an internal diameter, hollow (and cylindrical in shape), arranged to accommodate the valve
d'alimentation 38 de la pièce de liaison 701 (et de manière à s'emboîter sur extrémité supérieure du réservoir 6) supply 38 of the connecting piece 701 (and so as to fit on the upper end of the tank 6)
Dans le cas des FIGURES 7 et 8, l'élément de liaison 46 est flexible et est située dans le volume intérieur de la poche 2. In the case of FIGURES 7 and 8, the connecting element 46 is flexible and is located in the interior volume of the pocket 2.
La dispositif 700 comprend en outre un perforateur 48, situé dans la tête de distribution 10, et agencé pour perforer l'opercule 42 du bouchon 40 logé dans la siège de distribution au moment du montage du dispositif 700. Principalement, le perforateur 48 comprend ainsi une extrémité munie d'un angle aigu, orientée vers l'opercule 42 du bouchon 40 et agencée pour percer l'opercule 48 du bouchon 40. The device 700 further comprises a perforator 48, located in the dispensing head 10, and arranged to perforate the cap 42 of the stopper 40 housed in the dispensing seat when the device 700 is being assembled. perforator 48 thus comprises an end provided with an acute angle, oriented towards the cover 42 of the stopper 40 and designed to pierce the cover 48 of the stopper 40.
Dans le cas des FIGURES 7 à 9, l'élément de liaison 46 de la pièce de liaison 701 est flexible ou sécable après le montage de la poche 2 sur le réservoir 6. In the case of FIGURES 7 to 9, the connecting element 46 of the connecting piece 701 is flexible or breakable after mounting the bag 2 on the reservoir 6.
Dans le cas considéré du dispositif 700, l'élément de liaison 46 est flexible. De cette manière, à chaque inclinaison de la tête de distribution 10, l'élément de liaison 46 suit le mouvement de la poche 2 et ne se casse pas. La poche 2 n'est plus alignée avec l'axe central du réservoir 6 et l'axe A. On note que la poche 2 peut s'incliner par rapport à une position stable 12 mais aussi se comprimer selon l'axe A même dans la position stable 12, y compris pour le dispositif 100. Le dispositif est agencé pour distribuer du produit par inclinaison de la tête de distribution 10 par rapport à une position stable 12 mais aussi il est agencé pour distribuer du produit par compression de la tête de distribution 10 selon l'axe A. In the considered case of the device 700, the connecting element 46 is flexible. In this way, with each inclination of the dispensing head 10, the connecting element 46 follows the movement of the bag 2 and does not break. The pocket 2 is no longer aligned with the central axis of the reservoir 6 and the axis A. It is noted that the pocket 2 can tilt relative to a stable position 12 but also compress along the axis A even in the stable position 12, including for the device 100. The device is arranged to dispense product by tilting the dispensing head 10 relative to a stable position 12, but it is also arranged to dispense product by compressing the dispensing head. distribution 10 along axis A.
Le réservoir 6 du dispositif 700 est formé d'une seule et unique pièce. The reservoir 6 of the device 700 is formed from a single piece.
Le réservoir 6 et la poche 2 du dispositif 700 sont formés d'une seule et unique pièce. The reservoir 6 and the pocket 2 of the device 700 are formed from a single piece.
Le réservoir 6 du dispositif 700 comprend un soufflet 6i du réservoir 6. Ainsi, le réservoir 6 du dispositif 700 comprend une paroi extérieure comprenant deux parties : The reservoir 6 of the device 700 comprises a bellows 6i of the reservoir 6. Thus, the reservoir 6 of the device 700 comprises an outer wall comprising two parts:
- une première partie 6i comprenant le soufflet 6i du réservoir 6, - a first part 6i comprising the bellows 6i of the reservoir 6,
- une seconde partie 62 positionnée en dessous du soufflet 61 du réservoir - a second part 62 positioned below the bellows 61 of the reservoir
6. 6.
Le soufflet 61 du réservoir 6 (de préférence cylindrique) est centré sur l'axe A lorsque la tête est en position stable 12 (FIGURE 7). Le soufflet 61 du réservoir 6 comprend donc sur sa paroi extérieure des ondulations 61 parallèles se succédant parallèlement à l'axe A, c'est-à-dire parallèle à la direction d'élongation de la tête de distribution 10 lorsque la tête de distribution 10 est en position stable. The bellows 61 of the reservoir 6 (preferably cylindrical) is centered on the axis A when the head is in the stable position 12 (FIGURE 7). The bellows 61 of the reservoir 6 therefore comprises on its outer wall parallel corrugations 61 succeeding each other parallel to the axis A, that is to say parallel to the direction of elongation of the dispensing head 10 when the dispensing head 10 is in a stable position.
Le réservoir 6, plus précisément le soufflet 61 du réservoir 6, est agencé pour se comprimer suivant une direction parallèle à l'axe A et dans un sens partant du réservoir 6 vers la poche 2. The reservoir 6, more precisely the bellows 61 of the reservoir 6, is arranged to compress in a direction parallel to the axis A and in a direction starting from the reservoir 6 towards the pocket 2.
Le réservoir 6, plus précisément la partie 62 du réservoir 6, est agencé pour se comprimer vers l'intérieur du réservoir 6, de préférence dans une direction orthogonale à l'axe A et dans un sens 90 partant de la paroi extérieure du réservoir 6 vers l'axe du réservoir 6, soit l'axe A. Pour cela le réservoir 6 comprend sur sa paroi extérieure des rainures 92 ou raideurs 92, notamment sur la partie 62 du réservoir 6, agencées pour se rapprocher vers l'intérieur du réservoir 6. Ainsi les rainures 92 sont agencées pour comprimer le réservoir 6 dans la direction orthogonale à l'axe A et dans le sens 90, à chaque diminution du volume de fluide contenu dans le réservoir 6. The reservoir 6, more precisely the part 62 of the reservoir 6, is arranged to compress towards the inside of the reservoir 6, preferably in a direction orthogonal to the axis A and in a direction 90 starting from the outer wall of the reservoir 6. towards the axis of the tank 6, i.e. the axis A. For this, the reservoir 6 comprises on its outer wall grooves 92 or stiffnesses 92, in particular on the part 62 of the reservoir 6, arranged to approach towards the inside of the reservoir 6. Thus the grooves 92 are arranged to compress the reservoir 6 in the direction orthogonal to the axis A and in the direction 90, with each decrease in the volume of fluid contained in the reservoir 6.
Les rainures 92 du réservoir sont situées en dessous du soufflet 61 du réservoir 6 plus précisément dans la partie 62 du réservoir 6. The grooves 92 of the reservoir are located below the bellows 61 of the reservoir 6 more precisely in the part 62 of the reservoir 6.
Le réservoir 6, plus précisément la partie 62 du réservoir 6, est agencé pour se comprimer en rentrant à l'intérieur du réservoir 6 (plus exactement à l'intérieur du soufflet 61), de préférence dans une direction parallèle à l'axe A comme illustré sur la figure 11. The reservoir 6, more precisely the part 62 of the reservoir 6, is designed to be compressed by entering inside the reservoir 6 (more exactly inside the bellows 61), preferably in a direction parallel to the axis A as shown in figure 11.
Sur les FIGURES 11 et 10, le dispositif 700 est en position stable 12. Ces figures n'illustrent pas les moyens de blocage 50, le boîtier 70 du réservoir 6 et la tête de distribution 10. In FIGURES 11 and 10, the device 700 is in a stable position 12. These figures do not illustrate the locking means 50, the housing 70 of the reservoir 6 and the dispensing head 10.
La poche 2 et le réservoir 6 du dispositif 700 sont solidaires l'un de l'autre de manière à former une seule et unique pièce. Ladite pièce est obtenue de préférence par soufflage ou impression 3D. The pocket 2 and the reservoir 6 of the device 700 are integral with one another so as to form a single piece. Said part is preferably obtained by blowing or 3D printing.
Plus précisément, les FIGURES 10 et 11 illustrent le dispositif 700 comprenant la poche 2 et le réservoir 6 soufflés après une utilisation complète ou non du dispositif 700. More precisely, FIGURES 10 and 11 illustrate the device 700 comprising the bag 2 and the reservoir 6 blown after a complete use or not of the device 700.
En effet, en FIGURE 10, on voit que : Indeed, in FIGURE 10, we see that:
- la partie supérieure 61 (soit le soufflet 61 du réservoir 6), comprenant des ondulations parallèles à l'axe central du dispositif 1000, est comprimée. En Figure 10, l'écartement entre les ondulations du réservoir 6 a diminué par rapport aux FIGURES 7, 8 et 9. Ainsi, la longueur du soufflet 61 du réservoir 6 en FIGURE 10 est inférieure à la longueur du soufflet 61 du réservoir 6 des FIGURES 7, 8 et 9. Le soufflet 61 du réservoir 6 est donc comprimé. - The upper part 61 (ie the bellows 61 of the reservoir 6), comprising corrugations parallel to the central axis of the device 1000, is compressed. In Figure 10, the spacing between the corrugations of the reservoir 6 has decreased compared to FIGURES 7, 8 and 9. Thus, the length of the bellows 61 of the reservoir 6 in FIGURE 10 is less than the length of the bellows 61 of the reservoir 6 of the FIGURES 7, 8 and 9. The bellows 61 of the reservoir 6 is therefore compressed.
- la partie inférieure 62 comprend une paroi lisse mais structurée par des raidisseurs 92, aussi appelées rainures 92, agencées pour que cette partie 62 du réservoir 6 se déforme radialement afin d'éviter des plis, par exemple des pincements au niveau de la paroi du réservoir 6. La forme des raidisseurs 92 en « gaufrage » longitudinal est illustrée par la section transversale de la partie 62 du réservoir 6 en FIGURE 12. Ainsi, la FIGURE 10 illustre, après plusieurs distributions de fluide, une forme réduite du réservoir 6. L'utilisation du dispositif 700 n'est pas complète, c'est-à-dire qu'il reste du fluide contenu dans la poche 2 et le réservoir 6 du dispositif 700. - the lower part 62 comprises a smooth wall but structured by stiffeners 92, also called grooves 92, arranged so that this part 62 of the reservoir 6 deforms radially in order to avoid folds, for example pinching at the wall of the tank 6. The shape of the longitudinal "embossing" stiffeners 92 is illustrated by the cross section of portion 62 of tank 6 in FIGURE 12. Thus, FIGURE 10 illustrates, after several distributions of fluid, a reduced form of the reservoir 6. The use of the device 700 is not complete, that is to say that there is still fluid contained in the bag 2. and the reservoir 6 of the device 700.
En FIGURE 11, l'utilisation du dispositif 700 est complète, c'est-à-dire qu'il ne reste plus de fluide contenu dans le réservoir 6 dispositif 700. Il peut en rester une certaine quantité dans la poche 2. In FIGURE 11, the use of the device 700 is complete, that is to say that there is no longer any fluid contained in the reservoir 6, device 700. A certain quantity may remain in the pocket 2.
En Figure 11, l'écartement entre les ondulations du réservoir 6 est le même que l'écartement des ondulations du réservoir 6 de la FIGURE 10. Toutefois, la partie 62 du réservoir 6 s'est comprimée en direction de l'axe A. In Figure 11, the spacing between the corrugations of the reservoir 6 is the same as the spacing of the corrugations of the reservoir 6 of FIGURE 10. However, the part 62 of the reservoir 6 has compressed in the direction of the axis A.
Dans le cas du dispositif 700, si le réservoir 6, notamment la partie 61 du réservoir 6 comprend un diamètre extérieur plus élevé que le diamètre extérieure de la partie 62 du réservoir 6, alors partie 62 est agencée pour rentrer dans l'intérieur réservoir 6. In the case of the device 700, if the reservoir 6, in particular the part 61 of the reservoir 6 comprises an outer diameter greater than the outer diameter of the part 62 of the reservoir 6, then the part 62 is arranged to fit inside the reservoir 6. .
Ainsi, après chaque inclinaison de la tête de distribution 10, le volume intérieur du réservoir 6 diminue, de préférence se comprime, de sorte que la partie inférieure 62 du réservoir 6 se rapproche de la partie supérieure 61 du réservoir 6 et/ou se comprime radialement sur la partie 62. Thus, after each tilt of the dispensing head 10, the internal volume of the reservoir 6 decreases, preferably compresses, so that the lower part 62 of the reservoir 6 approaches the upper part 61 of the reservoir 6 and / or is compressed. radially on part 62.
En effet, en FIGURE 11, la partie inférieure 62 du réservoir 6 est comprimée et s'est repliée à l'intérieur de la partie supérieure 61 du réservoir 6, ceci afin d'optimiser une vidange de fluide contenu dans le réservoir 6. In fact, in FIGURE 11, the lower part 62 of the reservoir 6 is compressed and is folded inside the upper part 61 of the reservoir 6, in order to optimize emptying of the fluid contained in the reservoir 6.
Les FIGURES 13 à 16 illustrent un autre mode de réalisation d'un dispositif 1300 pour distribuer un fluide. Seules les différences avec le dispositif 700 seront décrites. FIGURES 13-16 illustrate another embodiment of a device 1300 for dispensing fluid. Only the differences with the device 700 will be described.
La valve de distribution 28 du dispositif 1300 est identique à la valve de distribution du dispositif 700. The dispensing valve 28 of the device 1300 is identical to the dispensing valve of the device 700.
Le dispositif 1300 comprend : Device 1300 includes:
- le réservoir 6 positionné dans le boitier rigide 70, - the reservoir 6 positioned in the rigid case 70,
- la poche 2 portée par le réservoir 6, - the pocket 2 carried by the reservoir 6,
- la tête de distribution 10 portée par la poche 2, - the dispensing head 10 carried by the pocket 2,
- un capot 94 étant dans le cas des FIGURES 13 à 16, un capot rigide 94 positionné au-dessus de la poche 2, - un bouton de distribution 72 faisant partie la tête de distribution 10,- a cover 94 being in the case of FIGURES 13 to 16, a rigid cover 94 positioned above the pocket 2, - a dispensing button 72 forming part of the dispensing head 10,
- un bouchon 74 recouvrant le bouton de distribution 72, le capot 94, la tête de distribution 10, la poche 2 et le réservoir 6. - a plug 74 covering the dispensing button 72, the cover 94, the dispensing head 10, the bag 2 and the reservoir 6.
Le bouchon 74 est agencé pour s'emboiter sur le boitier rigide 70 lorsque le dispositif 1300 n'est plus utilisé pour distribuer du fluide. Tout le volume intérieur du réservoir 6 est compris dans le boitier rigide 70. The stopper 74 is arranged to fit onto the rigid case 70 when the device 1300 is no longer used for dispensing fluid. The entire interior volume of the tank 6 is included in the rigid case 70.
Le boitier rigide 70 comprend une paroi intérieure 70i. The rigid case 70 includes an inner wall 70i.
La boitier rigide 70 peut être en métal et/ou en verre, et/ou en bois. The rigid case 70 can be made of metal and / or of glass, and / or of wood.
Le dispositif 1300 (plus exactement la tête 10) comprend une position d'inclinaison maximale. The device 1300 (more exactly the head 10) includes a maximum tilt position.
Le dispositif 1300 comprend le capot 94 agencé pour limiter et/ou empêcher l'inclinaison de la tête de distribution 10 au-delà de la position d'inclinaison maximale. Ainsi le capot 94 bloque l'inclinaison de la tête de distribution 10 lorsque la tête de distribution a atteint sa position d'inclinaison maximale. The device 1300 comprises the cover 94 arranged to limit and / or prevent the inclination of the dispensing head 10 beyond the position of maximum inclination. Thus the cover 94 blocks the inclination of the dispensing head 10 when the dispensing head has reached its position of maximum tilt.
Le capot 94 comprend des moyens pour visser 104 le capot 94 au boitier rigide 70, permettant ainsi de maintenir fixe la tête de distribution 10, la poche 2 et le réservoir au boitier rigide 70. The cover 94 comprises means for screwing 104 the cover 94 to the rigid case 70, thus making it possible to keep the dispensing head 10, the bag 2 and the reservoir fixed to the rigid case 70.
Le capot 94 comprend, comme pour le dispositif 700, un orifice et positionné sur l'axe central du capot 94, ledit axe étant colinéaire à l'axe A. L'orifice du capot 94 est agencé pour faire passer la tête de distribution 10 par l'intérieur de l'orifice du capot 94. Le diamètre de l'orifice du capot 94 est donc plus important que le diamètre de la tête de distribution 10. La position d'inclinaison maximale de la tête de distribution 10 est donnée par le diamètre de l'orifice du capot. Dans une variante de dispositif 1300, le diamètre de l'orifice du capot 94 est agencé pour ne pas bloquer l'inclinaison de la tête de distribution 10. The cover 94 comprises, as for the device 700, an orifice and positioned on the central axis of the cover 94, said axis being collinear with the axis A. The orifice of the cover 94 is arranged to pass the dispensing head 10. through the inside of the hole in the cover 94. The diameter of the hole in the cover 94 is therefore larger than the diameter of the dispensing head 10. The maximum tilt position of the dispensing head 10 is given by the diameter of the cover hole. In a variant of the device 1300, the diameter of the orifice of the cover 94 is arranged so as not to block the inclination of the dispensing head 10.
Le bouton de distribution 72, 10i de la tête 10 comprend une paroi extérieure et une intérieure. The dispensing button 72, 10i of the head 10 comprises an outer wall and an inner one.
La tête de distribution 10, sur sa paroi extérieure, comprend des moyens 106 pour visser la partie IO2 de la tête de distribution 10 comprenant la canal 20 au bouton de distribution 72, typiquement à la paroi intérieure du bouton de distribution 72. The distribution head 10, on its outer wall, comprises means 106 for screwing the part IO2 of the distribution head 10 comprising the channel 20 to the distribution button 72, typically to the internal wall of the distribution button 72.
Le bouton de distribution 72 comprend en outre un orifice 73 positionné sur la paroi supérieure du bouton de distribution 72 et traversant la paroi extérieure et intérieure du bouton de distribution 72. L'orifice 73 est agencé de manière à être centré sur la sortie 24 de la tête de distribution 10 lorsque le dispositif 1300 est monté, c'est-à-dire quand le bouton de distribution 72, le capot 94 la tête de distribution 10, la poche 2, le réservoir 6 et le boîtier rigide 70 sont assemblés ensemble. Ainsi, lorsque la partie IO2 est fixée au bouton de distribution 72, du fluide peut s'échapper par la sortie 24 en passant par l'orifice 73 du bouton de distribution 72 de la tête 10. The dispensing button 72 further comprises an orifice 73 positioned on the upper wall of the dispensing button 72 and passing through the outer and inner wall of the dispensing button 72. The orifice 73 is arranged so as to be centered on the outlet 24 of the dispensing head 10 when the device 1300 is mounted, that is to say when the dispensing button 72, the cover 94 the dispensing head 10, the bag 2, the reservoir 6 and the rigid housing 70 are assembled together. Thus, when the IO2 part is attached to the dispensing button 72, fluid can escape through the outlet 24 passing through the orifice 73 of the dispensing button 72 of the head 10.
Comme le bouton de distribution 72 est fixé par les moyens pour visser 106, la paroi extérieure du bouton de distribution 72 de la tête comprend la surface de contact 26. As the dispensing button 72 is fixed by the means for screwing 106, the outer wall of the dispensing button 72 of the head comprises the contact surface 26.
Le bouton de distribution 72, étant fixé à la partie IO2, il suit les positions, c'est-à-dire la position stable 12 et/ou les positions inclinées 14, de l'ensemble de la tête de distribution 10. The distribution button 72, being fixed to the part IO2, it follows the positions, that is to say the stable position 12 and / or the inclined positions 14, of the assembly of the distribution head 10.
Le réservoir 6 comprend un capuchon 96 agencé pour délimiter au moins en partie le réservoir 6. Le capuchon 96 comprend deux parties : The reservoir 6 comprises a cap 96 arranged to at least partially delimit the reservoir 6. The cap 96 comprises two parts:
- une plateforme 98, et - a platform 98, and
- un tronc 76 logé dans le réservoir 6 et portant la plateforme 98 du capuchon 96. - a trunk 76 housed in the reservoir 6 and carrying the platform 98 of the cap 96.
La plateforme 98 et le tronc 76 sont solidaires. The platform 98 and the trunk 76 are integral.
Le tronc 76 est cylindrique et est centré sur l'axe central du canal de distribution 20, ledit axe central étant colinéaire à l'axe A. Ainsi, le tronc 76 et le canal de distribution 20 sont coaxiaux dans la position 12. Le tronc 76 est aussi centré sur l'axe central de l'enveloppe déformable 56 du réservoir 6. The trunk 76 is cylindrical and is centered on the central axis of the distribution channel 20, said central axis being collinear with the axis A. Thus, the trunk 76 and the distribution channel 20 are coaxial in position 12. The trunk 76 is also centered on the central axis of the deformable casing 56 of the reservoir 6.
La plateforme 98 du capuchon 96 comprend une paroi rigide plane et ayant à ses extrémités deux bords 98i en coin orientés vers l'intérieur du réservoir 6. The platform 98 of the cap 96 comprises a flat rigid wall and having at its ends two wedge edges 98i oriented towards the interior of the reservoir 6.
Le réservoir 6 comprend l'enveloppe déformable 56 délimitant au moins en partie le volume intérieur du réservoir 6, ladite enveloppe déformable 56 comprenant des ondulations 562 successives radialement autour de l'axe A. The reservoir 6 comprises the deformable envelope 56 delimiting at least in part the internal volume of the reservoir 6, said deformable envelope 56 comprising successive corrugations 562 radially around the axis A.
L'enveloppe déformable 56 du réservoir 6 comprend ainsi trois parties : The deformable casing 56 of the reservoir 6 thus comprises three parts:
- une partie supérieure 56i comprenant des bords, de préférence lisses, et longeant la paroi intérieure 70i du boîtier rigide 70, - an upper part 56i comprising edges, preferably smooth, and running along the inner wall 70i of the rigid housing 70,
- une partie inférieure 562 comprenant les ondulations 562 successives radialement, - a lower part 562 comprising the radially successive corrugations 562,
- une partie basse 563 portant les ondulations 562 et comprenant un orifice de remplissage 82. La partie basse 563 est une paroi rigide, c'est-à-dire plus rigide que la partie inférieure 562 comprenant les ondulations 562. a lower part 563 carrying the corrugations 562 and comprising a filling orifice 82. The lower part 563 is a rigid wall, that is to say more rigid than the lower part 562 comprising the corrugations 562.
L'orifice de remplissage 82 comprend un axe central centré sur l'axe central du réservoir 6 (soit sur l'axe A). Ainsi, l'orifice de remplissage 82 et le réservoir 6 sont coaxiaux et l'orifice de remplissage 82 et le tronc 76 du capuchon 96 du réservoir 6 sont coaxiaux. The filling orifice 82 comprises a central axis centered on the central axis of the reservoir 6 (ie on the axis A). Thus, the filling orifice 82 and the reservoir 6 are coaxial and the filling orifice 82 and the trunk 76 of the cap 96 of the reservoir 6 are coaxial.
L'orifice de remplissage 82 est de forme circulaire et comprend un diamètre équivalent au diamètre externe du tronc 76. The filling port 82 is circular in shape and has a diameter equivalent to the outer diameter of the trunk 76.
L'orifice de remplissage 82 est agencé pour emboiter et ou encastrer le tronc 76 du capuchon 96 du réservoir 6 lors du montage du dispositif 1300, plus précisément lors du montage du réservoir 6. De cette manière, le tronc 76 est agencé pour emprisonner une bulle d'air (non illustrée) lors du montage du tronc 76 dans l'orifice de remplissage 82 après remplissage du réservoir 6 par le fluide, ladite bulle d'air étant emprisonnée dans le tronc 76. Ceci évite une remontée de cette bulle d'air dans le réservoir 6 puis la poche 2. The filling orifice 82 is arranged to fit together and / or embed the trunk 76 of the cap 96 of the reservoir 6 during the assembly of the device 1300, more precisely during the assembly of the reservoir 6. In this way, the trunk 76 is arranged to trap a air bubble (not shown) during assembly of the trunk 76 in the filling orifice 82 after filling the reservoir 6 with the fluid, said air bubble being trapped in the trunk 76. This prevents this bubble from rising again. air in tank 6 then bag 2.
La partie 563 du réservoir 6, comprenant l'orifice de remplissage 82, comprend des moyens de fermeture hermétique 82i. Les moyens de fermeture hermétique 82i comprennent une jupe d'étanchéité 82i. Part 563 of reservoir 6, comprising the filling orifice 82, comprises hermetic closure means 82i. The hermetic closure means 82i comprises a sealing skirt 82i.
L'orifice de remplissage 82 est agencé pour être fermé par le capuchon 96 du réservoir 6, notamment par le tronc 76. La partie 563 de l'enveloppe déformable 56 du réservoir 6 est agencée pour être écartée du capot 94, notamment du tronc 76, par exemple, avec des ventouses pendant une phase de remplissage du dispositif 1300. The filling orifice 82 is arranged to be closed by the cap 96 of the reservoir 6, in particular by the trunk 76. The part 563 of the deformable casing 56 of the reservoir 6 is arranged to be separated from the cover 94, in particular from the trunk 76. , for example, with suction cups during a filling phase of the device 1300.
La paroi déformable 56 du réservoir est fixée ou soudée au capot 94 du réservoir 6. The deformable wall 56 of the tank is fixed or welded to the cover 94 of the tank 6.
Les bords en coins 98i de la plateforme 98 du réservoir 6 sont agencés pour maintenir la paroi déformable 56 du réservoir 6. Notamment, les bords en coins 98i de la plateforme 98 du réservoir 6 plaquent l'extrémité supérieure de la paroi 56 contre la paroi intérieure 70i du boitier rigide 70. The wedge edges 98i of the platform 98 of the reservoir 6 are arranged to hold the deformable wall 56 of the reservoir 6. In particular, the wedge edges 98i of the platform 98 of the reservoir 6 press the upper end of the wall 56 against the wall. interior 70i of the rigid case 70.
L'enveloppe déformable 56 est agencée pour se replier vers la plateforme 98 à chaque diminution de volume de l'enveloppe déformable 56. The deformable envelope 56 is arranged to fold back towards the platform 98 at each decrease in volume of the deformable envelope 56.
L'enveloppe déformable 56 est agencée pour se replier autour du tronc 76 à chaque diminution de volume de l'enveloppe déformable 56. En effet, sur les FIGURES 13 et 14, le dispositif 1300 est entièrement rempli. Ainsi, le réservoir 6, contenant tout le fluide disponible du dispositif 1300, comprend donc son volume intérieur maximum. Dans ce cas, les ondulations 562 successives de l'enveloppe déformable 56 du réservoir 6 sont radiales par rapport à l'axe central du tronc 76, soit autour de l'axe A. The deformable envelope 56 is arranged to fold up around the trunk 76 at each decrease in volume of the deformable envelope 56. Indeed, in FIGURES 13 and 14, the device 1300 is completely filled. Thus, the reservoir 6, containing all the fluid available from the device 1300, therefore comprises its maximum internal volume. In this case, the successive undulations 562 of the deformable casing 56 of the reservoir 6 are radial with respect to the central axis of the trunk 76, ie around the axis A.
En FIGURE 15, quasiment tout le fluide contenu dans l'enveloppe déformable 56 du réservoir 6 a été distribué. L'enveloppe déformable 56 s'est repliée vers la plateforme 98. Ainsi, les ondulations 562 de l'enveloppe déformable 56, initialement radiales autour de l'axe du tronc 76, se sont déplacées vers le tronc 76 et forment ainsi des ondulations 562. In FIGURE 15, almost all of the fluid contained in the deformable casing 56 of the reservoir 6 has been dispensed. The deformable envelope 56 is folded towards the platform 98. Thus, the corrugations 562 of the deformable envelope 56, initially radial around the axis of the trunk 76, have moved towards the trunk 76 and thus form corrugations 562. .
Les bords lisses 56i, de l'enveloppe déformable 56, initialement plaqués contre la paroi intérieure 70i du boitier rigide 70 sont agencés pour se rapprocher du capuchon 96 du réservoir 6, notamment de la plateforme 98, à chaque diminution du volume du fluide contenu dans le réservoir 6. The smooth edges 56i of the deformable casing 56, initially pressed against the inner wall 70i of the rigid case 70 are arranged to approach the cap 96 of the reservoir 6, in particular of the platform 98, at each decrease in the volume of the fluid contained in the tank 6.
Une telle configuration permet de consommer au maximum le volume de fluide contenu dans le réservoir 6 et d'optimiser la restitution de fluide : Such a configuration makes it possible to consume as much as possible the volume of fluid contained in the reservoir 6 and to optimize the return of fluid:
-en augmentant la surface de la paroi déformable 56 du réservoir 6, notamment par les ondulation 562 de la paroi déformable 56, et by increasing the area of the deformable wall 56 of the reservoir 6, in particular by the corrugations 562 of the deformable wall 56, and
- en agençant la paroi déformable 56 de manière à ce qu'elle épouse au maximum les formes rigides du réservoir, notamment le capot 96, à chaque diminution de volume de l'enveloppe du réservoir 6. - By arranging the deformable wall 56 so that it matches the rigid shapes of the tank as much as possible, in particular the cover 96, at each decrease in volume of the shell of the tank 6.
Le dispositif 1300 pour distribuer un fluide comprend la poche 2 ayant un volume intérieur agencé pour contenir le fluide, le volume intérieur étant délimité au moins en partie par la paroi déformable 4. The device 1300 for dispensing a fluid comprises the bag 2 having an interior volume arranged to contain the fluid, the interior volume being delimited at least in part by the deformable wall 4.
La poche 2 est formée par une paroi de fond 21 et par la paroi déformable souple 4. The pocket 2 is formed by a bottom wall 21 and by the flexible deformable wall 4.
Les parois 21 et 4 se font face. The walls 21 and 4 face each other.
La paroi 4 forme une jupe, de forme concave, et a une partie supérieure et une partie inférieure. The wall 4 forms a skirt, of concave shape, and has an upper part and a lower part.
La paroi déformable 4 (plus exactement sa partie inférieure) est fixée ou soudée à la paroi de fond 21. The deformable wall 4 (more exactly its lower part) is fixed or welded to the bottom wall 21.
La paroi de fond 21 a, de préférence, une forme de plan ou sensiblement de plan. The bottom wall 21 preferably has the shape of a plane or substantially a plane.
La paroi de fond 21 est une paroi rigide, c'est-à-dire plus rigide que la paroi 4. La paroi déformable 4 est par exemple une paroi fine et la paroi de fond 21 est par exemple une paroi plus épaisse que la paroi 21. The bottom wall 21 is a rigid wall, that is to say more rigid than the wall 4. The deformable wall 4 is for example a thin wall and the bottom wall 21 is for example a wall thicker than the wall 21.
Les parois 21 et 4 sont par exemple en polypropylène (PP). The walls 21 and 4 are for example made of polypropylene (PP).
La paroi déformable 4 est de préférence en PP avec un additif en polymère ou plastomère (tel que par exemple du Vistamaxx™ 6202), afin d'en diminuer la dureté de sorte que la dureté de la paroi 4 soit inférieure à 80 Shore D. Dès lors on évite une finesse trop importante et des fragilités de la paroi 4. The deformable wall 4 is preferably made of PP with a polymer or plastomer additive (such as for example Vistamaxx ™ 6202), in order to reduce its hardness so that the hardness of the wall 4 is less than 80 Shore D. Therefore, too great a fineness and weaknesses of the wall 4 are avoided.
La paroi de fond 21 est parallèle à la plateforme 98. Plus précisément, la paroi de fond 21 est fixée à la plateforme 98 du capuchon 94. Dans une variante de dispositif 1300, la paroi de fond 21 et la plateforme 98 sont une seule et unique pièce. The bottom wall 21 is parallel to the platform 98. More precisely, the bottom wall 21 is fixed to the platform 98 of the cap 94. In a variant of device 1300, the bottom wall 21 and the platform 98 are one and the same. unique piece.
L'orifice d'alimentation 8 est situé au niveau de la paroi de fond 21 et perce la paroi de fond 21 et la plateforme 98 de manière à relier le réservoir 6 à la poche 2. The feed orifice 8 is located at the level of the bottom wall 21 and pierces the bottom wall 21 and the platform 98 so as to connect the reservoir 6 to the bag 2.
La paroi déformable 4 de la poche 2 comprend des zones de faiblesse 78 et/ou des articulations 78 agencées pour permettre des positions inclinées 14 mais stables de la tête de distribution 10 en l'absence de force extérieure 18. The deformable wall 4 of the pocket 2 comprises areas of weakness 78 and / or joints 78 arranged to allow inclined but stable positions 14 of the dispensing head 10 in the absence of external force 18.
Ces zones de faiblesse 78 correspond à une zone 78 où la paroi déformable de la poche 4 est moins épaisse que sur les autres parties de la paroi déformable 4. These areas of weakness 78 correspond to an area 78 where the deformable wall of the pocket 4 is thinner than on the other parts of the deformable wall 4.
Lorsque la tête de distribution 10 est en position inclinée 14, la zone de faiblesse 78 de la paroi déformable 4 est agencée pour se plaquer contre et/ou se rapprocher de la paroi de fond 21 de la poche 2, formant ainsi la position inclinée 14 préférentielle (et stable) de la tête de distribution 10. When the dispensing head 10 is in the inclined position 14, the zone of weakness 78 of the deformable wall 4 is arranged to press against and / or approach the bottom wall 21 of the pocket 2, thus forming the inclined position 14 preferential (and stable) of the distribution head 10.
Tant qu'aucune force extérieure secondaire n'est appliquée sur la surface de contact 26, le dispositif 1300 reste et conserve cette position inclinée 14 mais stable de la tête de distribution 10. Toutefois, cette force extérieure secondaire doit être appliquée sur le côté opposé au côté sur lequel la force extérieure 18 s'est exercée afin de positionner la tête de distribution 10 dans sa position inclinée 14. As long as no secondary external force is applied to the contact surface 26, the device 1300 remains and maintains this inclined but stable position 14 of the dispensing head 10. However, this secondary external force must be applied on the opposite side. to the side on which the external force 18 has been exerted in order to position the dispensing head 10 in its inclined position 14.
Dans tous les cas, l'effort de déformation est plus difficile au début de l'inclinaison pour arriver ensuite plus aisément ou automatiquement à une position préférentielle dans un angle précis à 5 degré près, ceci permettant donc un dosage. En effet, en FIGURE 15, la force extérieure 18, par rapport à l'axe central du canal de distribution 20, s'applique du côté droit de la tête de distribution 10. La tête de distribution 10 et la poche 2 maintiennent une position inclinée 14 mais stable sur la gauche. Ainsi, pour remettre le dispositif 1300 dans sa position stable initiale, c'est-à-dire avant l'exercice d'une quelconque force extérieure 18 (soit lorsque qu'il y a co-axialité entre la tête de distribution 10 et le réservoir 6), la force extérieure secondaire doit être appliquée du côté gauche de la tête de distribution 10, soit du côté de la position d'inclinaison 14. In all cases, the deformation force is more difficult at the start of the inclination to then arrive more easily or automatically at a preferential position in an angle precise to within 5 degrees, thus allowing a dosage. Indeed, in FIGURE 15, the external force 18, with respect to the central axis of the distribution channel 20, is applied on the right side of the distribution head 10. The distribution head 10 and the pocket 2 maintain a position tilted 14 but stable on the left. Thus, to return the device 1300 to its initial stable position, that is to say before the exercise of any external force 18 (i.e. when there is co-axiality between the dispensing head 10 and the tank 6), the secondary external force must be applied from the left side of the dispensing head 10, i.e. from the tilt position side 14.
Dans un mode de réalisation d'un procédé de montage du dispositif 1300, illustrée en FIGURE 16, on tire la paroi déformable 56 du réservoir 6, notamment la partie 563, vers l'extérieure de manière à dégager l'orifice de remplissage 82. On remplit le réservoir 6 avec du fluide et on le ferme avec le capuchon 96 en poussant la paroi déformable 56 du réservoir 6 vers l'intérieure du réservoir 6, notamment la partie 563 (mouvement inverse au précédent). Le réservoir 6 comprend la jupe d'étanchéité qui permet de rendre étanche la partie 563, soit le fond du réservoir 6 monté dans le capuchon 96. La paroi déformable 56 du réservoir 6 comprend la jupe et est de même matière. In one embodiment of a method for mounting the device 1300, illustrated in FIGURE 16, the deformable wall 56 of the reservoir 6, in particular the part 563, is pulled outwards so as to release the filling orifice 82. The reservoir 6 is filled with fluid and it is closed with the cap 96 by pushing the deformable wall 56 of the reservoir 6 towards the interior of the reservoir 6, in particular the part 563 (movement opposite to the previous one). The reservoir 6 comprises the sealing skirt which makes it possible to seal the part 563, ie the bottom of the reservoir 6 mounted in the cap 96. The deformable wall 56 of the reservoir 6 comprises the skirt and is of the same material.
La jupe est plus rigide que la partie 562 de la paroi déformable 56. The skirt is more rigid than the part 562 of the deformable wall 56.
Dans le cas d'un montage du dispositif 1300 par soufflage, la jupe d'étanchéité peut être réalisée avec un matériau plus rigide car on peut réduire les épaisseurs de la paroi déformable 56. In the case of assembly of the device 1300 by blowing, the sealing skirt can be made with a more rigid material because the thicknesses of the deformable wall 56 can be reduced.
Dans le cas d'un montage du dispositif 1300 par injection : on travaille avec des épaisseurs de paroi déformable variant entre 0,4 mm à 0,5 mm. Dans ce cas, on utilise un matériau souple pour concevoir le réservoir, notamment la paroi déformable 56. La jupe d'étanchéité est conçue avec un matériau plus rigide que le matériau utilisé pour la paroi déformable 56. In the case of mounting the device 1300 by injection: one works with deformable wall thicknesses varying between 0.4 mm to 0.5 mm. In this case, a flexible material is used to design the reservoir, in particular the deformable wall 56. The sealing skirt is designed with a material more rigid than the material used for the deformable wall 56.
Dans une variante des dispositifs 100, 700, 1300, il peut y avoir deux fluides contenus dans deux réservoirs 6 distincts. Les dispositifs 100, 700, 1300 peuvent avoir une inclinaison préférentielle pour chacun des fluides, et/ou une troisième inclinaison agencée pour mélanger les fluides. La troisième inclinaison peut être, par exemple, une force d'appui 18 parallèle à la direction d'élongation de la tête de distribution 10, soit colinéaire à l'axe A. Les FIGURES 17 à 18 illustrent un autre mode de réalisation d'un dispositif 1700 pour distribuer un fluide. Seules les différences avec les dispositifs 100, 700 et 1300 seront décrites. In a variant of the devices 100, 700, 1300, there may be two fluids contained in two separate reservoirs 6. The devices 100, 700, 1300 can have a preferential inclination for each of the fluids, and / or a third inclination arranged to mix the fluids. The third inclination can be, for example, a support force 18 parallel to the direction of elongation of the dispensing head 10, or collinear with the axis A. FIGURES 17-18 illustrate another embodiment of a device 1700 for dispensing fluid. Only the differences with the devices 100, 700 and 1300 will be described.
Le dispositif 1700 pour distribuer le fluide comprend : The device 1700 for distributing the fluid comprises:
- une poche 2 comprenant une poche intérieure 2i et une poche extérieure 22, ladite poche intérieure 2i étant située au moins en partie dans la poche extérieure 22, lesdites poches intérieure et extérieure 2i, 22 ayant chacune un volume intérieur agencé pour contenir le fluide, ledit volume intérieur de la poche extérieure 22 étant délimité au moins en partie par une paroi mobile 3, ladite paroi mobile 3 étant agencée pour, sous l'exercice d'une pression d'appui 18, diminuer le volume intérieur de la poche intérieure 2i et le volume intérieur de la poche extérieure 22 en se déformant et/ou en se déplaçant, - a pocket 2 comprising an inner pocket 2i and an outer pocket 22, said inner pocket 2i being located at least partially in the outer pocket 22, said inner and outer pockets 2i, 22 each having an inner volume arranged to contain the fluid, said inner volume of the outer pocket 22 being delimited at least in part by a movable wall 3, said movable wall 3 being arranged to, under the exertion of a bearing pressure 18, reduce the inner volume of the inner pocket 2i and the interior volume of the exterior pocket 22 by deforming and / or by moving,
- une sortie 24 agencée pour distribuer le fluide. - an outlet 24 arranged to distribute the fluid.
Le volume intérieur de la poche intérieure 2i est délimité au moins en partie par : The interior volume of the interior pocket 2i is delimited at least in part by:
- un piston 5 solidaire d'une paroi de jonction 7 délimitant au moins en partie le volume intérieur de la poche extérieure 22, - a piston 5 integral with a junction wall 7 delimiting at least in part the internal volume of the external pocket 22,
- un logement 9 du piston 5 agencé pour accueillir le piston 5 et le guider lors d'un mouvement axial 11 dudit piston 5 dans le logement. a housing 9 of the piston 5 arranged to receive the piston 5 and guide it during an axial movement 11 of said piston 5 in the housing.
Le dispositif 1700 est agencé pour guider le fluide selon un circuit comprenant : The device 1700 is arranged to guide the fluid according to a circuit comprising:
- un premier parcours, passant : - a first route, passing:
o de l'intérieur de la poche extérieure 22 à l'intérieur de la poche intérieure 2i et/ou du piston 5, dans la poche intérieure 2i, via au moins un orifice de liaison 13 reliant le volume intérieur de la poche extérieure 22 à l'intérieur de la poche intérieure 2i et/ou du piston 5, et o from the inside of the outer pocket 22 inside the inner pocket 2i and / or the piston 5, in the inner pocket 2i, via at least one connecting hole 13 connecting the inner volume of the outer pocket 22 to the inside of the inside pocket 2i and / or the piston 5, and
- un second parcours, passant de l'intérieur de la poche intérieure 2i et/ou du piston 5 à la sortie 24. - a second path, passing from the inside of the interior pocket 2i and / or the piston 5 to the outlet 24.
Le dispositif 1700 comprend aussi un orifice d'alimentation 8 reliant un réservoir 6 au volume intérieur de la poche extérieure 22. A partir de la FIGURE 17, le terme volume de la poche 2 signifie la somme du volume intérieur de la poche intérieure 2i et du volume intérieur de la poche extérieure h. The device 1700 also comprises a supply orifice 8 connecting a reservoir 6 to the interior volume of the exterior pocket 22. From FIGURE 17, the term volume of pocket 2 means the sum of the internal volume of the internal pocket 2i and the internal volume of the external pocket h.
La poche 2 est délimitée par la paroi mobile 3, la paroi de jonction 7 et la paroi de fond 21. The pocket 2 is delimited by the movable wall 3, the junction wall 7 and the bottom wall 21.
Le dispositif 1700 comprend en outre des moyens de freinage 15 agencés pour bloquer un mouvement axial 11 du piston 5 dans le logement 9 diminuant le volume intérieur de la poche intérieure 2i et de la poche extérieure 22 lorsque la paroi mobile 3 est soumise à une pression d'appui 18 (précédemment appelée force extérieure 18) inférieure à une force seuil. Le dispositif 1700 comprend des moyens de déplacement « libre » dans laquelle le volume intérieur de la poche 2 diminue sans contrainte de surpression du liquide pendant la fermeture de l'orifice de liaison 13 (jouant le rôle de valve d'admission). Pendant cette étape le liquide est refoulé dans le réservoir 6 par l'orifice 8 et la poche 2 est déformée et le piston 5 frotte contre des parois intérieures du logement 9 et/ou des moyens de guidage 65 du piston 5 dans le logement 9, cette étape permet une accélération/impulsion de la surface d'appui 26. Enfin le dispositif 1700 comprend des moyens de montée en pression : dès que l'orifice de liaison 13 est fermé le piston comprime le produit dans la poche interne 2i. De préférence l'effort d'appui pendant la montée en pression est inférieur à l'effort de seuil. The device 1700 further comprises braking means 15 arranged to block an axial movement 11 of the piston 5 in the housing 9 reducing the internal volume of the internal pocket 2i and of the external pocket 22 when the movable wall 3 is subjected to a pressure. support 18 (previously called the external force 18) less than a threshold force. The device 1700 comprises “free” displacement means in which the internal volume of the pocket 2 decreases without overpressure constraint of the liquid during the closing of the connection orifice 13 (acting as an inlet valve). During this step the liquid is pumped into the reservoir 6 through the orifice 8 and the pocket 2 is deformed and the piston 5 rubs against the interior walls of the housing 9 and / or guide means 65 of the piston 5 in the housing 9, this step allows an acceleration / impulse of the bearing surface 26. Finally, the device 1700 comprises means for increasing the pressure: as soon as the connection orifice 13 is closed, the piston compresses the product in the internal pocket 2i. Preferably, the support force during the rise in pressure is less than the threshold force.
Le piston 5 et le logement 9 sont donc agencés pour permettre trois phases de mouvement du piston 5 dans le logement 9 lors d'un exercice de la force 18: The piston 5 and the housing 9 are therefore arranged to allow three phases of movement of the piston 5 in the housing 9 during an exercise of the force 18:
1 une phase de blocage pour laquelle le piston 5 ne se déplace pas au-delà des moyens 15 tant que la force 18 est inférieure à la force seuil, puis un franchissement des moyens 15 dès que la force 18 est supérieure à cette force seuil ; 1 a blocking phase for which the piston 5 does not move beyond the means 15 as long as the force 18 is less than the threshold force, then a crossing of the means 15 as soon as the force 18 is greater than this threshold force;
2 un déplacement libre du piston 5 dans le logement 9 une fois que le piston 5 a dépassé les moyens 15 (accélération dans l'espace pendant la fermeture de l'orifice 13, espace entre le piston et logement), typiquement selon une translation du piston 5 d'au moins 0,5 mm ou même 1 mm dans son logement 9, permettant de donner une impulsion ou accélération à la force de seuil (énergie cinétique) et 2 a free movement of the piston 5 in the housing 9 once the piston 5 has passed the means 15 (acceleration in space during the closing of the orifice 13, space between the piston and the housing), typically according to a translation of the piston 5 of at least 0.5 mm or even 1 mm in its housing 9, making it possible to give an impulse or acceleration to the threshold force (kinetic energy) and
3 une phase de compression, comprenant une augmentation de la pression dans la poche 2i après fermeture de l'orifice 13 Les plus importantes sont les phases 2 et 3, la phase 1 est optionnelle et/ou peut être retrouvée par les forces de rappel de déformation ou déplacement de la poche externe. 3 a compression phase, comprising an increase in the pressure in the pocket 2i after closing the orifice 13 The most important are phases 2 and 3, phase 1 is optional and / or can be recovered by the return forces of deformation or displacement of the external pocket.
Le mouvement axial 11 du piston 5 est suivant l'axe central du piston 5. The axial movement 11 of the piston 5 is along the central axis of the piston 5.
Le dispositif 1700 comprend une surface d'appui 26, appelée aussi surface de contact 26, agencée pour, sous l'exercice de la pression d'appui 18 et par l'intermédiaire de la tête de distribution 10, diminuer le volume intérieur de la poche intérieure 2i et extérieure 22 en déformant et en déplaçant la paroi mobile 3. The device 1700 comprises a bearing surface 26, also called a contact surface 26, arranged to, under the exertion of the bearing pressure 18 and through the dispensing head 10, reduce the internal volume of the interior 2i and exterior pocket 22 by deforming and moving the movable wall 3.
La surface d'appui 26 est solidaire de la tête de distribution 10, et comprend de préférence au moins une partie de la tête de distribution 10. The bearing surface 26 is integral with the dispensing head 10, and preferably comprises at least part of the dispensing head 10.
Le dispositif 1700 comprend la sortie 24. Device 1700 includes output 24.
La sortie 24 débouche sur l'extérieur du dispositif 1700. The outlet 24 opens onto the outside of the device 1700.
La sortie 24 est située sur la tête de distribution 10. The outlet 24 is located on the distribution head 10.
La sortie 24 est agencée pour distribuer du fluide selon une direction sensiblement perpendiculaire à une direction d'un mouvement de la tête de distribution 10. The outlet 24 is arranged to distribute fluid in a direction substantially perpendicular to a direction of movement of the distribution head 10.
La tête de distribution 10 est agencée pour suivre un mouvement de translation. The dispensing head 10 is arranged to follow a translational movement.
La sortie 24 est agencée pour distribuer du fluide selon une direction sensiblement parallèle à un axe d'élongation du canal de distribution 20. The outlet 24 is arranged to distribute fluid in a direction substantially parallel to an axis of elongation of the distribution channel 20.
Le dispositif 1700 comprend un orifice de distribution 22 reliant la poche 2 au canal de distribution 20. The device 1700 comprises a dispensing orifice 22 connecting the bag 2 to the dispensing channel 20.
La valve de distribution 28 est à l'intérieur du canal de distribution 20 du dispositif 1700. The distribution valve 28 is inside the distribution channel 20 of the device 1700.
Le canal de distribution 20 du dispositif 1700 comprend un volume intérieur agencé pour seulement comprendre (ou accueillir) la valve de distribution 28. Ainsi seule la valve de distribution 28 est comprise dans le canal de distribution 20. The distribution channel 20 of the device 1700 comprises an interior volume arranged only to include (or accommodate) the distribution valve 28. Thus only the distribution valve 28 is included in the distribution channel 20.
Le dispositif 1700 comprend la valve de distribution 28 située dans le canal de distribution 20, et qui dans un état ouvert, permet un passage de fluide de l'intérieur de la poche intérieure 2i vers la sortie 24 en passant par l'orifice de distribution 22 et le canal de distribution 20 (notamment par le logement 80), et, dans un état fermé, ne permet pas un passage de fluide de l'intérieur de la poche intérieure 2i vers la sortie 24 en passant par l'orifice de distribution 22 et par le canal de distribution 20 (précisément par le logement 80). The device 1700 comprises the dispensing valve 28 located in the dispensing channel 20, and which, in an open state, allows fluid to pass from the inside of the inner bag 2i to the outlet 24, passing through the dispensing orifice. 22 and the distribution channel 20 (in particular via the housing 80), and, in a closed state, does not allow passage of fluid from the inside of the pocket interior 2i to the outlet 24 passing through the distribution orifice 22 and through the distribution channel 20 (specifically through the housing 80).
La tête de distribution 10 est solidaire de la paroi de fond 21 par surmoulage ou bi-injection de la tête de distribution 10 sur la paroi de fond 21. The distribution head 10 is integral with the bottom wall 21 by overmolding or bi-injection of the distribution head 10 on the bottom wall 21.
Ainsi, le canal de distribution 20 comprend et/ou formé par une paroi de la tête de distribution 10 et une paroi supérieure de la paroi de fond 21. Thus, the distribution channel 20 comprises and / or formed by a wall of the distribution head 10 and an upper wall of the bottom wall 21.
La tête de distribution 10 comprend un spray 10. The dispensing head 10 includes a spray 10.
La tête de distribution 10 est située à l'extérieur de la poche 2. The dispensing head 10 is located outside the pocket 2.
La tête de distribution 10 est agencée pour, en exerçant une pression 18 sur la surface d'appui 26, se déplacer au moins selon le mouvement de translation. Le mouvement de translation de la tête de distribution 10 est suivant la même direction mais de sens opposé au mouvement axial 11 du piston 5. The dispensing head 10 is arranged to, by exerting pressure 18 on the bearing surface 26, move at least according to the translational movement. The translational movement of the dispensing head 10 is in the same direction but in the opposite direction to the axial movement 11 of the piston 5.
Une partie de la tête de distribution 10 est agencée, pour sous l'exercice de la pression d'appui 18, pour coulisser au moins en partie le long de la paroi extérieur de la poche extérieur 22 de manière à déplacer et/ou déformer la paroi mobile 3 de la poche extérieure 22. A portion of the dispensing head 10 is arranged, under the exertion of the bearing pressure 18, to slide at least in part along the outer wall of the outer pocket 22 so as to move and / or deform the movable wall 3 of the outer pocket 22.
La surface d'appui 26 est agencée pour, sous l'exercice d'une pression, diminuer le volume intérieur de la poche intérieure 2i et extérieure 22 en déformant la paroi mobile 3, plus exactement en l'écrasant en direction de la paroi de jonction 7. The bearing surface 26 is designed to, under the exertion of pressure, reduce the internal volume of the internal 2i and external 22 pocket by deforming the movable wall 3, more exactly by crushing it towards the wall of junction 7.
La paroi mobile 3 déformable a une mémoire de forme. Lorsque cette paroi 3 ne subit aucune contrainte extérieure, elle reprend ou reste dans sa forme illustrée en FIGURE 17, ce qui maximise le volume de la poche intérieure 2i et extérieure 22. The deformable mobile wall 3 has a shape memory. When this wall 3 is not subjected to any external stress, it resumes or remains in its form illustrated in FIGURE 17, which maximizes the volume of the interior 2i and exterior 22 pocket.
La surface d'appui 26, accessible depuis l'extérieur du dispositif 1700 par une main d'un utilisateur, a une surface minimum de 10 mm2 The bearing surface 26, accessible from the outside of the device 1700 by a hand of a user, has a minimum surface area of 10 mm 2
Le logement 9 du piston 5 est délimité au moins en partie par la paroi de fond 21. Une partie de la paroi de fond 21, c'est-à-dire la partie de la paroi de fond 21 au contact du canal de distribution 20, est solidaire du logement 9 du piston 5. The housing 9 of the piston 5 is delimited at least in part by the bottom wall 21. A part of the bottom wall 21, that is to say the part of the bottom wall 21 in contact with the distribution channel 20 , is integral with the housing 9 of the piston 5.
La paroi de fond 21 délimite au moins en partie le volume de la poche extérieure 22. The bottom wall 21 at least partially delimits the volume of the outer pocket 22.
La paroi de jonction 7 délimite au moins en partie le piston 5. The junction wall 7 at least partially defines the piston 5.
La paroi de fond 21 délimite au moins en partie le logement 9 du piston 5. L'écart entre la paroi 7 et la paroi 21 définissent le volume de la poche intérieure 2i. The bottom wall 21 at least partially defines the housing 9 of the piston 5. The distance between the wall 7 and the wall 21 defines the volume of the interior pocket 2i.
Dans le dispositif 1700, les moyens de freinage 15 sont solidaires du logement 9 du piston 5 et comprennent de préférence au moins une languette inclinée 17 vers l'intérieur du logement 9. In the device 1700, the braking means 15 are integral with the housing 9 of the piston 5 and preferably comprise at least one inclined tongue 17 towards the inside of the housing 9.
Le dispositif 1700 comprend une languette 17. The device 1700 includes a tab 17.
Dans le dispositif 1700, la paroi mobile 3 est séparée de la paroi de jonction 7. La paroi de jonction 7 est agencée pour délimiter le volume intérieur de la poche 2 et le volume intérieur de l'enveloppe du réservoir 6. In the device 1700, the movable wall 3 is separated from the junction wall 7. The junction wall 7 is arranged to delimit the internal volume of the pocket 2 and the internal volume of the shell of the reservoir 6.
La paroi de jonction 7 comprend une forme sensiblement plane. Dans le cas du dispositif 1700, la paroi de jonction 7 est rigide, c'est-à-dire plus rigide que la paroi déformable 3 de la poche 2. The junction wall 7 comprises a substantially planar shape. In the case of the device 1700, the junction wall 7 is rigid, that is to say more rigid than the deformable wall 3 of the pocket 2.
La paroi mobile 3 est située entre la paroi de fond 21 et la paroi de jonction 7. The movable wall 3 is located between the bottom wall 21 and the junction wall 7.
La paroi de jonction 7 est de même rigidité que la paroi de fond 21. The junction wall 7 is of the same rigidity as the bottom wall 21.
La paroi de jonction 7 est fixée à la paroi mobile 3 de la poche 2. The junction wall 7 is fixed to the movable wall 3 of the pocket 2.
La paroi mobile 3 est fixée à la paroi de fond 21 de la poche 2. The movable wall 3 is fixed to the bottom wall 21 of the pocket 2.
La paroi déformable 3 est souple. The deformable wall 3 is flexible.
La paroi mobile 3 est typiquement en TPO. The movable wall 3 is typically made of TPO.
Le piston 5 est délimité en partie par la paroi de jonction 7. The piston 5 is partially delimited by the junction wall 7.
Le piston 5 est fixé à la paroi de jonction 7 par soudage et/ou moulage The piston 5 is fixed to the junction wall 7 by welding and / or molding
Le piston 5 est solidaire de la partie plane de la paroi de jonction 7. The piston 5 is integral with the flat part of the junction wall 7.
La paroi de jonction 7 est en PP. The junction wall 7 is made of PP.
Le piston 5 est fait de la même matière que la paroi de jonction 7. Sur le dispositif 1700, le piston 5 et la paroi de jonction 7 forment une seule et unique pièce. The piston 5 is made of the same material as the junction wall 7. On the device 1700, the piston 5 and the junction wall 7 form a single piece.
Ainsi le piston 5 est donc positionné entre la partie plane de la paroi de jonction 7 et le logement 9 pour le piston 5. Thus the piston 5 is therefore positioned between the flat part of the junction wall 7 and the housing 9 for the piston 5.
Le logement 9 pour le piston 5 est positionné entre le piston 5 et le canal de distribution 20. The housing 9 for the piston 5 is positioned between the piston 5 and the distribution channel 20.
Le piston 5 est creux et cylindrique et comprend un diamètre extérieur délimité par la paroi de jonction 7. The piston 5 is hollow and cylindrical and comprises an outer diameter delimited by the junction wall 7.
Le diamètre extérieur du piston 5 comprend une augmentation de son diamètre à l'extrémité du piston 5 donnant sur le logement 9 du piston 5. Cet agencement permet d'avoir un contact annulaire linéique étanche pendant des phases de compression, c'est-à-dire lorsque la tête de distribution 10 est animée du mouvement de translation diminuant le volume de la poche 2. Cela permet entres autres d'augmenter des performances d'étanchéité du dispositif 1700. Un faible mouvement de rotation (par exemple de type rotule) et optionnellement complémentaire de ce mouvement de translation. The outside diameter of the piston 5 includes an increase in its diameter at the end of the piston 5 giving onto the housing 9 of the piston 5. This arrangement makes it possible to have a sealed linear annular contact during compression phases, that is to say when the dispensing head 10 is driven by the translational movement reducing the volume of the pocket 2. This makes it possible, among other things, to increase sealing performance of the device 1700. A low rotational movement (for example of the ball joint type) and optionally complementary to this translational movement.
Le dispositif 1700 comprend en outre un orifice d'alimentation 8 reliant le canal d'alimentation 78 et/ou un réservoir 6 au volume de la poche extérieure 22. The device 1700 further comprises a supply orifice 8 connecting the supply channel 78 and / or a reservoir 6 to the volume of the outer pocket 22.
Le dispositif 1700 comprend le réservoir 6. Le réservoir 6 communique avec la poche extérieure 22 par l'orifice d'alimentation 8. Le réservoir 6 comprend un volume intérieur agencé pour contenir le fluide. The device 1700 comprises the reservoir 6. The reservoir 6 communicates with the exterior pocket 22 through the supply port 8. The reservoir 6 comprises an interior volume arranged to contain the fluid.
Le dispositif 1700 est agencé pour guider le fluide selon le second parcours, à chaque pression d'appui 18 sur la paroi mobile 3 supérieure à la force seuil, et/ou, à chaque diminution du volume intérieur de la poche intérieure 2i et de la poche extérieure 22 pour laquelle l'orifice de liaison 13 est fermé, provoquant ainsi le mouvement du piston 5 dans le logement 9. Le mouvement du piston 5 dans le logement 9 provoque une compression du produit présent dans le volume de la poche 2. The device 1700 is arranged to guide the fluid along the second path, at each bearing pressure 18 on the movable wall 3 greater than the threshold force, and / or, at each decrease in the internal volume of the internal pocket 2i and of the outer pocket 22 for which the connection orifice 13 is closed, thus causing the movement of the piston 5 in the housing 9. The movement of the piston 5 in the housing 9 causes compression of the product present in the volume of the pocket 2.
L'orifice de liaison 13 se ferme après un appui (suffisant) sur la paroi mobile 3, il forme ainsi la valve d'alimentation de la poche intérieure 2i. The connection orifice 13 closes after a (sufficient) pressure on the movable wall 3, it thus forms the supply valve of the interior pocket 2i.
Le dispositif 1700 est agencé pour guider le fluide selon le premier parcours : The device 1700 is arranged to guide the fluid along the first path:
après une fin de chaque pression d'appui 18 supérieure à la force seuil, c'est-à-dire lorsque la paroi mobile 3 n'est plus sous l'exercice d'une pression d'appui 18 supérieure à la force seuil, et/ou after an end of each support pressure 18 greater than the threshold force, that is to say when the movable wall 3 is no longer under the exertion of a support pressure 18 greater than the threshold force, and or
- à chaque augmentation du volume intérieur de la poche intérieure 2i et de la poche extérieure 22 pour laquelle l'orifice de liaison 13 est ouvert, c'est-à-dire quand le piston 5, situé dans le logement 9, revient vers et dans la poche extérieure 22. - at each increase in the internal volume of the inner pocket 2i and of the outer pocket 22 for which the connection orifice 13 is open, that is to say when the piston 5, located in the housing 9, returns to and in the outside pocket 22.
L'orifice de liaison 13 : The connection hole 13:
- est formé à une jonction 19 entre une extrémité du piston 5 et une extrémité du logement 9 du piston 5, et/ou - is formed at a junction 19 between one end of the piston 5 and one end of the housing 9 of the piston 5, and / or
- comprend un trou 23 situé dans le logement 9 du piston 5. - includes a hole 23 located in the housing 9 of the piston 5.
L'orifice de liaison 13 est agencé pour : - se fermer lors d'un mouvement du piston 5 réduisant le volume intérieur de la poche 2, The connection orifice 13 is designed for: - close when the piston 5 moves, reducing the internal volume of the pocket 2,
- s'ouvrir lors d'un mouvement du piston 5 augmentant le volume intérieur de la poche 2. - open when the piston 5 moves, increasing the internal volume of the pocket 2.
On remarque que ce mode de réalisation comprend une cavité 139. Note that this embodiment comprises a cavity 139.
Cette cavité 139 correspond au volume intérieur du piston 5. This cavity 139 corresponds to the internal volume of the piston 5.
Cette cavité 139 n'est pas fermée mais le fluide contenu dans le réservoir 6 peut circuler du réservoir 6 à la cavité 139, et/ou de la cavité 139 à la sortie 24. This cavity 139 is not closed but the fluid contained in the reservoir 6 can circulate from the reservoir 6 to the cavity 139, and / or from the cavity 139 to the outlet 24.
Cependant, une majorité (plus de 50%) ou même la totalité du volume de la cavité 139 est un volume mort, c'est-à-dire que du fluide peut circuler du réservoir 6 jusqu'à la sortie 24 sans perturber ou créer un mouvement du fluide dans la cavité 139. However, a majority (over 50%) or even all of the volume of cavity 139 is dead volume, i.e. fluid can flow from reservoir 6 to outlet 24 without disturbing or creating movement of the fluid in the cavity 139.
On remarque en outre que le volume intérieur de la cavité 139 est supérieur au volume maximum de fluide sortant par la sortie 24 lors d'une entrée du piston 5 dans son logement 11. It is further noted that the internal volume of the cavity 139 is greater than the maximum volume of fluid exiting through the outlet 24 when the piston 5 enters its housing 11.
Les FIGURES 19 à 22 illustrent un autre mode de réalisation d'un dispositif 1900 pour distribuer un fluide. Seules les différences avec le dispositif 1700 seront décrites. FIGURES 19 to 22 illustrate another embodiment of a device 1900 for dispensing a fluid. Only the differences with the 1700 device will be described.
Le dispositif 1900 comprend la tête de distribution 10 s'étendant longitudinalement sur une certaine longueur suivant une direction longitudinale reliant l'orifice de distribution 22 à la sortie 24. The device 1900 comprises the dispensing head 10 extending longitudinally over a certain length in a longitudinal direction connecting the dispensing orifice 22 to the outlet 24.
La tête de distribution 10 est sensiblement (à +/- 20 mm) dans le prolongement du réservoir (à l'extrémité du réservoir) et la direction de distribution sensiblement opposée à l'élongation du réservoir à +/- 20 degrés. Le dispositif 1900 est agencé pour fonctionner dans toutes les positions, notamment tête vers le haut ou vers le bas par rapport à la force gravitationnelle terrestre. The distribution head 10 is substantially (at +/- 20 mm) in the extension of the reservoir (at the end of the reservoir) and the direction of distribution substantially opposite to the elongation of the reservoir at +/- 20 degrees. The device 1900 is designed to operate in all positions, in particular head up or down with respect to the terrestrial gravitational force.
La tête de distribution 10 est une pièce droite s'étendant longitudinalement selon la direction longitudinale. The dispensing head 10 is a straight part extending longitudinally in the longitudinal direction.
La tête de distribution 10 comprend le canal de distribution 20. Le canal de distribution est un cylindre s'étendant longitudinalement sur toute la longueur de la tête de distribution 10 et suivant la même direction longitudinale que la tête de distribution 10. La tête de distribution 10 est équipée d'une collerette 45. La collerette 45 est agencée pour fixer le réservoir 6 dans la paroi de fond 21. The distribution head 10 comprises the distribution channel 20. The distribution channel is a cylinder extending longitudinally over the entire length of the distribution head 10 and in the same longitudinal direction as the distribution head 10. The dispensing head 10 is equipped with a collar 45. The collar 45 is arranged to fix the reservoir 6 in the bottom wall 21.
L'axe du canal de distribution 20 est centré sur l'axe central de la tête de distribution 10, c'est-à-dire que le canal 20 et la tête 10 sont coaxiaux. The axis of the distribution channel 20 is centered on the central axis of the distribution head 10, that is to say that the channel 20 and the head 10 are coaxial.
Sur les FIGURES 19 et 22, le dispositif 1900 comprend le réservoir 6 comprenant une enveloppe déformable 56. L'enveloppe déformable 56 du réservoir 6 est agencée pour délimiter la poche 2. In FIGURES 19 and 22, the device 1900 comprises the reservoir 6 comprising a deformable envelope 56. The deformable envelope 56 of the reservoir 6 is arranged to delimit the pocket 2.
Le dispositif 1900 comprend un orifice de distribution 22 reliant la poche 2, notamment la poche intérieure 2i au canal de distribution 20. The device 1900 comprises a dispensing orifice 22 connecting the bag 2, in particular the inner bag 2i to the dispensing channel 20.
Les moyens de freinage 15 sont solidaires du logement 9 et comprennent de préférence au moins une languette 17 inclinée vers l'extérieur du piston 5. The braking means 15 are integral with the housing 9 and preferably comprise at least one tongue 17 inclined towards the outside of the piston 5.
L'orifice de liaison 13 comprend le trou 23 situé dans le logement 9 du piston 5. The connection orifice 13 includes the hole 23 located in the housing 9 of the piston 5.
L'orifice de liaison 13 est agencé pour The connection orifice 13 is arranged for
- se fermer lors d'un mouvement du piston 5 réduisant le volume intérieur de la poche 2, - close when the piston 5 moves, reducing the internal volume of the pocket 2,
- s'ouvrir lors d'un mouvement du piston 5 augmentant le volume intérieur de la poche 2. - open when the piston 5 moves, increasing the internal volume of the pocket 2.
Le dispositif 1900 comprend en outre le canal de distribution 20 agencé pour conduire le fluide provenant de la poche intérieure 2i vers la sortie 24. The device 1900 further comprises the distribution channel 20 arranged to conduct the fluid coming from the inner bag 2i towards the outlet 24.
Le dispositif 1900 comprend la valve de distribution 28 située dans le canal de distribution 20 et agencée pour conduire le fluide de la poche intérieure 2i vers la sortie 24. The device 1900 comprises the distribution valve 28 located in the distribution channel 20 and arranged to conduct the fluid from the inner bag 2i to the outlet 24.
Le dispositif 1900 comprend en outre : The device 1900 also includes:
- la valve de distribution 28, - the distribution valve 28,
- un mélangeur 25 agencé pour recevoir différents flux séparés de fluide (en provenance de la poche 2) et les mélanger sous la forme d'un spray au niveau de la sortie 24. a mixer 25 designed to receive different separate streams of fluid (coming from the bag 2) and mix them in the form of a spray at the outlet 24.
Les flux peuvent être issus du même fluide et/ou de fluides distincts. The flows can come from the same fluid and / or from different fluids.
Une extrémité ou une partie (plus exactement la partie 283) de la valve de distribution 28 est solidaire d'une tige 27 agencée pour s'enfoncer dans le mélangeur 25 de manière à former différents canaux 59 agencés pour conduire les différents flux séparés de fluide jusqu'au mélangeur 25. La valve de distribution 28 comprend un raidisseur 49 agencée pour empêcher une pliure ou déformation (trop importante) de la valve 28 lors de son insertion dans le canal 20. One end or part (more exactly the part 283) of the dispensing valve 28 is integral with a rod 27 arranged to sink into the mixer 25 so as to form different channels 59 arranged to conduct the different separate flows of fluid. up to mixer 25. The distribution valve 28 comprises a stiffener 49 designed to prevent bending or (too great) deformation of the valve 28 during its insertion into the channel 20.
La tige 27 est un élément servant à réaliser un spray (i.e. vaporisateur). The rod 27 is an element used to produce a spray (i.e. vaporizer).
Le mélangeur 25 comprend trois cavités 57 agencées dans le canal de distribution 20 (logement 80 de valve 28) pour converger vers la sortie 24. La sortie 24 est fermée par une face frontale de la tige 27 (formant les cavités 57 du mélangeur 25 reliés aux canaux 59). Ces cavités 57 sont alimentées par les trois canaux 59 formés par les parois latérales de la tige 27 et le trou triangulaire de la pièce de distribution 25, écartées l'une de l'autres, et agencées pour définir les trois canaux 59. Dans des variantes, il y a au moins deux cavités 57 et au moins deux canaux 59. Des pales sont au fond de la pièce 25, afin d'augmenter la pression au niveau de la sortie 24 et créer un vortex. Ainsi, ces canaux 59 sont dirigés vers une même direction centrale de manière à créer un vortex. Une rainure dans la paroi intérieur du canal 20, et qui est dans le prolongement des canaux 59, imprime un mouvement de rotation au fluide y circulant. The mixer 25 comprises three cavities 57 arranged in the distribution channel 20 (housing 80 of valve 28) to converge towards the outlet 24. The outlet 24 is closed by a front face of the rod 27 (forming the cavities 57 of the connected mixer 25. to channels 59). These cavities 57 are supplied by the three channels 59 formed by the side walls of the rod 27 and the triangular hole of the distribution part 25, spaced from one another, and arranged to define the three channels 59. In variants, there are at least two cavities 57 and at least two channels 59. Blades are at the bottom of the part 25, in order to increase the pressure at the level of the outlet 24 and create a vortex. Thus, these channels 59 are directed towards the same central direction so as to create a vortex. A groove in the inner wall of the channel 20, which is an extension of the channels 59, imparts a rotational movement to the fluid circulating therein.
Les canaux 59, et les cavités 57 (situées dans le prolongement des canaux 59), sont agencés pour créer un vortex en sortie 24 comprenant les flux provenant de la poche 2. The channels 59, and the cavities 57 (located in the extension of the channels 59), are arranged to create an outlet vortex 24 comprising the flows coming from the pocket 2.
La paroi mobile 3 est une paroi déformable. The movable wall 3 is a deformable wall.
La paroi mobile 3 comprend la paroi de jonction 7. Plus précisément, Il y a continuité de matière entre la paroi mobile 3 et la paroi de jonction 7. La paroi mobile 3 et la paroi de jonction 7 sont similaires, c'est-à-dire fait d'un même matériau. The movable wall 3 comprises the junction wall 7. More precisely, there is continuity of material between the movable wall 3 and the junction wall 7. The movable wall 3 and the junction wall 7 are similar, that is to say - say made of the same material.
Les parois 3 et 7 sont par exemple en polypropylène. The walls 3 and 7 are for example made of polypropylene.
La paroi mobile 3 délimité au moins en partie le volume de la poche extérieure 22. La paroi mobile 3 forme un dôme, c'est-à-dire que la paroi mobile 3 comprend une partie de forme concave par rapport à la paroi de fond 21 The movable wall 3 delimits at least in part the volume of the outer pocket 22. The movable wall 3 forms a dome, that is to say that the movable wall 3 comprises a portion of concave shape with respect to the bottom wall. 21
La poche intérieure 2i comprend une partie délimitée par la paroi de fond 21. La paroi de fond 21 comprend le logement 9 pour le piston 5. Le logement 9 pour le piston 5 est délimité au moins en partie par la paroi de fond 21. The inner pocket 2i comprises a part delimited by the bottom wall 21. The bottom wall 21 comprises the housing 9 for the piston 5. The housing 9 for the piston 5 is delimited at least in part by the bottom wall 21.
La poche extérieure 22 comprend une partie délimitée par la paroi de fond 21. La paroi de fond 21 comprend l'orifice d'alimentation 8 pour relier la poche 2 au réservoir 6, plus précisément la poche extérieure 22 au réservoir 6. La paroi de fond 21 comprend de préférence une forme de plan ou sensiblement de plan sur laquelle vient se fixer la paroi mobile 3. The outer pocket 22 comprises a part delimited by the bottom wall 21. The bottom wall 21 comprises the supply orifice 8 to connect the pocket 2 to the reservoir 6, more precisely the outer pocket 22 to the reservoir 6. The bottom wall 21 preferably comprises a shape of a plane or substantially a plane on which the movable wall 3 is fixed.
La paroi mobile 3 est fixée ou soudée à la paroi de fond 21, notamment à un plan de la paroi de fond 21. The movable wall 3 is fixed or welded to the bottom wall 21, in particular to a plane of the bottom wall 21.
La paroi de fond 21 est une paroi rigide, c'est-à-dire plus rigide que la paroi mobile 3. The bottom wall 21 is a rigid wall, that is to say more rigid than the movable wall 3.
La paroi mobile 3 est par exemple une paroi fine et la paroi de fond 21 est par exemple une paroi plus épaisse que la paroi mobile 3. The movable wall 3 is for example a thin wall and the bottom wall 21 is for example a thicker wall than the movable wall 3.
La paroi mobile 3 est de préférence en PP avec un additif en polymère ou plastomère (tel que par exemple du Vistamaxx™ 6202), afin d'en diminuer la dureté de sorte que la dureté de La paroi mobile 3 soit inférieure à 80 Shore D. Dès lors on évite une finesse trop importante et des fragilités de La paroi mobile 3. The movable wall 3 is preferably made of PP with a polymer or plastomer additive (such as for example Vistamaxx ™ 6202), in order to reduce its hardness so that the hardness of the movable wall 3 is less than 80 Shore D Consequently, too great a fineness and weaknesses of the movable wall 3 are avoided.
La poche 2, plus précisément la paroi de fond 21, délimite au moins un logement 39 agencé pour accueillir des moyens 31 pour fixer le réservoir 6 à la poche 2. Ainsi le réservoir 6 peut s'emboiter dans la paroi de fond 21. Le réservoir 6 est maintenu par serrage par la pièce de distribution 10. Dans un autre mode de réalisation non représenté, la pièce de distribution 10 comprend un embout externe sur lequel viens d'emboiter le réservoir 6 au niveau d'un goulot. Ce goulot est contraint en traction par l'embout, de façon optionnelle une bague externe peut venir se sertir sur l'extérieur du goulot par déplacement le long de celui-ci afin d'améliorer l'étanchéité. The pocket 2, more precisely the bottom wall 21, defines at least one housing 39 arranged to receive means 31 for fixing the reservoir 6 to the pocket 2. Thus the reservoir 6 can fit into the bottom wall 21. The reservoir 6 is held by clamping by the dispensing part 10. In another embodiment, not shown, the dispensing part 10 comprises an external end piece onto which the reservoir 6 has just fitted at the level of a neck. This neck is constrained in traction by the end piece, optionally an outer ring can be crimped on the outside of the neck by displacement along the latter in order to improve the seal.
La poche 2 comprend aussi un logement 41 dans la poche 2 agencé pour monter et/ou emboiter la tête de distribution 10 à la poche 2, plus précisément à la paroi de fond 21. The pocket 2 also comprises a housing 41 in the pocket 2 arranged to mount and / or fit the dispensing head 10 to the pocket 2, more precisely to the bottom wall 21.
Le dispositif 1900 comprend le réservoir 6 communiquant avec la poche extérieure 22 par l'orifice d'alimentation 8, ledit réservoir 6 comprenant un volume intérieur agencé pour contenir le fluide, ledit volume intérieur étant délimité au moins en partie par l'enveloppe déformable 56. The device 1900 comprises the reservoir 6 communicating with the outer pocket 22 through the supply port 8, said reservoir 6 comprising an inner volume arranged to contain the fluid, said inner volume being delimited at least in part by the deformable envelope 56. .
L'enveloppe déformable 56 du réservoir est en TPO ou PE ou PP. The deformable shell 56 of the tank is made of TPO or PE or PP.
L'enveloppe déformable 56 comprend une surface d'appui 26 agencée pour, depuis l'extérieur du dispositif 1900, recevoir la pression d'appui 18, extérieure au dispositif 1900 et orthogonale à la direction longitudinale du canal de distribution 20. Ainsi, à chaque pression d'appui 18 supérieure à la force seuil, le piston 5 ou une partie du piston 5, initialement compris dans le volume intérieur de la poche extérieure 22, va se déplacer dans le logement 9 du piston 5. The deformable casing 56 comprises a bearing surface 26 arranged to, from the outside of the device 1900, receive the bearing pressure 18, external to the device 1900 and orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the distribution channel 20. Thus, at each bearing pressure 18 greater than the threshold force, the piston 5 or part of the piston 5, initially included in the internal volume of the external pocket 22, will move in the housing 9 of the piston 5.
Ainsi, le réservoir 6 est agencé pour réduire son volume intérieur après chaque état d'ouverture de la valve d'alimentation 38. Thus, the reservoir 6 is designed to reduce its internal volume after each state of opening of the supply valve 38.
Le réservoir 6, notamment la paroi déformable 56 du réservoir 6, comprend les moyens 31 pour fixer le réservoir 6 à la poche 2, précisément pour fixer le réservoir 6 à la paroi de fond 21, notamment à la paroi de fond 21 comprenant une partie de la poche intérieure 2i. The reservoir 6, in particular the deformable wall 56 of the reservoir 6, comprises the means 31 for fixing the reservoir 6 to the pocket 2, specifically for fixing the reservoir 6 to the bottom wall 21, in particular to the bottom wall 21 comprising a part inside pocket 2i.
Les moyens 31 pour fixer la poche 2 au réservoir 6 sont solidaires du réservoir 6, notamment de la paroi déformable 56 et de la surface de maintien 33 du réservoir. Les moyens 31 sont plus épais que le reste de la paroi déformable 56 du réservoir 6. The means 31 for fixing the bag 2 to the reservoir 6 are integral with the reservoir 6, in particular with the deformable wall 56 and the retaining surface 33 of the reservoir. The means 31 are thicker than the rest of the deformable wall 56 of the reservoir 6.
Ces moyens 31 pour fixer sont une partie rigide de la paroi déformable 56, c'est-à-dire plus rigide que les autres parties de la paroi déformable 56 du réservoir 6. . These means 31 for fixing are a rigid part of the deformable wall 56, that is to say more rigid than the other parts of the deformable wall 56 of the reservoir 6..
La surface de maintien 33 est plane et est une partie rigide de la paroi déformable 56, c'est-à-dire plus rigide que les autres parties de la paroi déformable 56 du réservoir 6. The retaining surface 33 is flat and is a rigid part of the deformable wall 56, that is to say more rigid than the other parts of the deformable wall 56 of the reservoir 6.
Les moyens 31 de la paroi déformable 56 comprennent au moins un bord en coin 31 venant s'emboîter dans la poche intérieure 2i. Dans le cas du dispositif 1900, la paroi déformable comprend deux bords 31 en coin pour emboîter le réservoir 6 dans la poche 2, précisément pour fixer le réservoir 6 à la paroi de fond 21, notamment à la paroi de fond 21 comprenant la poche intérieure 2i. The means 31 of the deformable wall 56 comprise at least one wedge edge 31 which fits into the interior pocket 2i. In the case of the device 1900, the deformable wall comprises two wedge edges 31 to fit the reservoir 6 into the pocket 2, specifically to fix the reservoir 6 to the bottom wall 21, in particular to the bottom wall 21 comprising the inner pocket. 2i.
Ainsi la collerette 45 est agencée pour, par exercice d'une pression de montage (non illustrée) sur la surface de maintien 53 du réservoir 6, emboîter et/ou fixer les bords 31 en coin du réservoir 6 dans la poche 2. Thus the flange 45 is arranged for, by exerting a mounting pressure (not shown) on the retaining surface 53 of the reservoir 6, fit and / or fix the edges 31 at the corner of the reservoir 6 in the pocket 2.
Le dispositif 1900 peut être une recharge mono-matière, typiquement de la même famille que les composés polyoléfines. The device 1900 can be a mono-material refill, typically of the same family as the polyolefin compounds.
La FIGURE 20 représente une vue éclatée du dispositif 1900 ne FIGURE 20 shows an exploded view of the device 1900 not
comprenant pas encore de réservoir 6. including no tank 6.
La poche extérieure 22 comprend des moyens pour fixer la paroi mobile 3 à la paroi de fond 21. Les volumes de la poche extérieure 22 et de la poche intérieure 2i sont délimités lorsque la paroi mobile 3 est fixée sur la paroi de fond 21. The outer pocket 22 comprises means for fixing the movable wall 3 to the bottom wall 21. The volumes of the outer pocket 22 and of the pocket interior 2i are delimited when the movable wall 3 is fixed to the bottom wall 21.
La paroi mobile 3 comprend au moins un pion 35, quatre sur le dispositif 1900, pour positionner précisément et fixer la paroi mobile 3 à la paroi de fond 21. La paroi de fond comprend au moins un trou 37, quatre au total de la The movable wall 3 comprises at least one pin 35, four on the device 1900, to precisely position and fix the movable wall 3 to the bottom wall 21. The bottom wall comprises at least one hole 37, four in total of the
FIGURE 20, agencé pour accueillir l'au moins un pion 35 de la paroi mobile 3. FIGURE 20, arranged to accommodate at least one pin 35 of the movable wall 3.
Dans un mode de réalisation d'un procédé de montage du dispositif 1900, on monte la valve de distribution 28 dans la tête de distribution 10, notamment dans le canal de distribution 20. On emboite ensuite la tête de distribution 10 dans le logement 41 de la poche 2 (notamment dans la paroi de fond 21 comprenant une partie de la poche intérieure 2i). On assemble ensuite paroi mobile 3 à la paroi de fond 21 de la poche 2 de manière à former et/ou définir la poche intérieure 2i et extérieure 22. La paroi mobile 3 doit être fixée la paroi de fond 21. In one embodiment of a method of mounting the device 1900, the dispensing valve 28 is mounted in the dispensing head 10, in particular in the dispensing channel 20. The dispensing head 10 is then fitted into the housing 41 of the device. the pocket 2 (in particular in the bottom wall 21 comprising a part of the interior pocket 2i). The movable wall 3 is then assembled to the bottom wall 21 of the pocket 2 so as to form and / or define the inner and outer pocket 2i and 22. The movable wall 3 must be fixed to the bottom wall 21.
Dans le cas d'un procédé d'un dispositif 100 comprenant un réservoir 6, la paroi mobile 3 doit être fixée la paroi de fond 21. Ainsi, le réservoir 6 est pincé entre la tête de distribution 10, au niveau de la collerette 45, et la poche 2. In the case of a method of a device 100 comprising a reservoir 6, the movable wall 3 must be fixed to the bottom wall 21. Thus, the reservoir 6 is clamped between the distribution head 10, at the level of the collar 45. , and pocket 2.
On remarque que le long de l'axe de translation du piston 5 dans le logement 9, en partant de la paroi 3: Note that along the axis of translation of piston 5 in housing 9, starting from wall 3:
- le logement 9 s'étend au-delà du canal de la poche intérieure 2i reliant l'orifice 13 à la valve 28, et/ou - the housing 9 extends beyond the channel of the inner pocket 2i connecting the orifice 13 to the valve 28, and / or
- la valve 28 n'est pas située le long de cet axe. - the valve 28 is not located along this axis.
On remarque que la poche 2i comprend : Note that pocket 2i includes:
- une première partie à l'intérieur de la poche h, et - a first part inside the pocket h, and
- une deuxième partie, formant un angle ou virage par rapport à la - a second part, forming an angle or bend in relation to the
première partie, et située sous la poche 22. first part, and located under the pocket 22.
En référence à la figure 21, la valve 28 peut être maintenue dans le canal 10 par une nervure 67. Referring to Figure 21, the valve 28 can be held in the channel 10 by a rib 67.
La paroi mobile 3 a une fonction technique de ressort ou de moyen de rappel exerçant une force ramenant le piston 5 vers l'extérieur du logement 9. The movable wall 3 has a technical function of spring or return means exerting a force bringing the piston 5 towards the outside of the housing 9.
Sur la figure 19, on remarque que le piston 5 est formé au moins en partie par au moins une partie de la paroi mobile 3. In FIG. 19, it can be seen that the piston 5 is formed at least in part by at least part of the movable wall 3.
Le piston 5 est en contact direct avec la paroi formant la surface d'appui 26. Dans une variante non illustrée pour laquelle l'enveloppe 56 n'entoure pas la poche 2 mais forme juste un réservoir à l'extérieur de la poche 2, le piston 5 est formé au moins en partie par au moins une partie de la surface d'appui 26. The piston 5 is in direct contact with the wall forming the bearing surface 26. In a variant not shown for which the casing 56 does not surround the pocket. 2 but just forms a reservoir outside the pocket 2, the piston 5 is formed at least in part by at least part of the bearing surface 26.
Les FIGURES 23 à 25 illustrent un autre mode de réalisation d'un dispositif 2300 pour distribuer un fluide. Seules les différences avec le dispositif 1900 seront décrites. FIGURES 23 to 25 illustrate another embodiment of a device 2300 for dispensing a fluid. Only the differences with the 1900 device will be described.
La tête de distribution 10 du dispositif 2300 ne comprend pas de collerette 45 mais conserve la même forme et la même direction d'élongation. The dispensing head 10 of the device 2300 does not include a collar 45 but retains the same shape and the same direction of elongation.
Ainsi, la tête de distribution 10 est agencée pour être emboitée, c'est à dire maintenue fixe, dans le logement 41 de la poche 2. Thus, the dispensing head 10 is arranged to be nested, that is to say held fixed, in the housing 41 of the pocket 2.
Le dispositif 2300 comprend en outre un bouchon 74 agencé pour se positionner et/ou s'emboiter sur la tête de distribution 10. Quand le bouchon 74 est fixé à la tête de distribution 10, aucun fluide ne peut sortir par la sortie 24 du dispositif 2300. Le bouchon 74 est agencé pour être étanche à l'air lorsqu'il est plaqué à la sortie 24 pour la phase d'amorçage lors du remplissage sous vide. The device 2300 further comprises a plug 74 arranged to be positioned and / or fit on the dispensing head 10. When the plug 74 is fixed to the dispensing head 10, no fluid can exit through the outlet 24 of the device. 2300. The stopper 74 is designed to be airtight when it is pressed to the outlet 24 for the priming phase during vacuum filling.
Le bouchon 74 est en plastique. The cap 74 is made of plastic.
Comme dans le dispositif 1900, la paroi mobile 3 comprend la paroi de jonction 7. Il y a continuité de matière entre la paroi mobile 3 et la paroi de jonction 7. As in the device 1900, the movable wall 3 comprises the junction wall 7. There is continuity of material between the movable wall 3 and the junction wall 7.
Toutefois, la paroi mobile 3 n'est pas fait du même matériau que la paroi de jonction 7. However, the movable wall 3 is not made of the same material as the junction wall 7.
La paroi mobile 3 est en PP, PE ou TPO. The movable wall 3 is made of PP, PE or TPO.
La paroi de jonction 7 est en PP, PE ou TPO. The junction wall 7 is made of PP, PE or TPO.
La paroi de jonction 7 est rigide, c'est-à-dire plus rigide que la paroi mobile 3. The junction wall 7 is rigid, that is to say more rigid than the mobile wall 3.
La paroi mobile 3 et la paroi déformable 56 du réservoir 6 sont similaires, c'est-à-dire fait d'un même matériau. Il y a continuité de matière entre la paroi mobile 3 et la paroi déformable 56. Elles sont formées par une seule pièce comprenant deux zones de soudure ou fixation, une zone de soudure ou fixation 431 pour souder ou fixer la paroi 3 sur la paroi 21 et une zone de soudure ou fixation 432 pour souder ou fixer la paroi 56 à la paroi 21i. The movable wall 3 and the deformable wall 56 of the reservoir 6 are similar, that is to say made of the same material. There is continuity of material between the movable wall 3 and the deformable wall 56. They are formed by a single piece comprising two welding or fixing zones, a welding or fixing zone 431 for welding or fixing the wall 3 on the wall 21. and a weld or attachment area 432 for welding or fixing the wall 56 to the wall 21i.
En effet, le dispositif 2300 comprend une plaque 43. La plaque 43 est sensiblement plane. La plaque 43 comprend la paroi mobile 3, la paroi de jonction avec le piston 5 et la paroi déformable 56 du réservoir 6. La plaque 43 comprend donc des parties ayant des rigidités différentes. Indeed, the device 2300 comprises a plate 43. The plate 43 is substantially planar. The plate 43 comprises the movable wall 3, the junction wall with the piston 5 and the deformable wall 56 of the reservoir 6. The plate 43 therefore comprises parts having different rigidities.
La plaque 43 est agencée pour être positionnée sur la paroi de fond 21 de la poche 2. The plate 43 is arranged to be positioned on the bottom wall 21 of the pocket 2.
La plaque 43 est agencée pour être fixée à la paroi de fond 21 de la poche 2, plus précisément sur une face supérieure 21i de la paroi de fond 21. The plate 43 is arranged to be fixed to the bottom wall 21 of the pocket 2, more precisely on an upper face 21i of the bottom wall 21.
La face supérieure 21i de la paroi de fond 21 est sensiblement plane. The upper face 21i of the bottom wall 21 is substantially planar.
La plaque 43 est emboîtée et/ou soudée à la paroi de fond 21 de la poche The plate 43 is fitted and / or welded to the bottom wall 21 of the pocket
2. 2.
Le volume du réservoir 6 est compris entre la paroi de fond 21 de la poche 2 et l'enveloppe 56 déformable. The volume of the reservoir 6 is between the bottom wall 21 of the pocket 2 and the deformable casing 56.
L'enveloppe déformable 56 du réservoir 6 comprend des ondulations 562 successives radiales autour d'un axe B. The deformable envelope 56 of the reservoir 6 comprises successive radial corrugations 562 about an axis B.
L'axe B est perpendiculaire au plan 47 de la paroi 43 et/ou 56. The axis B is perpendicular to the plane 47 of the wall 43 and / or 56.
L'enveloppe déformable 56 est sensiblement contenue dans un plan 47 autour duquel oscillent les ondulations 562, l'axe B étant sensiblement perpendiculaire à ce plan 47. Le plan 47 est sensiblement parallèle à la face supérieure 21i de la paroi de fond 21. The deformable envelope 56 is substantially contained in a plane 47 around which the corrugations 562 oscillate, the axis B being substantially perpendicular to this plane 47. The plane 47 is substantially parallel to the upper face 21i of the bottom wall 21.
L'axe B est sensiblement perpendiculaire à la direction d'élongation de la tête de distribution 10. The axis B is substantially perpendicular to the direction of elongation of the dispensing head 10.
Les ondulations 562 ont une amplitude d'oscillation, de préférence constante. The corrugations 562 have an amplitude of oscillation, preferably constant.
L'amplitude d'oscillation des ondulation 562 est comprise entre le plan 47 et la face supérieure 21i de la paroi de fond 21 sur laquelle est fixée la plaque 43. The amplitude of oscillation of the corrugations 562 is between the plane 47 and the upper face 21i of the bottom wall 21 on which the plate 43 is fixed.
Dans un mode de réalisation d'un procédé de montage du dispositif 2300, on monte la valve de distribution 28 dans la tête de distribution 10. On emboite ensuite la tête de distribution 10 dans le logement 41 de la poche 2 (notamment dans la paroi de fond 21 comprenant une partie de la poche intérieure 2i). Dans le cas de la non utilisation du dispositif 2300, on vient positionner le bouchon 74 sur une face de la tête de distribution 10 comprenant la sortie 24. On assemble ensuite la plaque 43 avec la paroi de fond 21 sur sa face supérieure 21i. In one embodiment of a method for mounting the device 2300, the dispensing valve 28 is mounted in the dispensing head 10. The dispensing head 10 is then fitted into the housing 41 of the pocket 2 (in particular in the wall. bottom 21 comprising part of the inside pocket 2i). If the device 2300 is not used, the stopper 74 is positioned on one face of the dispensing head 10 comprising the outlet 24. The plate 43 is then assembled with the bottom wall 21 on its upper face 21i.
La plaque 43 doit être fixée à la paroi de fond 21. The plate 43 must be fixed to the back wall 21.
Le procédé de montage du dispositif 2300 est réalisé sous vide et comprend un soudage sous vide. Le procédé de montage sous vide comprend les étapes successives suivantes: The method of mounting device 2300 is performed under vacuum and includes vacuum welding. The vacuum assembly process comprises the following successive steps:
- on vient positionner au moins une partie du réservoir 6, au moins une partie de la poche 2, sur lesquels sont assemblés la valve de distribution 28, la tête de distribution 10 et le bouchon 74, - At least part of the reservoir 6, at least part of the pocket 2, is positioned on which the distribution valve 28, the distribution head 10 and the cap 74 are assembled,
- un remplissage du futur volume intérieur du réservoir 6 (et de - filling the future interior volume of tank 6 (and
préférence du futur volume intérieur de la poche 2) avec le fluide à distribuer, preference of the future interior volume of the bag 2) with the fluid to be dispensed,
- on ferme le réservoir 6 (avec la paroi 56) et la poche (avec la paroi 3), - the reservoir 6 (with the wall 56) and the pocket (with the wall 3) are closed,
- on place le dispositif selon l'invention dans une cavité 61, - The device according to the invention is placed in a cavity 61,
- un vidage de l'air dans la cavité 61 pour atteindre une pression - emptying the air in the cavity 61 to reach a pressure
inférieure à 1 bar, less than 1 bar,
- un rapprochement de la plaque 43 vers la face supérieure 21i de la - an approach of the plate 43 towards the upper face 21i of the
paroi de fond 21 de la poche 2, de préférence par diminution du volume de la cavité 61 (de préférence obtenu par compression d'un soufflet 63) et bottom wall 21 of pocket 2, preferably by reducing the volume of cavity 61 (preferably obtained by compressing a bellows 63) and
- une soudure (de préférence pas des moyens de soudure par ultrasons 51, 53) , sous vide, de la plaque 43 à la face supérieure 21i de la paroi de fond 21 de la poche 2, tout en continuant le rapprochement de la plaque 43 vers la face supérieure 21i de la paroi de fond 21 de préférence par diminution du volume de la cavité 61 (de préférence obtenu par compression d'un soufflet 63 typiquement de 0,3 à 0,6 mm). - a welding (preferably not ultrasonic welding means 51, 53), under vacuum, of the plate 43 to the upper face 21i of the bottom wall 21 of the pocket 2, while continuing the approach of the plate 43 towards the upper face 21i of the bottom wall 21 preferably by reducing the volume of the cavity 61 (preferably obtained by compressing a bellows 63 typically from 0.3 to 0.6 mm).
Le procédé de montage sous vide comprend ensuite une surpression de la cavité 61 comprenant le dispositif 2300 assemblé supérieure à 1 bar. The vacuum assembly process then comprises an overpressure of the cavity 61 comprising the assembled device 2300 greater than 1 bar.
Le procédé de montage sous vide du dispositif 2300 est réalisé par un dispositif 2500 de montage sous vide, illustré en FIGURE 25. The method of vacuum mounting device 2300 is accomplished by a vacuum mounting device 2500, illustrated in FIGURE 25.
Le dispositif 2500 de montage sous vide comprend une sonotrone 51 et un booster 53. The vacuum assembly device 2500 comprises a sonotrone 51 and a booster 53.
La paroi mobile 3 a une fonction technique de ressort ou de moyen de rappel exerçant une force ramenant le piston 5 vers l'extérieur du logement 9. The movable wall 3 has a technical function of spring or return means exerting a force bringing the piston 5 towards the outside of the housing 9.
On remarque que le piston 5 est formé au moins en partie par au moins une partie de la paroi mobile 3. On remarque que le piston 5 est formée au moins en partie par au moins une partie de la surface d'appui. Note that the piston 5 is formed at least in part by at least part of the movable wall 3. Note that the piston 5 is formed at least in part by at least part of the bearing surface.
Dans une variante, le dispositif 2300 est placé dans un boîtier comme une recharge. Dans cette variante, la paroi 3 est placée en contact d'un bouton ou d'une paroi du boîtier formant la surface d'appui 26. Ce bouton est guidé par des moyens de guidage du dispositif de manière à appuyer sur la surface mobile 3 en étant guidé selon un mouvement de translation parallèle à la direction Alternatively, device 2300 is placed in a housing like a refill. In this variant, the wall 3 is placed in contact with a button or a wall of the housing forming the bearing surface 26. This button is guided by guide means of the device so as to press on the movable surface 3. being guided in a translational movement parallel to the direction
d'élongation du piston 5. piston elongation 5.
Les FIGURES 26 à 27 illustrent un septième mode de réalisation d'un dispositif 3000 pour distribuer un fluide. Seules les différences avec le dispositif de la figure 17 seront décrites. FIGURES 26 to 27 illustrate a seventh embodiment of a device 3000 for dispensing a fluid. Only the differences with the device of Figure 17 will be described.
Le dispositif 3000 pour distribuer le fluide comprend : The device 3000 for distributing the fluid comprises:
- la poche 2 comprenant une poche intérieure 2i et une poche extérieure 22, ladite poche intérieure 2i étant située au moins en partie dans la poche extérieure 22, la poche intérieure 2i ayant un volume intérieur agencé pour contenir le fluide, la poche extérieure 22 ayant un volume intérieur agencé pour ne pas contenir le fluide, ledit volume intérieur de la poche extérieure 22 étant délimité au moins en partie par une paroi mobile 3 (qui est de préférence une paroi solidaire d'une coiffe 305 avec continuité de matière, plus précisément une paroi fine (au moins 2 fois plus fine que l'épaisseur de paroi de la tête 10)), ladite paroi mobile 3 étant agencée pour, sous l'exercice d'une pression d'appui 18, diminuer le volume intérieur de la poche intérieure 2i (et le volume intérieur de la poche extérieure 22 ) en se déformant et/ou en se déplaçant, - the pocket 2 comprising an internal pocket 2i and an external pocket 22, said internal pocket 2i being located at least partly in the external pocket 22, the internal pocket 2i having an internal volume arranged to contain the fluid, the external pocket 22 having an internal volume arranged not to contain the fluid, said internal volume of the external pocket 22 being delimited at least in part by a movable wall 3 (which is preferably a wall integral with a cap 305 with continuity of material, more precisely a thin wall (at least 2 times thinner than the wall thickness of the head 10)), said movable wall 3 being arranged to, under the exertion of a support pressure 18, reduce the internal volume of the inside pocket 2i (and the inside volume of the outside pocket 22) by deforming and / or by moving,
- une sortie 24 agencée pour distribuer le fluide. - an outlet 24 arranged to distribute the fluid.
Le volume intérieur de la poche intérieure 2i est délimité au moins en partie par : The interior volume of the interior pocket 2i is delimited at least in part by:
- un piston 5 solidaire d'une paroi de jonction 7 délimitant au moins en partie le volume intérieur de la poche extérieure 22, - a piston 5 integral with a junction wall 7 delimiting at least in part the internal volume of the external pocket 22,
- un logement 9 du piston 5 agencé pour accueillir le piston 5 et le guider lors d'un mouvement axial 11 dudit piston 5 dans le logement. Le volume intérieur de la poche intérieure 2i est le volume intérieur du logement 9. a housing 9 of the piston 5 arranged to receive the piston 5 and guide it during an axial movement 11 of said piston 5 in the housing. The interior volume of the interior pocket 2i is the interior volume of the housing 9.
Le dispositif 3000 est agencé pour guider le fluide selon un circuit comprenant un parcours, passant directement du réservoir 6 et/ou d'une cavité de tête 306 jusqu'à l'intérieur de la poche intérieure 2i, sans passer par l'intérieur de la poche extérieure 22, (l'orifice de liaison 13 reliant le volume intérieur de la poche extérieure 22 à l'intérieur de la poche intérieure 2i et/ou du piston 5 n'étant pas présent dans ce mode de réalisation). The device 3000 is arranged to guide the fluid according to a circuit comprising a path, passing directly from the reservoir 6 and / or a head cavity 306 to the interior of the interior pocket 2i, without passing through the interior of the outer pocket 22, (the connecting orifice 13 connecting the inner volume of the outer pocket 22 to the inside of the inner pocket 2i and / or the piston 5 not being present in this embodiment).
La cavité de tête 306 est un volume dans la tête 10 comprenant de préférence le produit et est orienté vers le réservoir 6. The head cavity 306 is a volume in the head 10 preferably comprising the product and is oriented towards the reservoir 6.
La cavité de tête 306 est agencée pour ne pas subir de compression du fluide. The head cavity 306 is arranged so as not to undergo compression of the fluid.
La cavité de tête 306 est située en dehors de la poche 2i . The head cavity 306 is located outside of the pocket 2i.
Dans le cas de la figure 26, la cavité de tête 306 correspond au volume intérieur du piston 5. In the case of figure 26, the head cavity 306 corresponds to the internal volume of the piston 5.
Le volume de la cavité de tête 306 est délimité par une surface plane qui passerait au niveau de la paroi 7. The volume of the head cavity 306 is delimited by a flat surface which passes at the level of the wall 7.
Le dispositif 3000 comprend aussi un orifice d'alimentation 8 reliant le volume intérieur du piston 5 et/ou le réservoir 6 au volume intérieur de la poche intérieure 2i et situé à une extrémité du piston 5 qui pénètre dans le logement 9. The device 3000 also comprises a supply orifice 8 connecting the internal volume of the piston 5 and / or the reservoir 6 to the internal volume of the internal pocket 2i and located at one end of the piston 5 which enters the housing 9.
Le volume intérieur du piston 5 fait partie du réservoir 6. The internal volume of piston 5 is part of reservoir 6.
En référence aux figures 26 et 27, l'expression « volume de la poche 2» signifie le volume intérieur de la poche intérieure 2i sans le volume intérieur de la poche extérieure 22. With reference to FIGS. 26 and 27, the expression “volume of the pocket 2” means the internal volume of the internal pocket 2i without the internal volume of the external pocket 22.
Le dispositif 3000 est agencé pour fonctionner dans toutes les positions de la tête 10, notamment tête vers le haut ou vers le bas par rapport à la force gravitationnelle terrestre, et comprend des moyens de rappel du piston 5 ou du logement 9 (par opposition aux dispositifs/cartouches de distributeurs tête en bas, les moyens de rappel sont externes aux cartouches) supprimer le passage en noir The device 3000 is arranged to operate in all the positions of the head 10, in particular the head upward or downward with respect to the terrestrial gravitational force, and comprises means for returning the piston 5 or the housing 9 (as opposed to devices / cartridges of upside down distributors, the return means are external to the cartridges) remove the passage in black
Le dispositif 3000 comprend en outre des moyens de freinage 15 agencés pour bloquer le mouvement axial 11 du piston 5 dans le logement 9 lorsque la paroi mobile 3 est soumise à une pression d'appui 18 (précédemment appelée force extérieure 18) inférieure à une force seuil. The device 3000 further comprises braking means 15 arranged to block the axial movement 11 of the piston 5 in the housing 9 when the movable wall 3 is subjected to a bearing pressure 18 (previously called external force 18) less than a threshold force.
Les moyens de freinage 15 comprennent typiquement : The braking means 15 typically comprise:
- un ergot ou languette situé sur l'extérieur du piston 5 et/ou l'intérieur du logement 9, cet ergot ou languette étant agencé pour frotter ou être bloqué par une surface respectivement de l'extérieur du logement 9 et/ou de l'intérieur du piston 5, et/ou - a lug or tongue located on the outside of the piston 5 and / or the inside of the housing 9, this lug or tongue being arranged to rub or be blocked by a surface respectively from the outside of the housing 9 and / or the 'inside the piston 5, and / or
- un ergot ou languette situé sur l'extérieur du logement 9 et/ou l'intérieur d'une paroi 303 disposée autour du logement 9, cet ergot ou languette étant agencé pour frotter ou être bloqué par une surface respectivement intérieure de la paroi 303 et/ou extérieure du logement 9. Ces modes de réalisations sont préférentiels car ils viennent agir sur la face opposée à la face d'étanchéité entre le piston 5 et le logement 9 afin de ne pas endommager cette étanchéité. - a lug or tongue located on the outside of the housing 9 and / or the inside of a wall 303 disposed around the housing 9, this lug or tongue being arranged to rub or be blocked by a respective interior surface of the wall 303 and / or exterior of the housing 9. These embodiments are preferred because they act on the face opposite the sealing face between the piston 5 and the housing 9 so as not to damage this sealing.
Le piston 5 et le logement 9 sont donc agencés pour permettre trois phases de mouvement du piston 5 dans le logement 9 lors d'un exercice de la force 18 (on parle d'un mouvement relatif du piston 5 par rapport au logement ; en pratique sur la figure 26 le logement bouge (avec la tête 10) autour du piston 5 alors que le piston 5 est immobile) : The piston 5 and the housing 9 are therefore arranged to allow three phases of movement of the piston 5 in the housing 9 during an exercise of the force 18 (we speak of a relative movement of the piston 5 with respect to the housing; in practice in figure 26 the housing moves (with the head 10) around the piston 5 while the piston 5 is stationary):
1) une phase de blocage pour laquelle le piston 5 ne se déplace pas au-delà des moyens 15 tant que la force 18 est inférieure à la force seuil, puis un franchissement des moyens 15 dès que la force 18 est supérieure à cette force seuil ; 1) a blocking phase for which the piston 5 does not move beyond the means 15 as long as the force 18 is less than the threshold force, then a crossing of the means 15 as soon as the force 18 is greater than this threshold force ;
2) un déplacement libre du piston 5 dans le logement 9 une fois que le piston 5 a dépassé les moyens 15, typiquement selon une translation du piston 5 d'au moins 0,5 mm ou même 1 mm dans son logement 9, permettant de donner une impulsion ou accélération à la force de seuil (énergie cinétique) et 2) a free movement of the piston 5 in the housing 9 once the piston 5 has passed the means 15, typically according to a translation of the piston 5 of at least 0.5 mm or even 1 mm in its housing 9, making it possible to give an impulse or acceleration to the threshold force (kinetic energy) and
3) une phase de compression, comprenant une augmentation de la pression dans la poche 2i 3) a compression phase, comprising an increase in the pressure in the pocket 2i
La cavité 306 reste toujours immobile. The cavity 306 always remains stationary.
Les plus importantes sont les phases 1 et 3, la phase 2 est optionnelle. The most important are phases 1 and 3, phase 2 is optional.
Dans certaines configurations, la phase 1 peut être retrouvée par les forces de frottement du piston dans le logement (force de frottement dynamique inférieure aux frottements statiques). In some configurations, phase 1 can be recovered by the frictional forces of the piston in the housing (dynamic frictional force less than static frictions).
Le mouvement axial 11 du piston 5 est suivant l'axe central du piston 5. Le dispositif 3000 comprend une surface d'appui 26, appelée aussi surface de contact 26, agencée pour, sous l'exercice de la pression d'appui 18 et par l'intermédiaire de la tête de distribution 10, diminuer le volume intérieur de la poche intérieure 2i (et extérieure 22) en déformant et en déplaçant la paroi mobile 3. The axial movement 11 of the piston 5 is along the central axis of the piston 5. The device 3000 comprises a bearing surface 26, also called a contact surface 26, arranged to, under the exertion of the bearing pressure 18 and through the dispensing head 10, reduce the internal volume of the inner pocket 2i (and outer 22) by deforming and moving the movable wall 3.
La tête de distribution 10 est agencée pour se déplacer en direction du réservoir 6 de sorte que lorsqu'elle se déplace vers ou s'approche du réservoir 6 selon une direction de déplacement, le fluide sort latéralement de la tête 10 c'est- à-dire qu il sort par la sortie 24 selon une direction de sortie perpendiculaire ou oblique par rapport à cette direction de déplacement. The dispensing head 10 is arranged to move in the direction of the reservoir 6 so that when it moves towards or approaches the reservoir 6 in a direction of movement, the fluid exits laterally from the head 10 that is to say say that it exits through the outlet 24 in an outlet direction perpendicular or oblique with respect to this direction of movement.
La paroi mobile 3 a une fonction technique de ressort ou de moyen de rappel exerçant une force ramenant le piston 5 vers l'extérieur du logement 9. La tête 10 comprend des moyens de rappel du piston ou logement sans ressort métallique de préférence en polyoléfine plus précisément un polypropylène (PP) (Monomatière ou même famille). Dans un autre mode de réalisation non représenté afin d'augmenter la force de rappel de la paroi mobile 3, la poche 2 peut comprendre un ressort ou une pièce élastique de préférence autour du piston 5 et/ou du logement 9. The movable wall 3 has a technical function of spring or of return means exerting a force returning the piston 5 towards the outside of the housing 9. The head 10 comprises return means of the piston or housing without a metal spring, preferably made of polyolefin plus precisely a polypropylene (PP) (single material or same family). In another embodiment, not shown, in order to increase the return force of the movable wall 3, the pocket 2 may comprise a spring or an elastic part preferably around the piston 5 and / or the housing 9.
La surface d'appui 26 est solidaire de la tête de distribution 10, et comprend de préférence au moins une partie de la tête de distribution 10. The bearing surface 26 is integral with the dispensing head 10, and preferably comprises at least part of the dispensing head 10.
On remarque que, dans des plans perpendiculaires à la direction du mouvement axial 11 du piston 5 relativement au logement 9, la poche intérieure 2i a une section inférieure à la section de la poche extérieure 22 et/ou à l'aire de la surface d'appui 26 agencée pour recevoir la pression d'appui 18 depuis l'extérieur du dispositif et/ou à une section du réservoir 6. Une réduction de section de la poche intérieure 2i a pour avantage d'augmenter la pression du fluide, ce qui est particulièrement avantageux dans le cas d'un spray ; on a dans le présent mode de réalisation de préférence une réduction d'au moins 2 fois la section ou surface de la poche 2i par rapport à la poche 22 et/ou à la surface 26 et/ou au réservoir 6. Note that, in planes perpendicular to the direction of the axial movement 11 of the piston 5 relative to the housing 9, the inner pocket 2i has a section smaller than the section of the outer pocket 22 and / or the area of the surface d 'support 26 arranged to receive the bearing pressure 18 from the outside of the device and / or to a section of the reservoir 6. A reduction in the section of the interior pocket 2i has the advantage of increasing the pressure of the fluid, which is particularly advantageous in the case of a spray; in the present embodiment, there is preferably a reduction of at least 2 times the section or surface of the pocket 2i relative to the pocket 22 and / or the surface 26 and / or the reservoir 6.
Le dispositif 3000 comprend la sortie 24. Device 3000 includes output 24.
La sortie 24 débouche sur l'extérieur du dispositif 3000. The outlet 24 opens onto the outside of the device 3000.
La sortie 24 est située sur la tête de distribution 10. La sortie 24 est agencée pour distribuer du fluide selon une direction sensiblement perpendiculaire à une direction 11 d'un mouvement de la tête de distribution 10. The outlet 24 is located on the distribution head 10. The outlet 24 is arranged to distribute fluid in a direction substantially perpendicular to a direction 11 of movement of the distribution head 10.
La tête de distribution 10 est agencée pour suivre un mouvement de translation. The dispensing head 10 is arranged to follow a translational movement.
La sortie 24 est agencée pour distribuer du fluide selon une direction sensiblement parallèle à un axe d'élongation du canal de distribution 20 (sortie latérale à la tête 10). The outlet 24 is arranged to distribute fluid in a direction substantially parallel to an axis of elongation of the distribution channel 20 (lateral outlet to the head 10).
La poche intérieure 2i se trouve sous une, surface extérieure du dispositif à moins de 10mm, de préférence à moins de 5mm, de cette surface extérieure. The inner pocket 2i is located under an outer surface of the device within 10mm, preferably less than 5mm, from this outer surface.
Il n'y a pas de tige intermédiaire entre la surface d'appui et la poche 2i permettant de modifier son volume (comme pour tous les modes de réalisation des figures 17 à 27 d'ailleurs). There is no intermediate rod between the bearing surface and the pocket 2i making it possible to modify its volume (as for all the embodiments of FIGS. 17 to 27, moreover).
L'exercice d'une pression d'appui 18 permet une sortie latérale du produit par la sortie et un déplacement de la paroi mobile 3 vers le réservoir 6 ou à côté du réservoir 6. The exercise of a support pressure 18 allows a lateral exit of the product through the outlet and a displacement of the movable wall 3 towards the reservoir 6 or next to the reservoir 6.
Le dispositif 3000 comprend un orifice de distribution 22 reliant la poche 2i au canal de distribution 20. The device 3000 comprises a distribution orifice 22 connecting the bag 2i to the distribution channel 20.
La valve de distribution 28 est à l'intérieur du canal de distribution 20 du dispositif 3000. The distribution valve 28 is inside the distribution channel 20 of the device 3000.
Le canal de distribution 20 du dispositif 3000 comprend un volume intérieur agencé pour comprendre (ou accueillir) la valve de distribution 28. Ainsi seule la valve de distribution 28 est comprise dans le canal de distribution 20. The distribution channel 20 of the device 3000 comprises an interior volume arranged to include (or accommodate) the distribution valve 28. Thus only the distribution valve 28 is included in the distribution channel 20.
Le dispositif 3000 comprend la valve de distribution 28 située dans le canal de distribution 20, et qui dans un état ouvert, permet un passage de fluide de l'intérieur de la poche intérieure 2i vers la sortie 24 en passant par l'orifice de distribution 22 et le canal de distribution 20 (notamment par le logement 80), et, dans un état fermé, ne permet pas un passage de fluide de l'intérieur de la poche intérieure 2i vers la sortie 24 en passant par l'orifice de distribution 22 et par le canal de distribution 20 (précisément par le logement 80). La valve 28 n'est pas dans l'axe du dispositif. The device 3000 comprises the dispensing valve 28 located in the dispensing channel 20, and which, in an open state, allows fluid to pass from the inside of the inner bag 2i to the outlet 24, passing through the dispensing orifice. 22 and the distribution channel 20 (in particular through the housing 80), and, in a closed state, does not allow a passage of fluid from the interior of the inner bag 2i to the outlet 24 passing through the distribution orifice 22 and by the distribution channel 20 (precisely by the housing 80). The valve 28 is not in the axis of the device.
La tête de distribution 10 comprend un spray comprenant un mélangeur 25 comme précédemment décrit. La tête de distribution 10 est située sur autour et à l'extérieur de la pocheThe dispensing head 10 comprises a spray comprising a mixer 25 as previously described. The dispensing head 10 is located on around and outside the pocket
2i. 2i.
La tête de distribution 10 est agencée pour, en exerçant une pression 18 sur la surface d'appui 26, se déplacer au moins selon le mouvement de translation. Le mouvement de translation de la tête de distribution 10 est suivant la même direction et le même sens que le mouvement axial 11 du logement 9 autour du piston 5. The dispensing head 10 is arranged to, by exerting pressure 18 on the bearing surface 26, move at least according to the translational movement. The translational movement of the dispensing head 10 is in the same direction and the same direction as the axial movement 11 of the housing 9 around the piston 5.
Une partie de la tête de distribution 10 est agencée, pour sous l'exercice de la pression d'appui 18, pour coulisser au moins en partie le long d'une paroi extérieure 302 de la paroi de jonction 7 ou de la paroi de fond 21 plus précisément de la poche extérieure 22 de manière à déplacer et/ou déformer la paroi mobile 3 de la poche extérieure 22. Part of the dispensing head 10 is arranged, under the exertion of the support pressure 18, to slide at least in part along an outer wall 302 of the junction wall 7 or of the bottom wall. 21 more precisely of the outer pocket 22 so as to move and / or deform the movable wall 3 of the outer pocket 22.
La surface d'appui 26 est agencée pour, sous l'exercice d'une pression, diminuer le volume intérieur de la poche intérieure 2i (et extérieure 2i en déformant la paroi mobile 3, plus exactement en l'écrasant en direction de la paroi de jonction 7 vers le réservoir 6. The bearing surface 26 is designed to, under the exertion of pressure, reduce the internal volume of the internal pocket 2i (and external 2i by deforming the movable wall 3, more exactly by crushing it towards the wall. junction 7 to the tank 6.
La paroi mobile 3 déformable a une mémoire de forme. Lorsque cette paroi 3 ne subit aucune contrainte extérieure, elle reprend ou reste dans sa forme illustrée en FIGURE 26, ce qui maximise le volume de la poche intérieure 2i et extérieure 22. The deformable mobile wall 3 has a shape memory. When this wall 3 is not subjected to any external stress, it resumes or remains in its form illustrated in FIGURE 26, which maximizes the volume of the interior 2i and exterior 22 pocket.
La surface d'appui 26, accessible depuis l'extérieur du dispositif 3000 par une main d'un utilisateur, a une surface minimum de 10 mm2 The bearing surface 26, accessible from the outside of the device 3000 by a hand of a user, has a minimum surface of 10 mm 2
Le logement 9 du piston 5 est délimité au moins en partie par la paroi de fond 21. Une partie de la paroi de fond 21, c'est-à-dire la partie de la paroi de fond 21 au contact du canal de distribution 20, est solidaire du logement 9 du piston 5. The housing 9 of the piston 5 is delimited at least in part by the bottom wall 21. A part of the bottom wall 21, that is to say the part of the bottom wall 21 in contact with the distribution channel 20 , is integral with the housing 9 of the piston 5.
La paroi de fond 21 délimite au moins en partie le volume de la poche intérieure 2i mais pas extérieure 22. The bottom wall 21 at least partially delimits the volume of the interior pocket 2i but not the exterior 22.
La paroi de jonction 7 peut délimiter ou ne pas délimiter au moins en partie le piston 5. The junction wall 7 may or may not at least partially delimit the piston 5.
La paroi de fond 21 délimite au moins en partie le logement 9 du piston 5. The bottom wall 21 at least partially defines the housing 9 of the piston 5.
Dans le cas particulier du dispositif 3000 illustré en figure 26, les moyens de freinage 15 du piston 5 et comprennent de préférence au moins une languette 303 de la paroi 7 dirigée vers des paroi du logement 9 de préférence le bord externe des parois formant le logement 9. Cependant la languette peut être dans la coiffe 305 sur paroi 7 ou 21. La languette est orientée sensiblement dans l'axe du piston et s'oppose au déplacement relatif du piston 5 dans le logement 9, elle peut se déformer transversalement In the particular case of the device 3000 illustrated in FIG. 26, the braking means 15 of the piston 5 and preferably comprise at least one tongue 303 of the wall 7 directed towards the walls of the housing 9, preferably the outer edge of the walls forming the housing. 9. However, the tab may be in the cover 305 on wall 7 or 21. The tongue is oriented substantially in the axis of the piston and opposes the relative movement of the piston 5 in the housing 9, it can be deformed transversely
Dans le dispositif 3000, la paroi mobile 3 est séparée de la paroi de jonction 7. La paroi de jonction 7 est agencée pour délimiter le volume intérieur de la poche 22 et le volume intérieur de l'enveloppe du réservoir 6. In the device 3000, the movable wall 3 is separated from the junction wall 7. The junction wall 7 is arranged to delimit the internal volume of the pocket 22 and the internal volume of the shell of the reservoir 6.
La paroi de jonction 7 comprend une forme sensiblement plane. Dans le cas du dispositif 3000, la paroi de jonction 7 est rigide, c'est-à-dire plus rigide que la paroi déformable 3 de la poche 2. The junction wall 7 comprises a substantially planar shape. In the case of device 3000, the junction wall 7 is rigid, that is to say more rigid than the deformable wall 3 of the pocket 2.
La paroi mobile 3 est située entre la paroi de fond 21 et la paroi de jonction 7. The movable wall 3 is located between the bottom wall 21 and the junction wall 7.
La paroi de jonction 7 est de même rigidité que la paroi de fond 21. The junction wall 7 is of the same rigidity as the bottom wall 21.
La paroi de jonction 7 est fixée à la paroi mobile 3. The junction wall 7 is fixed to the movable wall 3.
La paroi mobile 3 est fixée à la paroi de fond 21. The movable wall 3 is fixed to the bottom wall 21.
La paroi déformable 3 est souple. The deformable wall 3 is flexible.
La paroi mobile 3 est typiquement en PP plus fine que le reste. The movable wall 3 is typically made of PP thinner than the rest.
Le piston 5 est fixé à la paroi de jonction 7 par soudage et/ou moulage, par emboîtement ou de préférence sont une même pièce. The piston 5 is fixed to the junction wall 7 by welding and / or molding, by interlocking or preferably are one and the same part.
Le piston 5 est solidaire de la partie plane de la paroi de jonction 7. The piston 5 is integral with the flat part of the junction wall 7.
La paroi de jonction 7 est en PP. The junction wall 7 is made of PP.
Le piston 5 est fait de la même matière que la paroi de jonction 7. Sur le dispositif 3000, le piston 5 et la paroi de jonction 7 forment une seule et unique pièce. The piston 5 is made of the same material as the junction wall 7. On the device 3000, the piston 5 and the junction wall 7 form a single piece.
Ainsi le piston 5 est donc positionné entre la partie plane de la paroi de jonction 7 et le logement 9 pour le piston 5. Thus the piston 5 is therefore positioned between the flat part of the junction wall 7 and the housing 9 for the piston 5.
Le logement 9 pour le piston 5 est positionné entre le piston 5 et le canal de distribution 20. Ce canal 20 est optionnel notamment si on utilise une valve de distribution plate ou suffisamment petite, par exemple de type « téton » The housing 9 for the piston 5 is positioned between the piston 5 and the distribution channel 20. This channel 20 is optional in particular if a flat or sufficiently small distribution valve is used, for example of the “stud” type.
Le piston 5 est creux et cylindrique. The piston 5 is hollow and cylindrical.
Le diamètre extérieur du piston 5 comprend une augmentation de son diamètre à l'extrémité du piston 5 donnant sur le logement 9 du piston 5. Cet agencement permet d'avoir un contact annulaire linéique étanche pendant des phases de compression, c'est-à-dire lorsque la tête de distribution 10 est animée du mouvement de translation diminuant le volume de la poche 2. Cela permet entres autres d'augmenter des performances d'étanchéité du dispositif 3000. Un faible mouvement de rotation (par exemple de type rotule) et optionnellement complémentaire de ce mouvement de translation. The outside diameter of the piston 5 includes an increase in its diameter at the end of the piston 5 giving onto the housing 9 of the piston 5. This arrangement makes it possible to have a sealed linear annular contact during compression phases, that is to say say when the dispensing head 10 is driven by the translational movement reducing the volume of the pocket 2. This allows among others to increase the sealing performance of the device 3000. A low rotational movement (for example of the ball joint type) and optionally complementary to this translational movement.
Le dispositif 3000 comprend en outre l'orifice d'alimentation 8 reliant l'intérieur du piston 5 et/ou le réservoir 6 au volume intérieur de la poche intérieure 2i sans passer par la poche extérieure 22. The device 3000 further comprises the supply orifice 8 connecting the interior of the piston 5 and / or the reservoir 6 to the interior volume of the interior pocket 2i without passing through the exterior pocket 22.
Le dispositif 3000 comprend le réservoir 6. Le réservoir 6 ne communique pas avec la poche extérieure 22 par l'orifice d'alimentation 8 ou par tout autre orifice. Le réservoir 6 comprend un volume intérieur agencé pour contenir le fluide. The device 3000 comprises the reservoir 6. The reservoir 6 does not communicate with the outer pocket 22 through the supply port 8 or through any other orifice. The reservoir 6 comprises an interior volume arranged to contain the fluid.
Le dispositif 3000 est agencé pour guider le fluide selon le parcours décrit précédemment : The device 3000 is arranged to guide the fluid along the path described above:
- passant directement du réservoir 6 et/ou de la cavité de tête 306 à l'intérieur de la poche intérieure 2i, sans passer par l'intérieur de la poche extérieure 22, à chaque augmentation du volume de la poche intérieure 2i i.e. à chaque remontée de la tête 10 i.e. à chaque sortie du piston vers l'extérieur du logement 9, puis - passing directly from the reservoir 6 and / or from the head cavity 306 inside the inner pocket 2i, without passing through the inside of the outer pocket 22, at each increase in the volume of the inner pocket 2i ie at each raising of the head 10 ie each time the piston exits to the outside of the housing 9, then
- passant l'intérieur de la poche intérieure 2i vers l'orifice 22 puis le canal 20 puis la sortie 24, à chaque pression d'appui 18 sur la paroi mobile 3 supérieure à la force seuil, et/ou, à chaque diminution du volume intérieur de la poche intérieure 2i (et de la poche extérieure 22) i.e. chaque mouvement du piston 5 vers l'intérieur du logement 9. Le mouvement du piston 5 dans le logement 9 provoque une compression du produit présent dans le volume de la poche 2i. - passing the inside of the inner pocket 2i towards the orifice 22 then the channel 20 then the outlet 24, at each bearing pressure 18 on the mobile wall 3 greater than the threshold force, and / or, at each decrease in the internal volume of the internal pocket 2i (and of the external pocket 22) ie each movement of the piston 5 towards the inside of the housing 9. The movement of the piston 5 in the housing 9 causes compression of the product present in the volume of the pocket 2i.
Une valve d'alimentation 38 se trouve dans l'orifice 8. A supply valve 38 is located in port 8.
La valve 38 comprend typiquement une membrane plaquée contre le piston 5 du côté du logement 9. La valve 38 n'est pas liée mécaniquement à la tête 10. La valve est montée latéralement, pas dans l'axe de la tête. The valve 38 typically comprises a membrane pressed against the piston 5 on the side of the housing 9. The valve 38 is not mechanically linked to the head 10. The valve is mounted laterally, not in the axis of the head.
La valve 38, dans un état ouvert (cet état ouvert étant réalisé en particulier lors d'une augmentation du volume intérieur de la poche 2i), permet le passage du fluide contenu dans le réservoir 6 et/ou l'intérieur du piston vers la poche 2i, et, dans un état fermé (cet état fermé étant réalisé en particulier lors d'une diminution du volume intérieur de la poche 2i), ne le permet pas. The valve 38, in an open state (this open state being achieved in particular during an increase in the internal volume of the pocket 2i), allows the passage of the fluid contained in the reservoir 6 and / or the interior of the piston towards the pocket 2i, and, in a closed state (this closed state being achieved in particular when the internal volume of the pocket 2i is reduced), does not allow it.
La valve d'alimentation 38 se ferme après un appui (suffisant) sur la paroi mobile 3, il forme ainsi la valve d'alimentation de la poche intérieure 2i. The supply valve 38 closes after a (sufficient) pressure on the movable wall 3, it thus forms the supply valve of the inner pocket 2i.
La valve 38 est agencée pour : - se fermer lors d'un mouvement du piston 5 réduisant le volume intérieur de la poche 2i, The valve 38 is designed for: - close during a movement of the piston 5 reducing the internal volume of the pocket 2i,
- s'ouvrir lors d'un mouvement du piston 5 augmentant le volume intérieur de la poche 2i. - Open during a movement of the piston 5 increasing the internal volume of the pocket 2i.
Le dispositif 3000 comprend en outre un bague 74 agencé pour se positionner et/ou s'emboîter sur la tête de distribution 10. The device 3000 further comprises a ring 74 arranged to position and / or fit on the dispensing head 10.
La paroi 7 comprend ou est solidaire de moyens 304 (comprenant la paroi 302) agencés pour guider le mouvement de la tête 10 et situés à l'intérieur de la tête 10. Ceci permet de diminuer la hauteur du dispositif 3000. The wall 7 comprises or is integral with means 304 (comprising the wall 302) arranged to guide the movement of the head 10 and located inside the head 10. This makes it possible to reduce the height of the device 3000.
Comme illustré en figure 27, le réservoir souple est clipsé avec un anneau rigide solidaire ou non du réservoir. Une bordure de la paroi 7 permet d"emboiter la bague 74. As illustrated in Figure 27, the flexible reservoir is clipped with a rigid ring integral or not of the reservoir. An edge of the wall 7 makes it possible to fit the ring 74.
La poche 2 est située : Pocket 2 is located:
- directement sous une surface d'appui 26 agencée pour recevoir la pression d'appui 18 depuis l'extérieur du dispositif, ou - directly under a bearing surface 26 arranged to receive the bearing pressure 18 from outside the device, or
- directement sous un ensemble constitué par une surface d'appui 26 agencée pour recevoir la pression d'appui 18 depuis l'extérieur du dispositif et un canal comprenant une valve. - Directly under an assembly consisting of a bearing surface 26 arranged to receive the bearing pressure 18 from outside the device and a channel comprising a valve.
Dans ce mode de réalisation, le dispositif selon l'invention comprend des moyens de rappel 307, non métalliques, agencés pour faire remonter et/ou ressortir le piston 5 de son logement 9. In this embodiment, the device according to the invention comprises return means 307, non-metallic, arranged to bring up and / or out the piston 5 from its housing 9.
L'aire S2 d'une section interne du logement 9 est divisée au moins par deux par rapport à l'aire SI d'une surface d'appui 26 agencée pour recevoir la pression d'appui 18 depuis l'extérieur du dispositif. The area S2 of an internal section of the housing 9 is divided at least by two with respect to the area SI of a bearing surface 26 arranged to receive the bearing pressure 18 from the outside of the device.
Pour un spray on expulse entre 50 et 100 microlitre. For a spray, between 50 and 100 microliter is expelled.
Le volume intérieur (VI) du piston 5 est supérieur à 40 Microlitres. The internal volume (VI) of the piston 5 is greater than 40 microliters.
La somme du volume intérieur (VI) du piston 5 et du volume intérieur (V2) du logement 9 est supérieur à 80 microlitres. The sum of the internal volume (VI) of the piston 5 and the internal volume (V2) of the housing 9 is greater than 80 microliters.
Une bague de sertissage 180 permet de sertir le réservoir sur la paroi de fond. A crimping ring 180 makes it possible to crimp the reservoir on the bottom wall.
On remarque que ce mode de réalisation comprend la cavité 306. Note that this embodiment comprises the cavity 306.
Cette cavité 306 correspond au volume intérieur du piston 5. Cette cavité 306 n'est pas fermée mais le fluide contenu dans le réservoir 6 peut circuler du réservoir 6 à la cavité 306, et/ou de la cavité 306 à la sortie 24. This cavity 306 corresponds to the internal volume of the piston 5. This cavity 306 is not closed but the fluid contained in the reservoir 6 can circulate from the reservoir 6 to the cavity 306, and / or from the cavity 306 to the outlet 24.
Cependant, on remarque que la majorité (plus de 50%) ou même de préférence la totalité du volume de la cavité 306 n'est pas un volume mort, c'est- à-dire que du fluide circulant du réservoir 6 jusqu'à la sortie 24 perturbe et crée nécessairement un mouvement du fluide dans la cavité 306. However, it is noted that the majority (more than 50%) or even preferably the totality of the volume of the cavity 306 is not a dead volume, that is to say that of the fluid circulating from the reservoir 6 to the outlet 24 disturbs and necessarily creates a movement of the fluid in the cavity 306.
On remarque en outre que le volume intérieur de la cavité 306 est supérieur au volume maximum de fluide sortant par la sortie 24 lors d'une entrée du piston 5 dans son logement 11. It is further noted that the internal volume of the cavity 306 is greater than the maximum volume of fluid leaving through the outlet 24 when the piston 5 enters its housing 11.
La paroi mobile 3 a une fonction technique de ressort ou de moyen de rappel exerçant une force ramenant le piston 5 vers l'extérieur du logement 9. The movable wall 3 has a technical function of spring or return means exerting a force bringing the piston 5 towards the outside of the housing 9.
Sur la figure 26, on remarque que le logement 9 est formé au moins en partie par au moins une partie de la paroi mobile 3. In FIG. 26, it can be seen that the housing 9 is formed at least in part by at least part of the movable wall 3.
Le logement 9 est en contact direct avec la paroi formant la surface d'appui The housing 9 is in direct contact with the wall forming the bearing surface
26. 26.
Le logement 9 est formé dans la même pièce que la surface d'appui 26 et/ou le logement 9 est formé au moins en partie par au moins une partie de la surface d'appui 26. The housing 9 is formed in the same part as the support surface 26 and / or the housing 9 is formed at least in part by at least part of the support surface 26.
De préférence, le logement 80 est formé en deux temps : Preferably, the housing 80 is formed in two stages:
- dans un premier temps, on forme le canal 20 par moulage en laissant une ouverture pour la broche du moule servant à ce moulage, cette ouverture étant typiquement située dans le prolongement du canal 20 à l'opposé de la sortie 24, puis - Firstly, the channel 20 is formed by molding, leaving an opening for the mold spindle used for this molding, this opening being typically located in the extension of the channel 20 opposite the outlet 24, then
- dans un deuxième temps, on ferme au moins une partie de cette ouverture (par injection de matière souple ou rigide), la valve 28 étant de préférence insérée dans le logement 80 par cette ouverture. - Secondly, at least part of this opening is closed (by injection of flexible or rigid material), the valve 28 preferably being inserted into the housing 80 through this opening.
Les FIGURES 28 à 29 illustrent un huitième mode de réalisation d'un dispositif 4000 pour distribuer un fluide. Seules les différences avec le dispositif 3000 de la figure 27 seront décrites. FIGURES 28 to 29 illustrate an eighth embodiment of a device 4000 for dispensing a fluid. Only the differences with the device 3000 of FIG. 27 will be described.
Le dispositif 4000 pour distribuer un fluide comprend : The device 4000 for dispensing a fluid comprises:
- une sortie 24, - une poche 2 ayant un volume intérieur pour contenir un fluide, le volume intérieur étant délimité au moins en partie par une paroi mobile 4, - an exit 24, - a pocket 2 having an internal volume to contain a fluid, the internal volume being delimited at least in part by a movable wall 4,
- un réservoir 6 agencé pour contenir le fluide, - a reservoir 6 arranged to contain the fluid,
- un bouchon de poche 40. - a pocket cap 40.
Le bouchon de poche 40 comprend une valve d'alimentation 38 qui dans un état ouvert permet un passage de fluide du réservoir 6 vers le volume intérieur de la poche 2 et dans un état fermé ne permet pas, et/ou une valve de distribution 28 qui dans un état ouvert permet un passage de fluide du volume intérieur de la poche 2 vers la sortie 24 et dans un état fermé ne permet pas. Le dispositif 4000 comprend la valve d'alimentation 38 et la valve de distribution 28. The pocket cap 40 comprises a supply valve 38 which in an open state allows a passage of fluid from the reservoir 6 to the interior volume of the pocket 2 and in a closed state does not allow, and / or a dispensing valve 28 which in an open state allows a passage of fluid from the interior volume of the pocket 2 to the outlet 24 and in a closed state does not. The device 4000 comprises the supply valve 38 and the dispensing valve 28.
La valve d'alimentation 38 du dispositif 4000 permet, dans un état ouvert, un passage de fluide du réservoir 6 vers le volume intérieur de la poche 2 et dans un état fermé ne permet pas. La valve d'alimentation 38 est située dans le bouchon de poche 40 de manière à, dans son état ouvert, ouvrir l'orifice d'alimentation 8 et, dans son état fermé, fermer l'orifice d'alimentation 8. The supply valve 38 of the device 4000 allows, in an open state, a passage of fluid from the reservoir 6 to the interior volume of the bag 2 and in a closed state does not allow. The supply valve 38 is located in the pocket cap 40 so as to, in its open state, open the supply port 8 and, in its closed state, close the supply port 8.
Dans le cas représenté, le bouchon de poche 40 comprend la valve d'alimentation 38 et la valve de distribution 28. In the case shown, the pocket cap 40 comprises the supply valve 38 and the dispensing valve 28.
La valve d'alimentation 38 et la valve d'alimentation 28 sont solidaires et en une seule pièce. La partie valve de distribution 38 est positionnée sur l'orifice d'alimentation 8 et la partie valve de distribution 28 bloque le passage du fluide en direction de la sortie 24 dans un canal de distribution 20 positionné dans le bouchon de poche 40. The supply valve 38 and the supply valve 28 are integral and in one piece. The distribution valve part 38 is positioned on the supply port 8 and the distribution valve part 28 blocks the passage of fluid towards the outlet 24 in a distribution channel 20 positioned in the pocket plug 40.
La valve de distribution 38 et la valve d'alimentation 28 sont positionnées dans un logement 130 situé dans le bouchon de poche 40. The dispensing valve 38 and the supply valve 28 are positioned in a housing 130 located in the pocket cap 40.
Le logement 130 du bouchon de poche 40 est agencé pour accueillir la valve d'alimentation 38 et la valve de distribution 28. Le logement 130 est relié au canal de distribution 20. The housing 130 of the pocket cap 40 is arranged to accommodate the supply valve 38 and the distribution valve 28. The housing 130 is connected to the distribution channel 20.
Le dispositif 4000 comprend en outre : Device 4000 also includes:
- une cavité 122, - a cavity 122,
- un orifice de réservoir 124 faisant jonction entre le réservoir 6 et la cavité - a reservoir orifice 124 forming a junction between the reservoir 6 and the cavity
122. 122.
Le bouchon de poche 40 est agencé pour être monté par insertion dans la cavité 122 du dispositif 4000 de manière à être monté en s'étendant : du réservoir 6 à la sortie 24, en traversant la poche 2 au moins partiellement tout en traversant la paroi mobile 4, ou The pocket stopper 40 is arranged to be mounted by insertion into the cavity 122 of the device 4000 so as to be mounted by extending: from the reservoir 6 to the outlet 24, passing through the pocket 2 at least partially while passing through the movable wall 4, or
- en longeant la poche 2 au moins partiellement (dans le cas particulier de la figure 28 ou 29, on remarque que le bouchon de poche 40 est agencé pour être monté par insertion dans la cavité 122 du dispositif 4000 de manière à être monté en s'étendant en longeant la poche 2 sur toute sa longueur) - by following the pocket 2 at least partially (in the particular case of Figure 28 or 29, we note that the pocket stopper 40 is arranged to be mounted by insertion in the cavity 122 of the device 4000 so as to be mounted in s 'extending along pocket 2 over its entire length)
Dans le cas du dispositif 4000, le bouchon de poche 40 est monté en s'étendant en longeant la poche 2 au moins partiellement. In the case of the device 4000, the pocket stopper 40 is mounted extending along the pocket 2 at least partially.
Le dispositif 4000 comprend un orifice d'entrée 120 agencé pour insérer le bouchon de poche 40 dans le dispositif depuis l'extérieur du dispositif 4000 et débouchant dans la cavité 122. The device 4000 comprises an inlet port 120 arranged to insert the pocket stopper 40 into the device from the outside of the device 4000 and opening into the cavity 122.
Le volume intérieur de la poche 2 comprend au moins une partie (i.e est en partie ou totalement) à l'extérieur de la cavité 122. The interior volume of the pocket 2 comprises at least a part (i.e. is partially or totally) outside the cavity 122.
La cavité 122 est entièrement à l'extérieur du réservoir 6. The cavity 122 is entirely outside the reservoir 6.
Le bouchon de poche 40 comprend un volume intérieur, appelé réservoir de tête 126, agencé pour déboucher d'un côté sur l'orifice de réservoir 124 et d'un autre côté sur un orifice d'alimentation 8 reliant le réservoir de tête 126 au volume intérieur de la poche 2. The pocket cap 40 comprises an internal volume, called the head reservoir 126, arranged to open on one side to the reservoir port 124 and on the other hand to a supply port 8 connecting the head reservoir 126 to the reservoir. interior volume of pocket 2.
La cavité 122 comprend un volume intérieur distinct du volume intérieur de la poche 2. The cavity 122 comprises an interior volume distinct from the interior volume of the pocket 2.
Le réservoir de tête 126 est situé dans la cavité 122. Le réservoir de tête 126 comprend une extrémité de forme circulaire donnant du côté du réservoir 6. The head reservoir 126 is located in the cavity 122. The head reservoir 126 includes a circular shaped end facing the side of the reservoir 6.
La paroi mobile 4 est fixée à au moins une paroi extérieure de la cavité 122 (et délimitant la cavité). Ainsi, une partie du volume intérieur de la poche 2, à l'exception du volume intérieur délimité par la paroi déformable 4, est située dans la cavité 122. The movable wall 4 is fixed to at least one outer wall of the cavity 122 (and delimiting the cavity). Thus, a part of the interior volume of the pocket 2, with the exception of the interior volume delimited by the deformable wall 4, is located in the cavity 122.
Le volume intérieur du réservoir de tête 126 est d'au moins 1cm3, voir même au moins 3 cm3 ou même au moins 5 cm3 et/ou comprend de l'air ou fluide à distribuer. The interior volume of the head reservoir 126 is at least 1 cm 3 , or even at least 3 cm 3 or even at least 5 cm 3 and / or includes air or fluid to be distributed.
Le bouchon de poche 40 est monté dans la cavité 122 de sorte qu'une paroi du bouchon de poche, insérée dans l'orifice de réservoir 124 et délimitant au moins en partie le réservoir de tête 126 forme, en fin de vissage, une première jonction étanche 148 entre le volume intérieur de la poche 2 et le réservoir 6. La première jonction étanche 148 est agencée pour qu'en fin de vissage, la première jonction étanche 148 soit étanche. Il en va de même pour toutes les autres jonctions à l'intérieur dispositif. L'étanchéité 149A comprend une matière souple en compression axiale. L'étanchéité 149B est une jupe ayant une composante radiale plus importante que la composante axiale. The pocket stopper 40 is mounted in the cavity 122 so that a wall of the pocket stopper, inserted in the reservoir opening 124 and delimiting at least in part the head reservoir 126, forms, at the end of screwing, a first sealed junction 148 between the internal volume of the pocket 2 and the reservoir 6. The first waterproof junction 148 is arranged so that at the end of screwing, the first waterproof junction 148 is waterproof. The same goes for all other junctions inside device. The seal 149A comprises a flexible material in axial compression. The seal 149B is a skirt having a larger radial component than the axial component.
La première jonction étanche 148 est de la forme d'une collerette et est positionnée sur une paroi délimitant au moins une partie du réservoir 6. La première jonction étanche 148 est notamment disposée sur une partie du réservoir 6. The first waterproof junction 148 is in the form of a collar and is positioned on a wall delimiting at least part of the reservoir 6. The first waterproof junction 148 is in particular placed on a part of the reservoir 6.
L'étanchéité de la première jonction étanche 148 est réalisée par pression radiale (i.e. ayant une composante plus importante radialement que selon d'autres directions) notamment par emboîtement et/ou vissage d'une extrémité du bouchon de tête 126 dans une extrémité du réservoir 6 en forme de collerette 148. The sealing of the first leaktight junction 148 is produced by radial pressure (ie having a larger component radially than in other directions) in particular by fitting and / or screwing one end of the head plug 126 into one end of the reservoir. 6 in the form of a collar 148.
Lorsque le bouchon de poche 40 est monté dans la cavité 122, le réservoir de tête 126 ne s'étend pas sur tout le volume de la cavité 122. When the pocket plug 40 is mounted in the cavity 122, the head reservoir 126 does not extend over the entire volume of the cavity 122.
Pour remplir le dispositif, le bouchon de poche est démonté, on remplit le réservoir puis au moins une partie de la cavité 122 et /ou de la poche 2 avec le produit à distribuer, ensuite on insère une extrémité du bouchon 40 dans la cavité 122, le produit va alors venir remonter dans le bouchon 40 et/ou dans la poche 2 de l'air s'échappe par l'orifice 120. L'air emprisonné dans le réservoir de tête peut sortir par l'évent 146. Le bouchon est vissé de façon étanche grâce aux éléments d'étanchéités 149A et/ou 149B. To fill the device, the pocket cap is removed, the reservoir is filled and then at least part of the cavity 122 and / or of the bag 2 with the product to be dispensed, then one end of the cap 40 is inserted into the cavity 122. , the product will then come back up in the stopper 40 and / or in the pocket 2, the air escapes through the orifice 120. The air trapped in the head tank can exit through the vent 146. The stopper is tightly screwed together using sealing elements 149A and / or 149B.
Le bouchon de poche 40 comprend un évent 146. The pocket stopper 40 includes a vent 146.
L'évent 146 est typiquement un trou qui permet d'évacuer de l'air contenu dans la cavité 122 et/ou le réservoir 6 quand le bouchon de poche 40 est inséré dans la cavité 122. L'évent 146 permet d'éviter l'effet de surpression de l'air et d'éviter de garder de l'air dans le dispositif. The vent 146 is typically a hole which allows to evacuate the air contained in the cavity 122 and / or the reservoir 6 when the pocket plug 40 is inserted in the cavity 122. The vent 146 makes it possible to avoid 'air overpressure effect and avoid keeping air in the device.
Ainsi, lors de l'insertion du bouchon de poche 40 dans la cavité 122, l'air contenu dans la cavité 122 s'échappe par l'évent 146. En fin de vissage du bouchon 40 l'évent 146 est bouché par une paroi interne de la cavité 122 de la cavité 122. Thus, when inserting the pocket plug 40 into the cavity 122, the air contained in the cavity 122 escapes through the vent 146. At the end of the screwing of the plug 40 the vent 146 is blocked by a wall. internal cavity 122 of cavity 122.
Le bouchon de tête 40 comprend une seconde partie 128, distincte du réservoir de tête 126 et agencée pour conduire le fluide depuis le volume intérieur de la poche 2 en direction de la sortie 24. Un canal de distribution 20 est positionné dans la seconde partie 128. Le canal de distribution est compris dans le logement 130 du bouchon de poche 40. The head plug 40 comprises a second part 128, separate from the head reservoir 126 and arranged to conduct the fluid from the interior volume of the bag 2 towards the outlet 24. A distribution channel 20 is positioned in the second part 128. The distribution channel is included in the housing 130 of the pocket stopper 40.
La seconde partie 128 comprend aussi la valve de distribution 28, positionnée dans le canal de distribution 20, qui dans un état ouvert permet un passage de fluide du volume intérieur de la poche 2 vers la sortie 24 et dans un état fermé ne permet pas. The second part 128 also comprises the dispensing valve 28, positioned in the dispensing channel 20, which in an open state allows fluid to flow from the interior volume of the pocket 2 to the outlet 24 and in a closed state does not.
La sortie 24 est positionnée au niveau la seconde partie 128 du bouchon de de poche 40 et plus précisément sur une paroi extérieure de la seconde partie 128. The outlet 24 is positioned at the second part 128 of the pocket stopper 40 and more precisely on an outer wall of the second part 128.
Ainsi, le dispositif 4000 est agencé pour guider le fluide selon un circuit comprenant : Thus, the device 4000 is arranged to guide the fluid according to a circuit comprising:
- un premier parcours 141, passant du réservoir 6 au réservoir de tête 126 par l'orifice de réservoir 124, puis - a first path 141, passing from the reservoir 6 to the head reservoir 126 through the reservoir opening 124, then
- un second parcours 142 passant du réservoir de tête 126 au volume intérieur de la poche 2 via l'orifice d'alimentation 8, puis - a second path 142 passing from the head reservoir 126 to the interior volume of the pocket 2 via the supply orifice 8, then
- un troisième parcours 143 reliant le volume intérieur de la poche 2 à la sortie 24 via la seconde partie 128 du bouchon de poche 40. a third path 143 connecting the internal volume of the pocket 2 to the outlet 24 via the second part 128 of the pocket stopper 40.
Le dispositif 4000 est agencé pour guider le fluide selon le premier et deuxième parcours, après chaque fin de pression d'appui 18 sur la paroi mobile 4 de la poche et/ou à chaque augmentation du volume intérieur de la poche 2. The device 4000 is arranged to guide the fluid along the first and second path, after each end of bearing pressure 18 on the movable wall 4 of the pocket and / or at each increase in the internal volume of the pocket 2.
Le dispositif 4000 est agencé pour guider le fluide selon le troisième parcours, à chaque pression d'appui 18 sur la paroi mobile de la poche 2 et/ou à chaque diminution du volume intérieur de la poche 2, ledit orifice d'alimentation 8 étant fermé par la valve d'alimentation 38. The device 4000 is arranged to guide the fluid along the third path, with each bearing pressure 18 on the movable wall of the pocket 2 and / or on each decrease in the internal volume of the pocket 2, said supply orifice 8 being closed by the supply valve 38.
La pression d'appui est typiquement celle fournie par un utilisateur appuyant avec l'un de ses doigts de main (typiquement sur la paroi 4), éventuellement par l'intermédiaire d'un levier ou bouton. The support pressure is typically that provided by a user pressing with one of his fingers (typically on the wall 4), possibly by means of a lever or button.
Il y a ouverture de la valve d'alimentation 38 à chaque pression d'appui sur la paroi mobile 4. The supply valve 38 opens with each pressing pressure on the movable wall 4.
L'ouverture de la valve d'alimentation 38 permet ainsi le passage du fluide suivant le second parcours. The opening of the supply valve 38 thus allows the passage of the fluid along the second path.
Il y a ouverture de la valve de distribution 28 après chaque pression d'appui, par exemple lorsqu'un utilisateur enlève son doigt de la paroi mobile 4. The dispensing valve 28 opens after each pressing pressure, for example when a user removes his finger from the movable wall 4.
L'ouverture de la valve de distribution 28 permet ainsi le passage du fluide suivant le troisième parcours. Le bouchon de poche 40 comprend des moyens de fixation 132 agencés pour fixer le bouchon de poche 40 à des parois délimitant la cavité 122 par vissage. The opening of the distribution valve 28 thus allows the passage of the fluid along the third path. The pocket stopper 40 comprises fixing means 132 arranged to fasten the pocket stopper 40 to walls delimiting the cavity 122 by screwing.
Les moyens de fixation 132 comprennent un système anti-déverrouillage 132 du bouchon de poche 40 à la cavité 122 agencé pour empêcher un desserrage du bouchon de poche 40. Le système anti-déverrouillage 132 est par exemple un système 132 de dents inclinées qui permet une rotation du bouchon dans un sens pour le visser mais qui ne le permet dans l'autre sens pour le dévisser. The fixing means 132 comprise an anti-unlocking system 132 of the pocket stopper 40 to the cavity 122 arranged to prevent loosening of the pocket stopper 40. The anti-unlocking system 132 is for example a system 132 of inclined teeth which allows a rotation of the cap in one direction to screw it but which does not allow it in the other direction to unscrew it.
Les dents inclinées sont agencées sur l'ensemble du périmètre de l'extrémité circulaire de la tête du réservoir 126 donnant sur le réservoir 6. Dans une variante (non illustrée) du dispositif 4000, des dents sont insérées dans des creux lors du serrage et qui après serrage sont bloquées dans les creux, ce qui empêche ainsi le desserrage du réservoir de têtes 126 dans la cavité 122. The inclined teeth are arranged around the entire perimeter of the circular end of the head of the reservoir 126 facing the reservoir 6. In a variant (not shown) of the device 4000, teeth are inserted into recesses during tightening and which after tightening are blocked in the hollows, thus preventing the loosening of the head reservoir 126 in the cavity 122.
Le réservoir 6, la cavité 122 et la poche 2, à l'exception de la paroi mobile 4 de la poche 2 sont solidaires de manière à former une seule et unique pièce. The reservoir 6, the cavity 122 and the pocket 2, with the exception of the movable wall 4 of the pocket 2, are integral so as to form a single piece.
La paroi mobile 4 de la poche 2 est assemblée par soudure à la pièce unique formée par la cavité 122 et le réservoir 6. The movable wall 4 of the pocket 2 is assembled by welding to the single part formed by the cavity 122 and the reservoir 6.
La paroi mobile 4 de la poche est souple c'est à dire moins rigide que le reste de la poche 2. The mobile wall 4 of the pocket is flexible, that is to say less rigid than the rest of the pocket 2.
La paroi mobile 4 est typiquement en PP, PE ou TPO et plus fine que l'épaisseur de la cavité 122 ou du réservoir 6. The movable wall 4 is typically made of PP, PE or TPO and thinner than the thickness of the cavity 122 or of the reservoir 6.
La paroi mobile 4 de la poche 2 est de forme bombée, c'est-à-dire qu'elle comprend une courbure. Par exemple la poche est de forme concave (dans la direction de la cavité 122 vers la poche 2). Dans une variante non illustrée, la poche 2, notamment la paroi mobile 4 peut être de différente forme, par exemple elliptique, rectangulaire, carrée, sphérique, etc. The movable wall 4 of the pocket 2 is of convex shape, that is to say it comprises a curvature. For example, the pocket is concave in shape (in the direction of the cavity 122 towards the pocket 2). In a variant not shown, the pocket 2, in particular the movable wall 4, may be of different shape, for example elliptical, rectangular, square, spherical, etc.
Le réservoir 6 et la cavité 122 forment une seule et unique pièce. The reservoir 6 and the cavity 122 form a single piece.
Le réservoir 6 et la cavité 122 sont réalisés par injection de polymère et/ou soufflage PP, PE ou TPO. Le réservoir 6 est une chambre cylindrique munie d'un piston, ce piston est de préférence est de même matière que les parois du réservoir de préférence en polyoléfine, de préférence il comprend une unique bande annulaire agencée pour être comprimée contre les parois internes du réservoir. The reservoir 6 and the cavity 122 are produced by polymer injection and / or PP, PE or TPO blowing. The reservoir 6 is a cylindrical chamber provided with a piston, this piston is preferably made of the same material as the walls of the reservoir, preferably made of polyolefin, preferably it comprises a single annular strip arranged to be compressed against the internal walls of the reservoir .
Le réservoir 6 s'étend suivant une direction longitudinale centrée sur un premier axe d'élongation A. La poche 2 s'étend suivant une direction longitudinale centrée sur un second axe d'élongation et/ou le bouchon de poche 40, de préférence le réservoir de tête 126, pouvant s'étendre suivant une direction longitudinale centrée sur un troisième axe d'élongation C. The reservoir 6 extends in a longitudinal direction centered on a first axis of elongation A. The pocket 2 extends in a longitudinal direction centered on a second axis of elongation and / or the pocket cap 40, preferably the head reservoir 126, which can extend in a longitudinal direction centered on a third axis of elongation C.
Le premier axe d'élongation A est décalé par rapport au second axe et/ou au troisième axe C. De cette manière le réservoir 6 et le bouchon de poche 40, notamment le réservoir de tête 126, ne sont pas centrés sur un même axe, ils sont désaxés. The first axis of elongation A is offset relative to the second axis and / or the third axis C. In this way, the reservoir 6 and the pocket cap 40, in particular the head reservoir 126, are not centered on the same axis. , they are off-center.
Le premier axe d'élongation A et/ou le second axe d'élongation et/ou le troisième axe d'élongation C sont parallèles entre eux. The first axis of elongation A and / or the second axis of elongation and / or the third axis of elongation C are mutually parallel.
Le bouchon de poche 40 s'étend selon une direction d'élongation 136, confondue avec la direction longitudinale du bouchon de poche 40. Le bouchon de poche 40 est agencé pour être monté par insertion dans la cavité 122 selon une direction d'insertion parallèle à sa direction d'élongation 136, l'orifice d'entrée 120 et l'orifice de réservoir 124 étant alignés selon la direction d'élongation 136. The pocket stopper 40 extends in an elongation direction 136, coincident with the longitudinal direction of the pocket stopper 40. The pocket stopper 40 is arranged to be mounted by insertion in the cavity 122 in a parallel insertion direction. to its direction of elongation 136, the inlet orifice 120 and the reservoir orifice 124 being aligned in the direction of elongation 136.
Le plan de l'orifice d'entrée 120 et le plan de l'orifice du réservoir 124 sont parallèles entre eux et orthogonaux à la direction d'élongation 136 du bouchon de poche 40. The plane of the inlet orifice 120 and the plane of the orifice of the reservoir 124 are mutually parallel and orthogonal to the direction of elongation 136 of the pocket plug 40.
Le bouchon de poche 40 est inséré dans la cavité 122 par l'orifice d'entrée 120. Le bouchon de poche 40 est ensuite vissé au réservoir 6 via le système anti déverrouillage 132. The pocket cap 40 is inserted into the cavity 122 through the inlet port 120. The pocket cap 40 is then screwed to the reservoir 6 via the anti-unlocking system 132.
On note que, dans une variante du dispositif 4000 pour lequel la valve d'alimentation n'est pas portée par le bouchon 40 mais relie directement le réservoir 6 à la poche 2, alors le dispositif 4000 est agencé pour guider le fluide selon un circuit : Note that, in a variant of the device 4000 for which the supply valve is not carried by the cap 40 but directly connects the reservoir 6 to the bag 2, then the device 4000 is arranged to guide the fluid according to a circuit :
- ne comprenant pas le premier parcours 141, passant du réservoir 6 au réservoir de tête 126 par l'orifice de réservoir 124, puis Si va valve est sur la paroi e fond il n'y a pas de premier parcours on passe pas par le réservoir de tête - not including the first path 141, passing from the reservoir 6 to the head reservoir 126 through the reservoir opening 124, then If the valve is on the bottom wall there is no first path, we do not go through the head tank
- ne comprenant pas le second parcours 142 passant du réservoir de tête 126 au volume intérieur de la poche 2 via l'orifice d'alimentation 8, puis - not including the second path 142 passing from the head reservoir 126 to the internal volume of the bag 2 via the supply port 8, then
- comprend uniquement un parcours passant du réservoir 6 à la poche 2 puis le parcours 143 reliant le volume intérieur de la poche 2 à la sortie 24 via la partie 128 du bouchon de poche 40. La FIGURE 30 illustre un neuvième mode de réalisation d'un dispositif 5000 pour distribuer un fluide. Seules les différences avec le dispositif 4000 des figures 28-29 seront décrites. - comprises only a path passing from the reservoir 6 to the pocket 2 then the path 143 connecting the internal volume of the pocket 2 to the outlet 24 via the part 128 of the pocket cap 40. FIGURE 30 illustrates a ninth embodiment of a device 5000 for dispensing fluid. Only the differences with the device 4000 of Figures 28-29 will be described.
Plus précisément, la figure 30 illustre une variante du dispositif 4000 illustré sur les figures 28-29. More specifically, Figure 30 illustrates a variant of the device 4000 illustrated in Figures 28-29.
Dans le dispositif 5000, le réservoir 6, la cavité 122 et la poche 2 sont solidaires de manière à former une seule et unique pièce. In the device 5000, the reservoir 6, the cavity 122 and the pocket 2 are integral so as to form a single piece.
Le réservoir 6, la cavité 122 et la poche 2 sont réalisés par injection de polymère PP, PE ou TPO ou par impression 3D (Pour l'impression 3D on peut faire la partie rigide en TPU rigide et la partie souple (déformable) en TPU souple). The reservoir 6, the cavity 122 and the pocket 2 are made by injection of PP, PE or TPO polymer or by 3D printing (For 3D printing we can make the rigid part in rigid TPU and the flexible (deformable) part in TPU flexible).
Dans le cas du dispositif 5000, le bouchon de poche 40 comprend aussi le réservoir de tête 126 inséré dans la cavité 122. In the case of the device 5000, the pocket cap 40 also includes the head reservoir 126 inserted into the cavity 122.
Dans le dispositif 5000, lorsque le bouchon de poche 40 est monté dans la cavité 122, le réservoir de tête 126 s'étend sur toute la longueur de la cavité 122 agencé pour accueillir le réservoir de tête 126. In device 5000, when pocket plug 40 is mounted in cavity 122, head reservoir 126 extends the entire length of cavity 122 arranged to accommodate head reservoir 126.
Le bouchon de poche 40 comprend aussi l'évent 146 agencé pour évacuer l'air contenu dans la cavité 122 lorsque le bouchon de poche 40 est en train d'être inséré dans ladite cavité 122. The pocket stopper 40 also comprises the vent 146 arranged to evacuate the air contained in the cavity 122 when the pocket stopper 40 is being inserted into said cavity 122.
La cavité 122 est distincte du volume intérieur de la poche 2. The cavity 122 is separate from the interior volume of the pocket 2.
Lorsque le bouchon de poche 40 est inséré dans la cavité, le dispositif 5000 comprend la première jonction étanche 148 formée entre le volume de la poche 2 et le réservoir 6 lorsque le bouchon de poche 40 est fixé dans la cavité 122. When the pocket stopper 40 is inserted into the cavity, the device 5000 comprises the first sealed junction 148 formed between the volume of the pocket 2 and the reservoir 6 when the pocket stopper 40 is fixed in the cavity 122.
La première jonction étanche 148 est formée lorsque les parois de la cavité 122 exercent un effort transversal ou radial au niveau des parois du réservoir de tête 126 positionnées à proximité du réservoir 6 et insérées dans la cavité 122. The first sealed junction 148 is formed when the walls of the cavity 122 exert a transverse or radial force at the level of the walls of the head tank 126 positioned near the tank 6 and inserted into the cavity 122.
Toutefois, cette jonction étanche 148 n'est pas essentielle, puisque l'on pourrait avoir un léger jeu au niveau de l'élément 124 et un léger relief sur l'élément 150. However, this sealed junction 148 is not essential, since there could be a slight play at the level of the element 124 and a slight relief on the element 150.
Le bouchon de poche 40 est monté dans la cavité 122 de sorte qu'une paroi du bouchon de poche 40, insérée dans l'orifice de réservoir 124 et délimitant au moins en partie le réservoir de tête 126 forme, en fin de vissage, une seconde jonction étanche 150 entre le volume intérieur de la poche 2 et le réservoir de tête 126. The pocket stopper 40 is mounted in the cavity 122 so that a wall of the pocket stopper 40, inserted in the reservoir opening 124 and delimiting at least in part the head reservoir 126 forms, at the end of screwing, a second sealed junction 150 between the internal volume of the pocket 2 and the head reservoir 126.
La seconde jonction 150 étanche est agencée pour qu'en fin de vissage, la seconde jonction étanche 150 soit étanche au produit à hauteur d'au moins 50 %. The second waterproof junction 150 is arranged so that at the end of screwing, the second waterproof junction 150 is at least 50% tight against the product.
Dans le dispositif 5000, l'évent 146 est agencé pour expulser l'air contenu dans la cavité 122 ou le réservoir de tête 126 à l'extérieur du dispositif 5000 lorsque le bouchon de poche 40 est en train d'être monté ou agencé dans la cavité 122. In the device 5000, the vent 146 is arranged to expel the air contained in the cavity 122 or the head reservoir 126 out of the device 5000 when the pocket cap 40 is being mounted or arranged in. the cavity 122.
Dans une variante (non illustrée) du dispositif 6000, le réservoir 6 peut comprendre au moins une paroi souple agencée pour s'insérer dans le réservoir de tête 126 au fur et à mesure que l'on vide le réservoir 6 de son fluide suivant le même principe du dispositif 700 illustré sur les figures 10, 11 et 12. In a variant (not shown) of the device 6000, the reservoir 6 may comprise at least one flexible wall arranged to be inserted into the head reservoir 126 as the reservoir 6 is emptied of its fluid according to the same principle of the device 700 illustrated in Figures 10, 11 and 12.
Il y a une étanchéité entre le bouchon 40 et la paroi de fond 21. There is a seal between the cap 40 and the bottom wall 21.
Les FIGURES 31 et 32 illustrent un dixième mode de réalisation d'un dispositif 6000 pour distribuer un fluide. Seules les différences avec le dispositif 4000 des figures 28-29 seront décrites. FIGURES 31 and 32 illustrate a tenth embodiment of a device 6000 for dispensing a fluid. Only the differences with the device 4000 of Figures 28-29 will be described.
Dans le dispositif 6000, le réservoir 6, la cavité 122 et la poche 2 sont solidaires de manière à former une seule et unique pièce. In the device 6000, the reservoir 6, the cavity 122 and the pocket 2 are integral so as to form a single part.
Le réservoir 6, la cavité 122 et la poche 2 sont réalisés par impression 3D. The reservoir 6, the cavity 122 and the pocket 2 are produced by 3D printing.
La cavité 122 est munie de des parois déformables formant les parties 611, 662 et 663 du réservoir 6 et agencées pour augmenter latéralement la contenance du réservoir 6. The cavity 122 is provided with deformable walls forming the parts 611, 662 and 663 of the reservoir 6 and arranged to laterally increase the capacity of the reservoir 6.
Dans le dispositif 6000, le réservoir 6 est divisé en plusieurs parties 661, 662, 663. Ce mode de réalisation comprend donc plusieurs orifices d'alimentation 124 (un par partie du réservoir 6) reliant le réservoir 6 à la cavité 122. In the device 6000, the reservoir 6 is divided into several parts 661, 662, 663. This embodiment therefore comprises several supply orifices 124 (one per part of the reservoir 6) connecting the reservoir 6 to the cavity 122.
Le dispositif 6000 comprend deux poches 211 et 212, diamétralement opposées l'une de l'autre sur une paroi externe de la cavité 122 (ou du réservoir 6). The device 6000 comprises two pockets 211 and 212, diametrically opposed to each other on an external wall of the cavity 122 (or of the reservoir 6).
Pour cette raison, le dispositif 6000 comprend deux orifices 8 d'alimentation reliant chacun le réservoir 6 ou la cavité 122 à l'intérieur de la poche 2. For this reason, the device 6000 comprises two supply orifices 8 each connecting the reservoir 6 or the cavity 122 inside the pocket 2.
Les parois déformables des parties 661, 662 et 663 du réservoir 6 sont distinctes des poches 211 et 212. Les parois déformables 662, 663 sont au moins en partie positionnées entre les poche 211 et 211. Les deux poches 211 et 212 sont identiques mais dans une variante de dispositif 6000 (non illustrée), ces deux poches 211, 212 peuvent être de forme différente et donc de volumes intérieurs différents. Il est aussi envisageable que le réservoir 6 soit agencé pour contenir deux fluides distincts et que les poches 211 et 212 soient agencées pour chacune accueillir un fluide en particulier. The deformable walls of the parts 661, 662 and 663 of the reservoir 6 are distinct from the pockets 211 and 212. The deformable walls 662, 663 are at least partially positioned between the pockets 211 and 211. The two pockets 211 and 212 are identical but in a variant of the device 6000 (not illustrated), these two pockets 211, 212 can be of different shape and therefore of different interior volumes. It is also conceivable that the reservoir 6 is arranged to contain two distinct fluids and that the pockets 211 and 212 are arranged to each accommodate a particular fluid.
Le bouchon de poche 40 comprend deux valves d'alimentation 38 qui, chacune, dans un état ouvert permet un passage de fluide du réservoir 6 et/ou de la cavité 122 vers le volume intérieur de la poche respectivement 211 ou 212 et dans un état fermé ne permet pas. The pocket stopper 40 comprises two supply valves 38 which, each in an open state allows a passage of fluid from the reservoir 6 and / or from the cavity 122 to the interior volume of the pocket respectively 211 or 212 and in a state closed does not allow.
Le dispositif 6000 comprend aussi la valve de distribution 28, distincte des deux valves d'alimentation 38, qui dans un état ouvert permet un passage de fluide du volume intérieur de la poche 2 vers la sortie 24 et dans un état fermé ne permet pas. The device 6000 also comprises the dispensing valve 28, separate from the two supply valves 38, which in an open state allows fluid to flow from the interior volume of the bag 2 to the outlet 24 and in a closed state does not.
Le fluide passe donc du réservoir 126 et/ou de la cavité 122 à une poche 2 (211 ou 212) et de cette poche 2 au canal 20 du bouchon de poche 40 avant d'atteindre la valve de distribution 28. La valve de distribution 28 est positionnée dans le canal de distribution 20. The fluid therefore passes from the reservoir 126 and / or from the cavity 122 to a pocket 2 (211 or 212) and from this pocket 2 to the channel 20 of the pocket plug 40 before reaching the distribution valve 28. The distribution valve 28 is positioned in the distribution channel 20.
Le premier axe d'élongation A n'est pas décalé par rapport au troisième axe C. De cette manière le réservoir 6 et le bouchon de poche 40 sont centrés sur un même axe, ils sont coaxiaux. The first axis of elongation A is not offset with respect to the third axis C. In this way, the reservoir 6 and the pocket plug 40 are centered on the same axis, they are coaxial.
Le premier axe d'élongation A et/ou le second axe d'élongation et/ou le troisième axe d'élongation C sont parallèles entre eux. The first axis of elongation A and / or the second axis of elongation and / or the third axis of elongation C are mutually parallel.
Dans le cas particulier de la figure 32, on remarque que le bouchon de poche 40 est agencé pour être monté par insertion dans la cavité 122 du dispositif 4000 de manière à être monté en s'étendant en longeant que partiellement la poche 2. In the particular case of FIG. 32, it will be noted that the pocket stopper 40 is arranged to be mounted by insertion in the cavity 122 of the device 4000 so as to be mounted while extending only partially along the pocket 2.
La FIGURE 33 illustre un onzième mode de réalisation d'un dispositif 7000 pour distribuer un fluide. Seules les différences avec le dispositif 6000 des figures 31-32 seront décrites. FIGURE 33 illustrates an eleventh embodiment of a device 7000 for dispensing a fluid. Only the differences with the device 6000 of Figures 31-32 will be described.
Le bouchon de poche 40 du dispositif 7000 le canal de distribution 20 et les valves d'alimentation 38 et de distribution 28. The pocket plug 40 of the device 7000, the distribution channel 20 and the supply 38 and distribution 28 valves.
Le volume intérieur de la poche 2 est entièrement inclus dans la cavité 122. The interior volume of the pocket 2 is entirely included in the cavity 122.
La cavité 122 est entièrement à l'extérieur du réservoir 6. Notamment, la poche 2 et la paroi mobile 4 de la poche sont positionnées dans le volume intérieur de la cavité 122. The cavity 122 is entirely outside the reservoir 6. In particular, the pocket 2 and the mobile wall 4 of the pocket are positioned in the interior volume of the cavity 122.
Dans le dispositif 7000 la valve de distribution 28 est positionnée dans le canal de distribution 20 du bouchon de poche 40. In device 7000, the distribution valve 28 is positioned in the distribution channel 20 of the pocket cap 40.
Le dispositif 7000 est agencé pour guider le fluide en passant du réservoir 6 au volume intérieur de la poche 2 via l'orifice du réservoir 124 et du volume intérieur de la poche 2 au canal de distribution 20 via un orifice de distribution 8 reliant le volume intérieur de la poche 2 au canal de distribution 20. The device 7000 is arranged to guide the fluid passing from the reservoir 6 to the interior volume of the bag 2 via the orifice of the reservoir 124 and from the interior volume of the bag 2 to the distribution channel 20 via a distribution orifice 8 connecting the volume. inside the pocket 2 to the distribution channel 20.
La paroi mobile de la poche 2 est de forme bombée, c'est-à-dire qu'elle comprend une courbure. Par exemple la poche est de forme concave du côté de l'intérieur de la poche. The movable wall of the pocket 2 is of convex shape, that is to say it comprises a curvature. For example, the pocket is concave on the inside side of the pocket.
Le bouchon de poche 40 comprend une partie 140, différent du réservoir de tête 126 des figures 28-29. En effet, dans le cas du dispositif 8000, la cavité 140 n'est pas agencée pour déboucher d'un côté sur l'orifice de réservoir 124 et d'un autre côté sur un orifice d'alimentation 8 reliant le réservoir de tête 126 au volume intérieur de la poche 2. Le fluide à distribuer passe directement du réservoir 6 au volume intérieur de la poche 2 via l'orifice de réservoir 124 ou d'alimentation 8 (ces deux orifices étant confondus). The pocket cap 40 includes a portion 140, different from the head reservoir 126 of Figures 28-29. In fact, in the case of the device 8000, the cavity 140 is not arranged to open out on one side onto the reservoir opening 124 and on the other hand onto a supply orifice 8 connecting the head reservoir 126. to the internal volume of the pocket 2. The fluid to be distributed passes directly from the reservoir 6 to the internal volume of the pocket 2 via the reservoir or supply port 124 or supply 8 (these two orifices being combined).
La poche 2 comprend une collerette filetée. La partie 140 du bouchon de poche 40 est insérée dans la jupe de la cavité délimitant ainsi la première jonction étanche 148 entre le volume intérieur de la poche 2 et le réservoir 6. The pocket 2 includes a threaded collar. The part 140 of the pocket stopper 40 is inserted into the skirt of the cavity thus delimiting the first sealed junction 148 between the internal volume of the pocket 2 and the reservoir 6.
Le bouchon 40 est agencé pour coulisser dans la paroi de fond au niveau de la jonction 148. The stopper 40 is arranged to slide in the bottom wall at the level of the junction 148.
La première jonction étanche 148 est agencée pour qu'en fin de vissage, la première jonction étanche 148 soit étanche au produit. The first waterproof junction 148 is arranged so that at the end of screwing, the first waterproof junction 148 is waterproof to the product.
Le dispositif 7000 comprend une surface d'appui 26 positionnée sur le bouchon de poche 40, appelée aussi surface de contact 26, agencée pour, sous l'exercice de la pression d'appui 18 et par l'intermédiaire du bouchon de poche 40, diminuer le volume intérieur de la poche 2 en déformant et en déplaçant la paroi mobile 4. Lors d'un appui la surface d'appui 26, le réservoir de tête coulisse dans la jupe (la poche s'écrase). Dans un mode de réalisation préférentiel, la partie 140 comprend un bouchon 145 du côté du réservoir, dans ce cas, le volume intérieur de la partie 140 comprend de préférence un gaz comme de l'air. Le volume intérieur de la partie 140 s'étend du réservoir 6 ou du bouchon 145 jusqu'à la valve de distribution. Le volume de la partie 140 peut être d'au moins 1cm3, voir même au moins 3 cm3 ou même au moins 5 cm3, il peut comprendre un gaz et/ou du fluide à distribuer. The device 7000 comprises a bearing surface 26 positioned on the pocket stopper 40, also called the contact surface 26, arranged for, under the exertion of the bearing pressure 18 and via the pocket stopper 40, reduce the internal volume of the pocket 2 by deforming and moving the movable wall 4. When pressing the bearing surface 26, the head tank slides in the skirt (the pocket is crushed). In a preferred embodiment, the part 140 comprises a plug 145 on the side of the reservoir, in this case, the internal volume of the part 140 preferably comprises a gas such as air. The internal volume of the part 140 extends from the reservoir 6 or from the cap 145 to the dispensing valve. The volume of the part 140 can be at least 1 cm 3 , or even at least 3 cm 3 or even at least 5 cm 3 , it can comprise a gas and / or fluid to be distributed.
Le bouchon 40 est agencé pour coulisser dans une bague 159 en étant guidé par cette bague 159. The stopper 40 is arranged to slide in a ring 159 while being guided by this ring 159.
La paroi mobile 4 de la poche comprend une première collerette 158 agencée pour être assemblée (emboîtée ou vissée ou clipsée) dans le bouchon de tête 40, notamment au niveau de la tête du bouchon de poche 40. La collerette 158 de la cavité 122 comprend une paroi plus épaisse que la paroi délimitant la paroi mobile 4 de la poche 2. L'extrémité haute de la collerette 158 de la poche 2 forme l'orifice d'entrée 120. The mobile wall 4 of the pocket comprises a first collar 158 arranged to be assembled (fitted or screwed or clipped) in the head stopper 40, in particular at the level of the head of the pocket stopper 40. The collar 158 of the cavity 122 comprises a wall thicker than the wall delimiting the movable wall 4 of the pocket 2. The upper end of the collar 158 of the pocket 2 forms the inlet opening 120.
La FIGURE 34 illustre un douzième mode de réalisation d'un dispositif 8000 pour distribuer un fluide. Seules les différences avec le dispositif 7000 de la figure 33 seront décrites. FIGURE 34 illustrates a twelfth embodiment of a device 8000 for dispensing fluid. Only the differences with the device 7000 of FIG. 33 will be described.
Dans le dispositif 8000, la cavité 122 est confondue avec la poche 2. Ainsi, le volume intérieur de la poche 2 est égal au volume intérieur de la cavité 122. In device 8000, the cavity 122 coincides with the pocket 2. Thus, the internal volume of the pocket 2 is equal to the internal volume of the cavity 122.
Le dispositif 8000 comprend un logement de poche 160 positionné au moins en partie dans la poche 2 dans lequel la valve d'alimentation 38 et la valve de distribution 28 sont positionnées. Le logement 160 de la poche 2 est agencé pour accueillir la valve de distribution 38 et la valve d'alimentation 28. The device 8000 includes a pocket housing 160 positioned at least in part in the pocket 2 in which the supply valve 38 and the dispensing valve 28 are positioned. The housing 160 of the pocket 2 is arranged to accommodate the dispensing valve 38 and the supply valve 28.
La valve de distribution 28 et la valve d'alimentation 38 forment une seule et unique pièce. The dispensing valve 28 and the supply valve 38 form a single piece.
Le dispositif 8000 est agencé pour guider le fluide en passant du réservoir 6 au volume intérieur de la poche 2, notamment dans le volume intérieur formé par la paroi mobile 4 de la poche 2, via l'orifice du réservoir 124 ou d'alimentation 8 (ces deux orifices étant confondus) et du volume intérieur de la poche 2 au canal de distribution 20 via un orifice de distribution 8. The device 8000 is arranged to guide the fluid passing from the reservoir 6 to the interior volume of the bag 2, in particular in the interior volume formed by the movable wall 4 of the bag 2, via the orifice of the reservoir 124 or supply 8. (these two orifices being merged) and from the interior volume of the bag 2 to the distribution channel 20 via a distribution orifice 8.
La paroi mobile 4 de la poche 2 est de forme bombée, c'est-à-dire qu'elle comprend une courbure. Par exemple la poche 2 est de forme concave. The movable wall 4 of the pocket 2 is of convex shape, that is to say it comprises a curvature. For example, pocket 2 is concave in shape.
Le bouchon de poche 40 à la forme d'un T ayant une partie haute 162, la tête 162 du T, et une partie basse 140. La partie 140 être agencée pour contenir un fluide ou ne pas contenir de fluide. Le fluide peut être de l'air, sous vide ou du fluide à distribuer par le dispositif 8000. The pocket stopper 40 has the shape of a T having an upper part 162, the head 162 of the T, and a lower part 140. The part 140 be arranged to contain fluid or not contain fluid. The fluid can be air, under vacuum, or fluid to be delivered by device 8000.
Dans le cas du dispositif 8000, le bouchon de poche 40 est inséré dans la cavité 122 (la poche 2) par vissage. Pour cela, la cavité 122 et plus spécifiquement la paroi mobile 4 de la poche comprend une première collerette 158 agencée pour être assemblée (emboitée ou vissée ou clipsée) dans le bouchon de tête 40, notamment au niveau de la tête du bouchon de poche 40. La collerette 158 de la cavité 122 comprend une paroi plus épaisse que la paroi délimitant la paroi mobile 4 de la poche 2. L'extrémité haute de la collerette 158 de la poche 2 forme l'orifice d'entrée 120. In the case of the device 8000, the pocket stopper 40 is inserted into the cavity 122 (the pocket 2) by screwing. For this, the cavity 122 and more specifically the mobile wall 4 of the pocket comprises a first flange 158 arranged to be assembled (fitted or screwed or clipped) in the head cap 40, in particular at the head of the pocket cap 40 The collar 158 of the cavity 122 comprises a wall that is thicker than the wall delimiting the movable wall 4 of the pocket 2. The upper end of the collar 158 of the pocket 2 forms the inlet orifice 120.
La partie 140 du bouchon de poche 40 est différent du réservoir de tête 126 des figures 28-29. La partie 140 est un cylindre centré sur un axe R. La partie 140 du bouchon de poche 40 est agencée pour être insérée dans la cavité 122 notamment dans le volume intérieur de la poche 2 de manière à ce que le volume intérieur de la paroi mobile 4 et la partie 140 soient centrés sur un axe commun, l'axe R. De cette manière, le volume intérieur de la paroi mobile 4 et la partie 140 sont coaxiaux. The portion 140 of the pocket cap 40 is different from the head reservoir 126 of Figures 28-29. The part 140 is a cylinder centered on an axis R. The part 140 of the pocket stopper 40 is designed to be inserted into the cavity 122, in particular into the internal volume of the pocket 2 so that the internal volume of the movable wall 4 and the part 140 are centered on a common axis, the axis R. In this way, the internal volume of the movable wall 4 and the part 140 are coaxial.
La poche 2 comprend une seconde collerette. La partie 140 du bouchon de poche 40 est insérée dans la seconde collerette de la cavité délimitant ainsi la première jonction étanche 148 entre le volume intérieur de la poche 2 et le réservoir 6. The pocket 2 includes a second collar. The part 140 of the pocket cap 40 is inserted into the second collar of the cavity thus delimiting the first sealed junction 148 between the internal volume of the pocket 2 and the reservoir 6.
La première jonction étanche 148 est agencée pour qu'en fin de vissage, la première jonction étanche 148 soit étanche au produit à hauteur d'au moins 50 %. The first waterproof junction 148 is arranged so that at the end of screwing, the first waterproof junction 148 is at least 50% tight against the product.
Les FIGURES 35 à 40 illustrent un autre mode de réalisation d'un dispositif 3500 pour distribuer un fluide. Les FIGURES 41 à 46 illustrent un autre mode de réalisation d'un dispositif 4100 pour distribuer un fluide. Pour ces deux modes 3500, 4100, seules leurs différences avec le dispositif 7000 de la figure 33 seront décrites. FIGURES 35-40 illustrate another embodiment of a device 3500 for dispensing fluid. FIGURES 41-46 illustrate another embodiment of a device 4100 for dispensing a fluid. For these two modes 3500, 4100, only their differences with the device 7000 of FIG. 33 will be described.
Chacun des modes de réalisation de dispositif 3500, 4100 pour distribuer un fluide comprend : Each of the device embodiments 3500, 4100 for dispensing fluid includes:
- la sortie 24, - la poche 2 ayant un volume intérieur pour contenir un fluide, le volume intérieur de la poche 2 étant délimité au moins en partie par la paroi mobile 4, - exit 24, - the pocket 2 having an internal volume to contain a fluid, the internal volume of the pocket 2 being delimited at least in part by the movable wall 4,
- le réservoir 6 agencé pour contenir le fluide et comprenant deux ouvertures dont l'ouverture supérieure 124 orientée vers la poche 2 et une ouverture inférieure 87, ledit réservoir 6 étant agencé pour diminuer son volume interne lors de la sortie de fluide hors du réservoir, - the reservoir 6 arranged to contain the fluid and comprising two openings, the upper opening 124 of which is oriented towards the pocket 2 and a lower opening 87, said reservoir 6 being arranged to reduce its internal volume when the fluid exits the reservoir,
- la valve de distribution 28 qui, dans un état ouvert permet un passage du fluide de la poche 2 vers la sortie 24, et, dans un état fermé, ne le permet pas, - the distribution valve 28 which, in an open state allows passage of the fluid from the bag 2 to the outlet 24, and, in a closed state, does not allow it,
- la valve d'alimentation 38 qui, dans un état ouvert, permet le passage du fluide contenu dans le réservoir 6 vers la poche 2, et qui, dans un état fermé, ne le permet pas. the supply valve 38 which, in an open state, allows the passage of the fluid contained in the reservoir 6 towards the bag 2, and which, in a closed state, does not allow it.
L'ouverture inférieure 87 est agencée pour permettre un passage du fluide, de préférence un passage d'une canule (ou canne de remplissage) transportant le fluide, de manière à remplir de fluide au moins en partie le réservoir 6 au moins jusqu'à la valve d'alimentation 38 de sorte que le fluide soit en contact de la valve d'alimentation 38 et de préférence de manière à remplir de fluide aussi au moins en partie le volume intérieur la poche 2. The lower opening 87 is arranged to allow a passage of the fluid, preferably a passage of a cannula (or filling rod) transporting the fluid, so as to fill the reservoir 6 with fluid at least in part at least up to the supply valve 38 so that the fluid is in contact with the supply valve 38 and preferably so as to fill with fluid also at least partly the interior volume of the bag 2.
La valve d'alimentation est agencée pour laisser passer la cane ou canule par exemple en se pliant. The supply valve is designed to allow the cane or cannula to pass, for example by bending.
Les FIGURES 35 à 40 illustrent le mode de réalisation d'un dispositif 3500 pour distribuer un fluide. Seules ses différences avec le dispositif 7000 de la figure 33 seront décrites. FIGURES 35-40 illustrate one embodiment of a device 3500 for dispensing fluid. Only its differences with the device 7000 of FIG. 33 will be described.
Le réservoir 6 est délimité au moins en partie par un piston mobile 86 agencé pour se déplacer de manière à diminuer le volume interne du réservoir 6 lors de la sortie de fluide hors du réservoir 6, ce piston 86 étant muni de l'ouverture inférieure 87, l'ouverture inférieure 87 étant bouchée par un bouchon amovible 89. The reservoir 6 is delimited at least in part by a movable piston 86 arranged to move so as to reduce the internal volume of the reservoir 6 when the fluid exits from the reservoir 6, this piston 86 being provided with the lower opening 87 , the lower opening 87 being blocked by a removable plug 89.
Le bouchon amovible 89 est vissé sur le piston 86. The removable stopper 89 is screwed onto the piston 86.
Le piston 86 est compris entre le réservoir 6 et une paroi de fond 91, ladite paroi de fond 91 étant munis de moyens 93 pour bloquer en rotation le piston 86 lors du vissage du bouchon 89 sur le piston 86 lorsque le piston 86 est en contact de la paroi de fond 91. The piston 86 is included between the reservoir 6 and a bottom wall 91, said bottom wall 91 being provided with means 93 for locking the piston 86 in rotation. when screwing the stopper 89 on the piston 86 when the piston 86 is in contact with the bottom wall 91.
Différentes variantes de ce mode de réalisation 3500 sont combinables entre elles : Different variants of this embodiment 3500 can be combined with one another:
- dans la variante illustrée sur la figure 36 les moyens 93 comprennent par exemple typiquement une fente dans laquelle s'insère une partie du piston 86, et/ou - in the variant illustrated in FIG. 36, the means 93 typically comprise for example a slot into which a part of the piston 86 fits, and / or
- dans la variante illustrée sur la figure 37 les moyens 93 comprennent par exemple typiquement des moyens de clipsage, et/ou - in the variant illustrated in FIG. 37, the means 93 typically comprise, for example, clipping means, and / or
- dans la variante illustrée sur la figure 39, le piston 86 est muni d'au moins un trou 95 agencé pour permettre un passage du fluide entre le réservoir 6 et une zone d'étanchéité 97 comprise entre le piston 86 et une paroi 99 le long de laquelle le piston 86 est agencé pour se déplacer, et/ou - in the variant illustrated in Figure 39, the piston 86 is provided with at least one hole 95 arranged to allow passage of the fluid between the reservoir 6 and a sealing zone 97 between the piston 86 and a wall 99 the along which the piston 86 is arranged to move, and / or
- le piston peut avoir une forme courbe (disque, elipse, ou autre) ou d'un polygone. Dans la variante illustrée sur la figure 40, le piston 86 a, dans une vue de coupe perpendiculaire à une direction de déplacement du piston 86 le long d'une paroi 99, une forme de polygone comprenant plusieurs côtés reliés par des angles, le dispositif comprenant en outre une pièce de répartition de force 103 agencée pour appuyer le piston 86 contre la paroi 99 au niveau de plusieurs (de préférence tous les) côtés du polygone mais en dehors des angles du polygone. Dans une autre variante, la pièce de répartition 103 peut être remplacée par une épaisseur variable des parois du piston 86. - the piston can have a curved shape (disc, ellipse, or other) or a polygon. In the variant illustrated in Figure 40, the piston 86 has, in a sectional view perpendicular to a direction of movement of the piston 86 along a wall 99, a polygon shape comprising several sides connected by angles, the device further comprising a force distributing part 103 arranged to press the piston 86 against the wall 99 at several (preferably all) sides of the polygon but outside the angles of the polygon. In another variant, the distribution part 103 can be replaced by a variable thickness of the walls of the piston 86.
Les FIGURES 41 à 46 illustrent un autre mode de réalisation d'un dispositif 4100 pour distribuer un fluide. Seules ses différences avec le dispositif 3500 des figures 35 à 40 seront décrites. FIGURES 41-46 illustrate another embodiment of a device 4100 for dispensing a fluid. Only its differences with the device 3500 of Figures 35 to 40 will be described.
Le réservoir 6 agencé pour contenir le fluide est délimité par : The reservoir 6 arranged to contain the fluid is delimited by:
- une paroi souple 108 comprenant les deux ouvertures dont l'ouverture supérieure 124 orientée vers la poche 2 et l'ouverture inférieure 87, et- a flexible wall 108 comprising the two openings, the upper opening 124 of which faces towards the pocket 2 and the lower opening 87, and
- une paroi rigide 91, de préférence amovible, agencée pour boucher l'ouverture inférieure 87. L'aire d'une section de l'ouverture supérieure 124 (cette section étant choisie pour minimiser l'aire de l'ouverture supérieure 124) est au moins deux fois (et même au moins quatre fois) plus petite que l'aire d'une section de l'ouverture inférieure 87 (cette section étant choisie pour minimiser l'aire de l'ouverture inférieure 87). a rigid wall 91, preferably removable, designed to block the lower opening 87. The area of a section of the top opening 124 (this section being chosen to minimize the area of the top opening 124) is at least twice (and even at least four times) smaller than the area d a section of the lower opening 87 (this section being chosen to minimize the area of the lower opening 87).
La paroi souple 108 est agencée pour se déformer de manière à diminuer le volume interne du réservoir 6 lors de la sortie de fluide hors du réservoir 6. The flexible wall 108 is arranged to deform so as to reduce the internal volume of the reservoir 6 when the fluid exits from the reservoir 6.
Le dispositif 4100, plus exactement la paroi rigide 91, est agencé(e) pour maintenir fixe la position de l'ouverture inférieure 87 dans le dispositif 4100 par rapport à la position de l'ouverture supérieure 124 dans le dispositif 4100. The device 4100, more exactly the rigid wall 91, is arranged to keep the position of the lower opening 87 in the device 4100 fixed with respect to the position of the upper opening 124 in the device 4100.
La paroi souple 108 est fixée à la poche 2 selon une jonction étanche. The flexible wall 108 is fixed to the pocket 2 according to a sealed junction.
La paroi souple 108 comprend un cylindre 81 au dessus du réservoir 6 permettant l'étanchéité. Pour avoir l'étanchéité, soit ce cylindre 81 est comprimé (cas des figures 42 et 44), soit il est emboité (cas de la figure 41). Il est préférable d'avoir un deuxième cylindre concentrique du premier cylindre 81. The flexible wall 108 comprises a cylinder 81 above the reservoir 6 allowing sealing. In order to have the seal, either this cylinder 81 is compressed (case of Figures 42 and 44), or it is nested (case of Figure 41). It is preferable to have a second cylinder concentric with the first cylinder 81.
Le dispositif 4100 comprend des moyens 110 de guidage interne de la coiffe (qui est la pièce formant le volume interne de la poche 2 et renfermant en outre la valve de distribution 28). Les moyens 110 sont agencés pour guider un mouvement de la coiffe. Les moyens 110 prennent la forme d'une muret 110 émergeant de la paroi de fond 21. The device 4100 comprises means 110 for internal guiding of the cap (which is the part forming the internal volume of the pocket 2 and further containing the dispensing valve 28). The means 110 are arranged to guide a movement of the cap. The means 110 take the form of a wall 110 emerging from the bottom wall 21.
Le dispositif 4100 comprend un creux 111 de maintien utile notamment dans le cas où le réservoir 6 est une cartouche changeable. Ce creux 111 permet, lors d'un maintien de ce creux par des doigts ou clips d'un boitier externe, de maintenir le réservoir 6 fixe alors que la coiffe ou tête peut tourner. The device 4100 comprises a useful retaining hollow 111 in particular in the case where the reservoir 6 is a changeable cartridge. This hollow 111 makes it possible, when this hollow is held by fingers or clips of an external housing, to keep the reservoir 6 fixed while the cap or head can rotate.
Différentes variantes de ce mode de réalisation 4100 sont combinables entre elles : Different variants of this 4100 embodiment can be combined with one another:
- la paroi souple 108 est fixée à la poche 2 selon une jonction étanche : - the flexible wall 108 is fixed to the pocket 2 according to a sealed junction:
o par soudure, et/ou o by welding, and / or
o par clipsage (par un clip 83), et/ou par emboîtement, comme illustré sur la variante de la figure 41 et/ou o par compression de la paroi souple 108 autour de son ouverture supérieure 124 entre d'une part une pièce formant ou solidaire de la poche 2 et située à l'extérieur du réservoir 6 et d'autre part une bague 109 (et dont le bord supérieur forme le siège d'alimentation 62 tel que précédemment décrit) insérée à l'intérieur du réservoir 6, comme illustré sur les variantes des figures 42 et 44, 46. Dans la variante de la figure 42, la bague 109 est solidaire de la paroi rigide 91 et la bague 109 et la paroi 91 forment une même pièce avec continuité de matière, alors que dans la variante des figures 44 et 46 la bague 109 et la paroi 91 forment deux pièces distinctes sans continuité de matière ; et/ou o by clipping (by a clip 83), and / or by interlocking, as illustrated in the variant of Figure 41 and / or o by compression of the flexible wall 108 around its upper opening 124 between on the one hand a part forming or integral with the pocket 2 and located outside the reservoir 6 and on the other hand a ring 109 (and whose edge upper forms the supply seat 62 as previously described) inserted inside the reservoir 6, as illustrated in the variants of Figures 42 and 44, 46. In the variant of Figure 42, the ring 109 is integral with the rigid wall 91 and the ring 109 and the wall 91 form the same part with continuity of material, while in the variant of Figures 44 and 46 the ring 109 and the wall 91 form two distinct parts without continuity of material; and or
la paroi souple 108 et la valve d'alimentation 38 sont formées dans une même pièce avec continuité de matière (comme illustré sur les figures 41 à 43) ou dans deux pièces distinctes sans continuité de matière (comme illustré sur les figures 44 à 46). the flexible wall 108 and the supply valve 38 are formed in the same part with continuity of material (as illustrated in Figures 41 to 43) or in two separate parts without continuity of material (as illustrated in Figures 44 to 46) .
On remarque que dans l'ensemble des modes de réalisation précédemment décrits, le dispositif est agencé pour fonctionner (i.e. pour distribuer du fluide par la sortie via les valves d'alimentation et/ou de distribution) avec sa tête de distribution vers le haut (i.e. la sortie 24 située au-dessus du réservoir 6) ou vers le bas (i.e. la sortie 24 située en dessous du réservoir 6). Note that in all of the embodiments described above, the device is arranged to operate (ie to distribute fluid through the outlet via the supply and / or distribution valves) with its distribution head upwards ( ie the outlet 24 located above the tank 6) or downwards (ie the outlet 24 located below the tank 6).
Bien entendu, l'invention n'est pas limitée aux exemples décrits et de nombreux aménagements peuvent être apportés à ces exemples. Of course, the invention is not limited to the examples described and numerous modifications can be made to these examples.
Par exemple, dans l'intégralité des modes de réalisation et des variantes venant d'être décrites : For example, in all of the embodiments and variants that have just been described:
- la force 18 peut être exercée directement par un utilisateur ou par l'intermédiaire d'un bouton, et/ou - the force 18 can be exerted directly by a user or via a button, and / or
- en cas de réservoir mini d'un piston, le trou de d'équilibrage de pression fait une taille d'au moins 3 mm2. - in the case of a mini reservoir with a piston, the pressure equalization hole is at least 3 mm 2 in size .
Par exemple, dans l'intégralité des modes de réalisation et des variantes des figures 17 à 27 : - le dispositif peut comprendre des moyens de pré-guidage du piston 5 dans son logement 9, ces moyens de pré-guidage comprenant typiquement l'au moins une languette 17 et/ou au moins un muret 65For example, in all of the embodiments and variants of Figures 17 to 27: - the device may comprise means for pre-guiding the piston 5 in its housing 9, these pre-guiding means typically comprising at least one tongue 17 and / or at least one wall 65
- la paroi 3 (ou « ressort » 3) peut faire partie de la tête 10, ou peut être une pièce indépendante de la tête 10 comme par exemple un cylindre souple agencé pour se comprimer. - The wall 3 (or "spring" 3) may form part of the head 10, or may be a part independent of the head 10, for example a flexible cylinder arranged to compress.
Dans le cas de la figure 26, on peut intervertir le piston 5 et le logement 9. In the case of figure 26, it is possible to interchange the piston 5 and the housing 9.
Dans ce cas : In that case :
- le piston 5 est solidaire de la tête 10 et de la paroi 21, et/ou - the piston 5 is integral with the head 10 and the wall 21, and / or
- le logement 9 est solidaire de la paroi 7, et/ou - the housing 9 is integral with the wall 7, and / or
- la cavité de tête 306 est située sous le logement 9, à l'extérieur du piston 5, et/ou - the head cavity 306 is located under the housing 9, outside the piston 5, and / or
- la paroi de jonction 7 délimite au moins en partie le logement 9 et/ou la cavité de tête 306, et/ou - the junction wall 7 at least partially defines the housing 9 and / or the head cavity 306, and / or
- la paroi de fond 21 délimite au moins en partie le piston 5, et/ou - the bottom wall 21 at least partially defines the piston 5, and / or
- Le mouvement de translation de la tête de distribution 10 est suivant la même direction et le même sens que le mouvement axial 11 du piston 5 dans le logement 9. - The translational movement of the dispensing head 10 is in the same direction and the same direction as the axial movement 11 of the piston 5 in the housing 9.

Claims

REVENDICATIONS
1. Dispositif pour distribuer un fluide, comprenant : 1. Device for dispensing a fluid, comprising:
- une poche (2) comprenant une poche intérieure (2i), ladite poche intérieure ayant un volume intérieur agencé pour contenir le fluide, - a pocket (2) comprising an internal pocket (2i), said internal pocket having an internal volume arranged to contain the fluid,
- une paroi mobile (3) étant agencée pour, sous l'exercice d'une pression d'appui (18) sur une surface d'appui (26), diminuer le volume intérieur de la poche intérieure (2i) en se déformant et/ou en se déplaçant,- a movable wall (3) being arranged to, under the exertion of a bearing pressure (18) on a bearing surface (26), reduce the internal volume of the inner pocket (2i) by deforming and / or by moving,
- une sortie (24) agencée pour distribuer le fluide, - an outlet (24) arranged to distribute the fluid,
caractérisé en ce que le volume intérieur de la poche intérieure (2i) est délimité au moins en partie par : characterized in that the interior volume of the interior pocket (2i) is delimited at least in part by:
- un piston (5) solidaire d'une paroi de jonction (7) ou d'une paroi de fond- a piston (5) integral with a junction wall (7) or a bottom wall
(21), (21),
- un logement (9) du piston (5) agencé pour accueillir le piston (5) et le guider lors d'un mouvement axial (11) dudit piston (5) dans le logement le piston ou le logement étant formé au moins en partie par au moins une partie de la paroi mobile, et/ou : - a housing (9) of the piston (5) arranged to receive the piston (5) and guide it during an axial movement (11) of said piston (5) in the housing, the piston or the housing being formed at least in part by at least part of the movable wall, and / or:
- le piston ou le logement étant en contact direct avec une paroi formant la surface d'appui ; ou - the piston or the housing being in direct contact with a wall forming the bearing surface; or
- le piston ou le logement étant formé au moins en partie par au moins une partie de la surface d'appui. - the piston or the housing being formed at least in part by at least part of the bearing surface.
2. Dispositif selon la revendication 1, caractérisé en ce que la poche (2) comprend en outre une poche extérieure (22), ladite poche intérieure (2i) étant située au moins en partie dans la poche extérieure (22), lesdites poches intérieure et extérieure (2i, 22) ayant chacune un volume intérieur agencé pour contenir le fluide, ledit volume intérieur de la poche extérieure (22) étant délimité au moins en partie par la paroi mobile (3), ladite paroi mobile (3) étant agencée pour, sous l'exercice de la pression d'appui (18), diminuer le volume intérieur de la poche extérieure (22) en se déformant et/ou en se déplaçant. 2. Device according to claim 1, characterized in that the pocket (2) further comprises an outer pocket (22), said inner pocket (2i) being located at least partly in the outer pocket (22), said inner pockets. and outer (2i, 22) each having an inner volume arranged to contain the fluid, said inner volume of the outer pocket (22) being delimited at least in part by the movable wall (3), said movable wall (3) being arranged for, under the exertion of the support pressure (18), reduce the internal volume of the outer pocket (22) by deforming and / or moving.
3. Dispositif selon la revendication 2, caractérisé en ce que la paroi de jonction (7) et/ou la paroi de fond (21) délimite au moins en partie le volume intérieur de la poche extérieure (22). 3. Device according to claim 2, characterized in that the junction wall (7) and / or the bottom wall (21) at least partially defines the internal volume of the external pocket (22).
4. Dispositif selon la revendication 2 ou 3, caractérisé en ce qu'il comprend des moyens de freinage (15) agencés pour bloquer un mouvement axial (11) du piston (5) dans le logement (9) diminuant le volume intérieur de la poche intérieure (2i) et de la poche extérieure (22) lorsque la paroi mobile (3) est soumise à une pression d'appui (18) inférieure à une force seuil. 4. Device according to claim 2 or 3, characterized in that it comprises braking means (15) arranged to block an axial movement (11) of the piston (5) in the housing (9) reducing the internal volume of the inner pocket (2i) and outer pocket (22) when the movable wall (3) is subjected to a bearing pressure (18) less than a threshold force.
5. Dispositif selon la revendication précédente, caractérisé en ce que : 5. Device according to the preceding claim, characterized in that:
- les moyens de freinage (15) sont solidaires du piston (5) et comprennent de préférence au moins une languette (17) inclinée vers l'extérieur du piston (5), et/ou - the braking means (15) are integral with the piston (5) and preferably comprise at least one tongue (17) inclined towards the outside of the piston (5), and / or
- les moyens de freinage (15) sont solidaires du logement (9) du piston (5) et comprennent de préférence au moins une languette inclinée (17) vers l'intérieur du logement (9). - The braking means (15) are integral with the housing (9) of the piston (5) and preferably comprise at least one inclined tongue (17) towards the inside of the housing (9).
6. Dispositif selon l'une quelconque des revendications 2 à 4, caractérisé en ce qu'il comprend un réservoir (6) communiquant avec la poche extérieure (22) par un orifice d'alimentation (8), ledit réservoir (6) comprenant un volume intérieur agencé pour contenir le fluide, ledit volume intérieur étant délimité au moins en partie par une enveloppe déformable (56). 6. Device according to any one of claims 2 to 4, characterized in that it comprises a reservoir (6) communicating with the outer pocket (22) via a supply port (8), said reservoir (6) comprising an interior volume arranged to contain the fluid, said interior volume being delimited at least in part by a deformable envelope (56).
7. Dispositif selon l'une quelconque des revendications 2 à 5, caractérisé en ce que le dispositif est agencé pour guider le fluide selon un circuit comprenant : 7. Device according to any one of claims 2 to 5, characterized in that the device is arranged to guide the fluid according to a circuit comprising:
- un premier parcours, passant : - a first route, passing:
o de l'intérieur de la poche extérieure (22) à l'intérieur de la poche intérieure (2i) via au moins un orifice de liaison (13) reliant le volume intérieur de la poche extérieure (22) à l'intérieur de la poche intérieure (2i), et o from the inside of the outer pocket (22) to the inside of the inner pocket (2i) via at least one connecting hole (13) connecting the inner volume of the outer pocket (22) to the inside of the inside pocket (2i), and
- un second parcours, passant de l'intérieur de la poche intérieure (2i) à la sortie (24). - a second path, passing from the inside of the interior pocket (2i) to the outlet (24).
8. Dispositif selon la revendication 7, caractérisé en ce que le dispositif est agencé pour guider le fluide selon le second parcours, à chaque pression d'appui (18) sur la paroi mobile (3) supérieure à la force seuil et/ou à chaque diminution du volume intérieur de la poche intérieure (2i) et de la poche extérieure (22) pour laquelle l'orifice de liaison (13) est fermé. 8. Device according to claim 7, characterized in that the device is arranged to guide the fluid along the second path, at each bearing pressure (18) on the movable wall (3) greater than the threshold force and / or at each reduction of the internal volume of the internal pocket (2i) and of the external pocket (22) for which the connection orifice (13) is closed.
9. Dispositif selon l'une quelconque des revendications 7 à 8, caractérisé en ce que le dispositif est agencé pour guider le fluide selon le premier parcours, après une fin de chaque pression d'appui (18) supérieure à la force seuil, et/ou à chaque augmentation du volume intérieur de la poche intérieure (2i) et de la poche extérieure (22) pour laquelle l'orifice de liaison (13) est ouvert. 9. Device according to any one of claims 7 to 8, characterized in that the device is arranged to guide the fluid along the first path, after an end of each support pressure (18) greater than the threshold force, and / or on each increase in the interior volume of the interior pocket (2i) and of the exterior pocket (22) for which the connection orifice (13) is open.
10. Dispositif selon l'une quelconque des revendications 7 à 9, caractérisé en ce que l'orifice de liaison (13) : 10. Device according to any one of claims 7 to 9, characterized in that the connection orifice (13):
- est formé à une jonction (19) entre une extrémité du piston (5) et une extrémité du logement (9) du piston (5), et/ou - is formed at a junction (19) between one end of the piston (5) and one end of the housing (9) of the piston (5), and / or
- comprend un trou (23) situé dans le logement (9) du piston (5). - Includes a hole (23) located in the housing (9) of the piston (5).
11. Dispositif selon l'une quelconque des revendications 7 à 10, caractérisé en ce que l'orifice de liaison (13) est agencé pour : 11. Device according to any one of claims 7 to 10, characterized in that the connecting orifice (13) is arranged for:
- se fermer lors d'un mouvement du piston (5) réduisant le volume intérieur de la poche (2), - close when the piston (5) moves, reducing the internal volume of the pocket (2),
- s'ouvrir lors d'un mouvement du piston (5) augmentant le volume intérieur de la poche (2). - open during movement of the piston (5) increasing the internal volume of the pocket (2).
12. Dispositif selon la revendication 1, caractérisé en ce qu'il comprend en outre une poche extérieure (22), ladite poche intérieure (2i) étant située au moins en partie dans la poche extérieure (22), la poche intérieure (2i) ayant un volume intérieur agencé pour contenir le fluide, la poche extérieure (22) ayant un volume intérieur qui n'est pas agencé pour contenir le fluide, ledit volume intérieur de la poche extérieure (22) étant délimité au moins en partie par la paroi mobile (3), ladite paroi mobile (3) étant agencée pour, sous l'exercice de la pression d'appui (18), diminuer le volume intérieur de la poche extérieure (22) en se déformant et/ou en se déplaçant, le dispositif étant agencé pour guider le fluide selon un circuit comprenant un parcours passant directement d'un réservoir (6) et/ou de l'intérieur du piston (5) jusqu'à l'intérieur de la poche intérieure (2i), sans passer par l'intérieur de la poche extérieure (22). 12. Device according to claim 1, characterized in that it further comprises an outer pocket (22), said inner pocket (2i) being located at least partly in the outer pocket (22), the inner pocket (2i). having an interior volume arranged to contain the fluid, the exterior pocket (22) having an interior volume which is not arranged to contain the fluid, said interior volume of the exterior pocket (22) being delimited at least in part by the wall movable (3), said movable wall (3) being arranged to, under the exertion of the bearing pressure (18), reduce the internal volume of the outer pocket (22) by deforming and / or by moving, the device being arranged to guide the fluid according to a circuit comprising a path passing directly from a reservoir (6) and / or from the interior of the piston (5) to the interior of the interior pocket (2i), without go through the inside of the outer pocket (22).
13. Dispositif selon l'une quelconque des revendications précédentes, caractérisée en ce qu'il comprend en outre un canal de distribution (20) agencé pour conduire le fluide provenant de la poche intérieure (2i) vers la sortie (24). 13. Device according to any one of the preceding claims, characterized in that it further comprises a distribution channel (20) arranged to conduct the fluid coming from the inner bag (2i) to the outlet (24).
14. Dispositif selon la revendication 13, caractérisé en ce que le dispositif comprend une valve de distribution (28) située dans le canal de distribution (20) et agencée pour conduire le fluide de la poche intérieure (2i) vers la sortie (24). 14. Device according to claim 13, characterized in that the device comprises a distribution valve (28) located in the distribution channel (20) and arranged to lead the fluid from the inner bag (2i) to the outlet (24). .
15. Dispositif selon la revendication précédente, caractérisé en ce qu'il comprend en outre: 15. Device according to the preceding claim, characterized in that it further comprises:
- la valve de distribution (28), - the distribution valve (28),
- un mélangeur (25) agencé pour recevoir différents flux séparés de fluide et les mélanger sous la forme d'un spray au niveau de la sortie (24), une extrémité de la valve de distribution (28) étant solidaire d'une tige (27) agencée pour s'enfoncer dans le mélangeur (25) de manière à former différents canaux agencés pour conduire les différents flux séparés de fluide jusqu'au mélangeur (25). - a mixer (25) arranged to receive different separate streams of fluid and mix them in the form of a spray at the outlet (24), one end of the dispensing valve (28) being integral with a rod ( 27) arranged to sink into the mixer (25) so as to form different channels arranged to lead the different separate flows of fluid to the mixer (25).
16. Dispositif selon l'un quelconque des revendications précédentes, caractérisé en ce que la paroi mobile (3) comprend ou est une paroi déformable. 16. Device according to any one of the preceding claims, characterized in that the movable wall (3) comprises or is a deformable wall.
17. Dispositif selon l'un quelconque des revendications précédentes, caractérisé en ce que la paroi mobile (3) comprend la paroi de jonction (7). 17. Device according to any one of the preceding claims, characterized in that the movable wall (3) comprises the junction wall (7).
18. Dispositif selon l'un quelconque des revendications 1 à 16, caractérisé en ce que la paroi mobile (3) est séparée de la paroi de jonction (7). 18. Device according to any one of claims 1 to 16, characterized in that the movable wall (3) is separated from the junction wall (7).
19. Dispositif selon la revendication précédente, caractérisé en ce que la paroi mobile (3) comprend ou est une paroi rigide. 19. Device according to the preceding claim, characterized in that the movable wall (3) comprises or is a rigid wall.
20. Dispositif selon la revendication précédente, caractérisé en ce que l'enveloppe déformable (56) du réservoir (6) comprend des ondulations (562) successives radiales autour d'un axe. 20. Device according to the preceding claim, characterized in that the deformable casing (56) of the reservoir (6) comprises successive radial corrugations (562) about an axis.
21. Dispositif selon l'une quelconque des revendications précédentes, caractérisé en ce qu'il comprend en outre des moyens de freinage (15) agencés pour bloquer un mouvement axial (11) du piston (5) dans le logement (9) diminuant le volume intérieur de la poche intérieure (2i) lorsque la paroi mobile (3) est soumise à une pression d'appui (18) inférieure à une force seuil, les moyens de freinage (15) comprenant de préférence : - un ergot ou languette situé sur l'extérieur du piston (5) et/ou l'intérieur du logement (9), cet ergot ou languette étant agencé pour frotter ou être bloqué par une surface respectivement de l'intérieur du logement (9) et/ou de l'extérieur du piston (5), et/ou 21. Device according to any one of the preceding claims, characterized in that it further comprises braking means (15) arranged to block an axial movement (11) of the piston (5) in the housing (9) reducing the interior volume of the interior pocket (2i) when the movable wall (3) is subjected to a bearing pressure (18) less than a threshold force, the braking means (15) preferably comprising: - a lug or tab located on the outside of the piston (5) and / or the inside of the housing (9), this lug or tab being arranged to rub or be blocked by a surface respectively inside the housing (9) ) and / or from the outside of the piston (5), and / or
- un ergot ou languette situé sur l'extérieur du logement (9) et/ou l'intérieur d'une paroi (303) disposée autour du logement (9), cet ergot ou languette étant agencé pour frotter ou être bloqué par une surface respectivement intérieure de la paroi (303) et/ou extérieure du logement (9). - a lug or tongue located on the outside of the housing (9) and / or the inside of a wall (303) arranged around the housing (9), this lug or tongue being arranged to rub or be blocked by a surface respectively inside the wall (303) and / or outside the housing (9).
22. Dispositif selon l'une quelconque des revendications précédentes, caractérisé en ce que la poche intérieure (2i) se trouve sous une surface extérieure du dispositif à moins de 10mm de cette surface extérieure. 22. Device according to any one of the preceding claims, characterized in that the inner pocket (2i) is located under an outer surface of the device less than 10mm from this outer surface.
23. Dispositif selon l'une quelconque des revendications précédentes considéré comme dépendante de la revendication 6, caractérisé en ce que l'exercice d'une pression d'appui (18) permet une sortie latérale du produit par la sortie et un déplacement de la paroi mobile (3) vers le réservoir ou à côté du réservoir. 23. Device according to any one of the preceding claims considered as dependent on claim 6, characterized in that the exercise of a bearing pressure (18) allows a lateral exit of the product through the exit and a displacement of the movable wall (3) towards the tank or next to the tank.
24. Dispositif selon l'une quelconque des revendications précédentes considéré comme dépendante de la revendication 2 ou 6, caractérisé en ce que, dans des plans perpendiculaires à la direction du mouvement axial (11) du piston (5) relativement au logement (9), la poche intérieure (2i) a une section inférieure à la section de la poche extérieure (22) et/ou à l'aire de la surface d'appui (26) agencée pour recevoir la pression d'appui (18) depuis l'extérieur du dispositif et/ou à une section du réservoir (6). 24. Device according to any one of the preceding claims considered as dependent on claim 2 or 6, characterized in that, in planes perpendicular to the direction of axial movement (11) of the piston (5) relative to the housing (9) , the inner pocket (2i) has a section smaller than the section of the outer pocket (22) and / or the area of the bearing surface (26) arranged to receive the bearing pressure (18) from the 'exterior of the device and / or a section of the reservoir (6).
25. Dispositif selon l'une quelconque des revendications précédentes, caractérisé en ce que la poche (2) est située : 25. Device according to any one of the preceding claims, characterized in that the pocket (2) is located:
- directement sous la surface d'appui (26) agencée pour recevoir la pression d'appui (18) depuis l'extérieur du dispositif, ou - directly under the bearing surface (26) arranged to receive the bearing pressure (18) from outside the device, or
- directement sous un ensemble constitué par la surface d'appui (26) agencée pour recevoir la pression d'appui (18) depuis l'extérieur du dispositif et un canal comprenant une valve. - directly under an assembly formed by the bearing surface (26) arranged to receive the bearing pressure (18) from outside the device and a channel comprising a valve.
26. Dispositif selon l'une quelconque des revendications précédentes, caractérisé en ce qu'il comprend des moyens de rappel (307), de préférence non métalliques, agencés pour faire remonter ressortir le piston (5) de son logement (9). 26. Device according to any one of the preceding claims, characterized in that it comprises return means (307), preferably non-metallic, arranged to raise the piston (5) from its housing (9).
7. Dispositif selon l'une quelconque des revendications précédentes, caractérisé en ce que l'aire (S2) d'une section interne du logement (9) est divisée au moins par deux par rapport à l'aire (SI) de la surface d'appui (26) agencée pour recevoir la pression d'appui (18) depuis l'extérieur du dispositif. 7. Device according to any one of the preceding claims, characterized in that the area (S2) of an internal section of the housing (9) is divided at least by two with respect to the area (SI) of the surface. support (26) arranged to receive the support pressure (18) from outside the device.
EP20743641.1A 2019-07-18 2020-07-16 Fluid dispenser Pending EP3999246A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
FR1908182A FR3098734A1 (en) 2019-07-18 2019-07-18 Fluid dispenser
FR1909405A FR3098736B1 (en) 2019-07-18 2019-08-26 Fluid dispenser
FR2006090 2020-06-11
PCT/EP2020/070226 WO2021009324A1 (en) 2019-07-18 2020-07-16 Fluid dispenser

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP3999246A1 true EP3999246A1 (en) 2022-05-25

Family

ID=74210193

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP20743641.1A Pending EP3999246A1 (en) 2019-07-18 2020-07-16 Fluid dispenser

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (1) US11925947B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3999246A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2022535154A (en)
KR (1) KR20220035480A (en)
CN (1) CN114514182A (en)
FR (1) FR3098735A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2021009324A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114514182A (en) * 2019-07-18 2022-05-17 Gb发展公司 Fluid distributor
FR3118955B1 (en) * 2021-01-18 2024-06-28 Gb Dev “Fluid dispenser”
CN116552999A (en) * 2023-05-16 2023-08-08 浙江瑞昶实业有限公司 Degradable cosmetic packaging bottle and processing method thereof

Family Cites Families (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4046495A (en) * 1976-09-30 1977-09-06 Grimm Jr Bruce F Dispenser pump
US4154374A (en) * 1977-10-03 1979-05-15 Ethyl Products Company Finger operated spray pump
US4183449A (en) * 1978-01-09 1980-01-15 The Afa Corporation Manually operated miniature atomizer
US4750532A (en) * 1986-12-11 1988-06-14 Gisela Grothoff Device for extracting liquids contained therein and arrangement for filling the device
DE4035663A1 (en) * 1990-11-09 1992-05-14 Pfeiffer Erich Gmbh & Co Kg DISCHARGE DEVICE FOR MEDIA
US5398846A (en) * 1993-08-20 1995-03-21 S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Assembly for simultaneous dispensing of multiple fluids
FR2746076B1 (en) 1996-03-14 1998-05-07 DEVICE FOR SEALING AND CONTROLLING FLUID PRODUCT FOR A STORAGE CONTAINER AND A CONTAINER PROVIDED WITH SUCH A DEVICE
FR2765560B1 (en) * 1997-07-02 1999-08-13 Oreal DISPENSER FOR A LIQUID OR PASTY PRODUCT COMPRISING IMPROVED PUMPING MEANS
US6168335B1 (en) * 1998-08-18 2001-01-02 Arich, Inc. Applicator and dispensing device using same
CA2585397A1 (en) * 2007-04-19 2008-10-19 Felix Caron Dispenser
FR2941933B1 (en) * 2009-02-06 2016-02-12 Rexam Pharma La Verpilliere DEVICE FOR DELIVERING A PRODUCT COMPRISING A PUMP, COMPRISING A FIXED PART AND A MOBILE PART.
DE102012214789A1 (en) * 2012-08-20 2014-05-22 Aptar Radolfzell Gmbh Dispensing head for a dispenser and a dispenser with such a discharge head
FR3010746B1 (en) * 2013-09-18 2015-09-25 Rowenta Werke Gmbh MANUAL PUMP FOR AN APPARATUS FOR ELECTRICALLY INCLUDING A DEVICE FOR IRONING
FR3019763B1 (en) 2014-04-10 2019-11-29 Gb Developpement FLUID DISPENSING DEVICE AND VALVE WITH RECALL MEANS
FR3068265B1 (en) * 2017-06-28 2022-02-25 Gb Dev FLUID DISPENSER BY PRESSURE ON A DEFORMABLE WALL OF THE CONTAINER
CN114514182A (en) * 2019-07-18 2022-05-17 Gb发展公司 Fluid distributor

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US11925947B2 (en) 2024-03-12
KR20220035480A (en) 2022-03-22
CN114514182A (en) 2022-05-17
JP2022535154A (en) 2022-08-04
FR3098735A1 (en) 2021-01-22
US20220266281A1 (en) 2022-08-25
WO2021009324A1 (en) 2021-01-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CA2286377C (en) Metering head and recipient equipped with a metering head of the invention
EP0888823B1 (en) Dispenser for liquid or pasty material comprising pumping means
CA2349781C (en) Dosing tip for dispensing a dose of variable volume and assembly fitted with such a dosing tip
EP1156300B1 (en) Dosing tip and a container with such a dosing tip
EP0824469B1 (en) Head and assembly for dispensing a material with a liquid consistency, comprising a flow reducer and procedure of producing such a head
WO2021009324A1 (en) Fluid dispenser
EP0952090B1 (en) Dosing tip
EP1123746A1 (en) Pump and packaging unit provided with such a pump
EP3645171A1 (en) Device for dispensing a fluid, cartridge for a device, manufacturing method and priming method
EP0335763A1 (en) Device for dispensing a mixture of a pasty substance and at least one additive, especially in the form of a striped strand, and dispensing head of such a device
WO2000058021A1 (en) Pouch and packaging and distribution unit
EP1868902A1 (en) Device for packaging and delivering a liquid product
WO1999029433A1 (en) Device for packaging and dispensing a product, with manual pump and air intake filter
CA2352601A1 (en) Device for the packaging and dosage distribution of a liquid product
EP1633647B1 (en) Fluid product dispenser
FR3098736A1 (en) Fluid dispenser
FR2998770A1 (en) DEVICE FOR CONDITIONING AND APPLICATION USING A PIPETTE
FR3118952A1 (en) "Fluid dispenser with a deformable wall"
WO2019002517A1 (en) Device for dispensing a fluid, cartridge for a device, manufacturing method and priming method
FR2756899A1 (en) Unidirectional valve or distribution of cosmetic products from container
EP4380733A1 (en) Fluid dispenser with priming means
FR3118954A1 (en) “Fluid dispenser equipped with a dose button”

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: UNKNOWN

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE INTERNATIONAL PUBLICATION HAS BEEN MADE

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE INTERNATIONAL PUBLICATION HAS BEEN MADE

PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: REQUEST FOR EXAMINATION WAS MADE

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20220215

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR

DAV Request for validation of the european patent (deleted)
DAX Request for extension of the european patent (deleted)
RIN1 Information on inventor provided before grant (corrected)

Inventor name: BOULAIS, GUILLAUME

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: EXAMINATION IS IN PROGRESS

17Q First examination report despatched

Effective date: 20240313